Volume 5 Number 4 2000 AUSTAOBAIICVA A Journal of Plant Systematics Queensland Herbarium & Queensland Government Environmental Protection Agency Editorial Committee L W. Jessup (editor) R. J.F. Henderson (technical advisor) B.K. Simon (technical advisor) Desktop Publishing YC. Smith T.A. Kerr J.P. Ward Austrobaileya Vol. 1, No 1 was published on 1 December 1977 Vol. 5, No.3 was published on 29 December 1999 Austrobaileya is published once per year. Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange. Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions my be placed. The price is (2000 GST Included): A$27.50 per issue for individuals, A$44.00 for institutions, including postage. Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is (2000): A25.00 per issue for individuals, A$40.00 for institutions, including postage. All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be addressed to: The Editor , Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt. Coot-tha, Mt. Coot-tha Road, Toowong Qld 4066,Australia. ISSN 0155-4131 © Queensland Herbarium 2000 Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of results of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special emphasis on Queensland plants. Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or views of the Queensland Herbarium. Caution: this version of Austrobaileya was produced before final corrections to bromides were applied. Date of Publication of Austrobaileya 5(4) was 15 December 2000 Contents A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex G.Don) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae) A.R.Bean. 589 Chromosome numbers of someAcanthaceae from Papua New Guinea Thomas F. Daniel. 651 Wahlenbergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from central Queensland Paul I. Forster. 661 The identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia (Rutaceae): Evidence fromDNA Sequences Kirsten D. Scott, Wayne K. Harris & Julia Playford. 667 Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence in Queensland, Australia Paul I. Forster & Miriam Schmeider. 671 A revision of Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage (Myrtaceae) and its allies A.R. Bean. 679 Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland A.R. Bean. 687 Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivray (Celastraceae) from Queensland A.R. Bean & L.W. Jessup. 691 Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis (Oleaceae), a new subspecies from North Queensland Wayne K. Harris & William J. McDonald. 699 A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae DavidAlbrecht. 705 Chamaesyce ophiolitica (Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered species endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland Paul I. Forster. 711 Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and critically endangered species from south-east Queensland Paul I. Forster. 715 The first botanical record for Australia John F.P Windolf. 721 Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst., an unusual epiphytic asclepiad fromNew Guinea. Pauli. Forster.725 (continued) Notes Cryptolepis papillata P.I.Forst. & Sarcolobus porcatus P.I.Forst. (Asclepiadaceae), newly recorded from West Papua Forster, PI. 729 A new combination in Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) for Australia Halford, DavidA. & Henderson, Rodney J.F. 731 A new combination inProstantheraLabiW. (Lamiaceae) Bean,A.R. 733 A new combination in Corymbia section “Politaria”: C. citriodora subsp. variegata (Myrtaceae) McDonald, M.W. & Bean,A.R. 735 A revision of Stylidium subg . Andersonia (R.Br. ex G. Don) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae) A.R. Bean Summary Bean, A.R. (2000). A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex GDon) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae). Austrobaileya 5(4):589-649. Descriptions, distribution maps and notes on habitat, conservation status and taxonomic affinities are provided for the 37 species of Stylidium subg. Andersonia which are indigenous to mainland south-east Asia (China, Vietnam, Malaya, Cambodia, Laos, Thailand, Burma, Bangladesh, India), Sri Lanka, Malesia (Sumatra, Philippines, Sulawesi, Java, New Guinea, Aru Islands) and northern Australia (Western Australia, Northern Territory, Queensland, New South Wales). A key to the subgenera of Stylidium occurring in these areas is provided as well as keys to the sections and species of S. subg. Andersonia. Eight new species; namely S. confertum, S. longissimum, S. aquaticum, S. oviflorum, S. stenophyllum, S. accedens, S. divergens and S. ensatum are described and illustrated. A cladistic analysis of the group is provided. Five taxonomic sections are proposed of which two are new. S. subg. Alsinoida Mildbr. is reduced to sectional rank. The name Stylidium tenerum Spreng. is resurrected for the taxon formerly known in Australia as S. uliginosum Sw. ex Willd. S. dunlopianum Carlquist is newly recorded for Western Australia. S. prophyllum Lowrie & Kenneally, S. fluminense F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis and S. diffusum R.Br. are newly recorded for the Northern Territory. S. cordifolium W.Fitzg. is newly recorded for Queensland. Keywords: Stylidium, taxonomy, Stylidiaceae, Australia, Malesia, south-east Asia, trigger-plants, keys, new species, Stylidium subg. Andersonia, Stylidium subg. Alsinoida A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia Introduction The genus Stylidium is characterised by flowers having a column bearing both anthers and stigma which moves rapidly in response to physical stimulus, usually provided by an alighting insect. This feature has given rise to the common name of trigger-plant. The genus as a whole reaches its greatest diversity in south¬ western Western Australia. Comprehensive taxonomic accounts of the genus have been provided by Brown (1810), DeCandolle (1839), Mildbraed (1908) and Erickson (1958). The group of species treated here was first named (as Andersonia) by Brown (1810), but he did not specify the rank of this taxon. G. Don in 1834 treated th q Andersonia group as a section of Stylidium. Mueller (1859) and Bentham (1868) included some of the species treated here within S. sect. Nitrangium (Endl.) Accepted for publication 14 April 2000 Sonder. Mildbraed (1908) raised S. sect. Nitrangium and S. sect. Andersonia to subgeneric level. The former was confined to south-western Western Australia, the latter to tropical Australia and south-east Asia. Mildbraed (loc.cit.) established S. subg. Alsinoida for S. alsinoides and its allies. While this is a distinctive group because of the laterally fused petals, it does not otherwise differ greatly from groups in S. subg. Andersonia and is, therefore reduced here to sectional rank. Cladistic analysis has been used to place the species in phylogenetic context and to provide justification for the sectional classification used. S. subgenus Andersonia is distinguished by its linear capsules which are sessile or almost so, labellum without basal appendages, sepals which are never all free, brown seeds and mostly annual habit. 590 Terminology The terms scapose and scapiform are used when the inflorescence is borne on a leafless scape. The scape is recognisable as it is distinctly different from the leaf-bearing stem in texture, shape, diameter, and often its indumentum. In a scapose inflorescence, the scapes arise from ground level, and the leaves are in a basal rosette (e.g. Fig. 3E). In a scapiform inflorescence, the scapes arise from the apex of the leafy stem (e.g. Fig. 3A), where there is often a terminal rosette of leaves. In some species, there is no discernable scape; there is no discontinuity in the stem tissue between the lower (vegetative) part and the upper (fertile) part (e.g. Fig. 7D). The flowers of all Stylidium species are, strictly speaking, gamopetalous, as they possess a corolla tube, albeit usually rather short and inconspicuous. However, the 4 largest corolla lobes (as they should strictly be called) are termed petals in this paper, while the fifth, always much smaller, has for many years been called the labellum (see Fig. 3C, 6C,6F). The four large corolla lobes are said to be “free” if they are not united beyond the distal end (or “throat”) of the corolla tube. This interpretation was also used by Erickson (1958) and avoids confusion when referring to the apical ornamentation of the corolla parts, which would otherwise be known as “lobes of the corolla lobes”. Because the pattern of petal fusion is very valuable in diagnosing Stylidium species, a further special terminology is used here. A1 and A2 refer to the anterior petals (on either side of the labellum); PI and P2 refer to the posterior petals, with A1 being adjacent to PI. The ‘+’ operator indicates that the petals indicated are free (sensu Erickson), while a operator indicates that the petals indicated are fused e.g. A1 + A2 + (P1&P2) means that the anterior petals are free from the posterior petals and from each other, but that the posterior petals are fused to each other (e.g. Fig. 3C). The reduced fifth corolla lobe in Stylidium is called the labellum. It is found between the anterior petals, and is attached either at the top of the corolla tube (F ig. 8B, 8F), or on the outside of the tube (Fig. 5B). Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) The term paracorolla, used here, was introduced by Slooten (1954), and refers to small lobes or flanges of tissue attached to the corolla at the throat (e.g. Fig. 5C). This term is roughly equivalent to the more commonly used term “throat appendages”, but is more comprehensive, as it covers situations where there is a continuous raised ring of tissue. The “paracorolla glands” referred to in the key and descriptions are conspicuous globular to ellipsoidal glands, commonly orange or golden in colour, attached to the paracorolla between the anterior and posterior petals (e.g. Fig. 4G). They occur in only a few species, most notably in S. schizanthum and its allies, and can usually be readily seen even on dried herbarium specimens. Corolla colour in this paper refers to the adaxial surface only, the surface which is most readily seen from above. While the other surface may often be a different colour, this is rarely recorded. The term “corona” is used here for the cluster of white hair-like structures radiating from the anthers of some Stylidium species (see Erickson (1958: plate 53, no. 2)). Acorona is not often found amongst species belonging to S. subg. Andersonia , but occurs commonly in some other groups within Stylidium. Materials and methods This revision is based on the examination of herbarium material fromAAU, BM, BRI, CANB, DNA, L, K, MEL, MO, NSW, P, QRS and RSA, and was supplemented by field work by the author throughout Queensland and in north¬ eastern Northern Territory. Floral measurements were based on material preserved in spirit, or where this was not available, on herbarium material reconstituted by boiling in water. Details of the collections used for these measurements are given in each species treatment. Leaves, stems, scapes, capsules and seeds were measured from dried material. Sepal dimensions are taken from flowering material; it is apparent that the sepals lengthen after flowering in some species. 591 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia Morphological data for all taxa have been recorded as a DELTA dataset (Dallwitz et al. 1993), and species descriptions have been generated by DELTA from these data. 102 morphological characters were measured for each species, with detailed measurements of several flowers. The accuracy of dimensions given for various plant parts are: glandular hairs and seeds, ±0.05 mm; scape diameters, sepals, corolla, petals, labellum, paracorolla and capsule width, ±0.1 mm; bracts, capsule length and column, ±0.5 mm; larger leaves and petioles, ±1 mm; smaller leaves ±0.2 mm. Measurements are given as circa only when there was difficulty in providing accurate measurements e.g. petiole length for some species, or when less than 3 measurements are possible for the character, because of lack of available material. Details of the type localities of species described by Robert Brown have been gleaned from Vallance (1990). Distribution maps are provided for all species. Symbols indicate that the taxon has been recorded within that 1° x 1° square. Solid (or filled) symbols indicate that there is at least one recent collection (1960-present). Outline (or unfilled) symbols indicate that the most recent collection for that l°xl° square was before 1960. The vast majority of records were from herbarium specimens seen by the present author, but a few additional reliable locational records have been added to the maps from Lowrie and Kenneally (1997) for S. perizostera and S. prophyllum, from Haridasan et al. (1983), Huq (1986), Baaia & Gogoi (1995) for S. kunthii ; and from Bhaskar & Kushalappa (1992) for S. tenellum. Latitudes and longitudes for the non- Australian specimens were determined only after considerable effort by the present author, and hence in the specimen citations they have been retained, to assist readers to pinpoint the localities. Phylogenetic relationships were examined with the cladistic program PAUP (Version 3.1.1) (Swofford 1993). The most parsimonious interpretation of the data was sought (Parris 1983). Heuristic searches were used, with the following options: Addition sequence = Random, number of replications = 10, Mulpars in effect; TBR Branch swapping. A subset of the 37 taxa was chosen for the cladistic analyses, because using the full set of taxa made analyses extremely slow and did not improve resolution. Other preliminary analyses were rejected because of errors detected in the dataset or because some characters included in them were found to be unsuitable for this type of analysis. For example, leaf shape was used in initial analyses, but later deleted because it displays continuous variation for the taxa involved. Morphological data from 19 ingroup taxa (± 1 outgroup taxon) and 22 characters were used for the final cladistic analysis. All distinctive or unusual taxa were included, and where there were groups containing two or more obviously related species, a selection of these were made. The characters used for the analysis are given in Table 1. All characters used were unweighted and their states unordered (Table 2). Bootstrap analysis (Felsenstein 1985) with 100 replicates (heuristic, 10 random addition relicates, Mulpars in effect, and Steepest descent on) was used to assess the relative support for various branches of the tree. Forstera bellidifolia Hook. (Stylidiaceae) was selected as the outgroup, as it displays many unspecialised character states and probably belongs to a sister group of Stylidium. Results of Cladistic Analysis The unweighted analysis resulted in 156 most parsimonious trees each of 47 steps; ci= 0.708, ri= 0.684, rc= 0.484. The strict consensus tree showing bootstrap values, 50% majority rule consensus tree and one of the most- parsimonious trees are shown (Fig. 1,2). Various tree topologies and the cost of modifying topologies were investigated using MacClade vers. 3.07 (Maddison and Maddison 1992). Five clades are considered sufficiently distinct for their recognition as taxonomic sections. S. subg. Alsinoida Mildbr. is reduced in this paper to sectional rank. S. sect. Tenella is recognised on the basis of its strong support on the majority rule tree. Some of its distinctive features (the largely bare stems, the small bract¬ like leaves and the very short glandular hairs) were not included in the analysis as the 592 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) characters are continuously variable in the Andersonia may be paraphyletic, based on the subgenus. The residual section, S. sect. majority rule tree, but further study is desirable. Table 1. Characters and character states used for the cladistic analysis 1. Leaf arrangement (#11): basal rosette (0); mostly in terminal rosette (1); scattered along stem (2). 2. Leaf base (#17): truncate (0); cuneate, obtuse or cordate (1). 3. Scapes (#21): present (0); absent (1). All species can be classified unambiguously for this character. 4. Inflorence type #27): determinate, monochasially cymose (0); 1-flowered (1); umbellate (2). This character is assessed on reasonably mature individuals. Very young plants will all be 1- flowered for a time. 5. Hypanthium indumentum (#39): glandular-hairy throughout (0); glabrous (1); glandular-hairy at distal end only (2). 6. Fusion pattern of sepals (#41): fused into 2 entire obtuse lips (0); all free (1); with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length (2); fused into 2 emarginate lips (3). These patterns are constant within each species. 7. Sepal indumentum (#44): glandular-hairy (0); glabrous (1). Specimens are coded as glandular-hairy even when there are just a few scattered glands on the margin. 8. Sepal apex (#45): acute (0); obtuse (1). 9. Corolla indumentum (#47): glandular-hairy on petals only (0); glabrous (1); glandular-hairy on tube only (2); glandular-hairy on tube and petals (3). 10. Corolla tube incision (#49): with sinus on anterior and posterior sides (0); without sinus (1); with sinus on anterior side only (2). Ecology and Distribution Most species belonging to Stylidium subg. Andersonia occur in tropical areas with a monsoonal climate, where the rainfall is strongly seasonal. Most species are annuals, and typically germinate on recently receded waters in swampy habitats dominated (in Australia at least) by Melaleuca spp., but also on creekbanks, in seepage areas in ranges or on sandstone plateaux on damp sand. Sites are typically open and sunny. 11. Paracorolla presence (#50): present, continuous (0); absent (1); present, discontinuous (2). 12. Paracorolla glands presence (#60): present (0); absent (1). 13. Labellum position (#63): sheathing the column (0); attached to outside of corolla tube (1); attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube (2). 14. Fusion pattern of petals (#74): laterally fused (0); petals all free (1); petals with posterior ones fused (2). 15. Anterior petals lobing (#77): entire (0); bilobed (1). 16. Lobing of posterior petals (#81): entire (0); bilobed (1). 17. Column dilation (#84): conspicuously dilated near distal end forming pouch for the stigma and anthers (0); of uniform width throughout (1); slightly dilated near distal end (2). 18. Column indumentum (#85): glandular-hairy only (0); glabrous (1). 19. Capsule ribbing (#93): with raised longitudinal ribs (0); without raised longitudinal ribs (1). 20. Capsule dehiscence (#96): halves coherent distally (0); halves detaching distally (1). This character applies to mature, but relatively fresh capsules. All capsule-halves will eventually detach distally, through weathering. 21. Seed shape (#98): ellipsoidal (0); globose (1). 22. Seed surface micro-features (#102): colliculate (0); smooth (1). The subgenus has no representatives in south-western Western Australia, and instead has its stronghold in tropical Australia, especially the Northern Territory. 24 species are recorded from the Northern Territory (12 spp. endemic); 13 species are recorded from Queensland (4 spp. endemic); 11 species are recorded from Western Australia (3 spp. endemic); 9 species are recorded from outside Australia (5 species not occurring in Australia) Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 593 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 11 17 21 27 39 41 44 45 47 49 50 60 63 74 77 81 84 85 93 96 98 102 1 Forstera bellidifolia 2 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ? ? 1 ? 0 1 1 1 1 ? ? 2 capillare 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 0 2 2 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 3 schizanthum 0 1 0 0 0&2 2 0 1 2 2 0 0 1 2 1 1 2 1 0&1 1 0&1 0&1 4 rotundifolium 0 1 0 0 2 0 0&1 1 3 2 1 ? 2 1 0 0&1 0 1 1 1 0 0 5 diffusum 2 0 1 0 1&2 2 0&1 0&1 3 2 0&2 1 1 1 0&1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 candelabrum 2 1 0 0 1&2 3 1 0&1 3 0 2 1 1 1 0&1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 pedunculatum 1 0 0 1 1 2 0&1 0&1 1&2 1&2 1 ? 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0&1 1 8 cordifolium 2 1 1 0 1&2 2 0&1 0 0&3 1 1 ? 2 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 9 longissimum 2 1 1 0 2 2 0 0 3 2 0 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 0 0 10 trichopodum 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 2 2 1&2 1 1 2 0&1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 11 confertum 2 0 1 0 2 2 0&1 0 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 0&1 1 0 0 0&1 12 lobuliflorum 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 3 2 0 0 1&2 1&2 0&1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 13 fissilobum 2 0 1 0 2 2 0 0&1 2&3 2 0 0&1 1 1&2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0&1 0&1 14 simulans 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0&1 1 2 2 1 1 2 0&1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 15 muscicola 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 1 2 1&2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 16 fluminense 2 1 1 0 0 2 1 0 3 1 1 ? 2 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0&1 0 17 alsinoides 2 1 1 0 1&2 2 1 1 1&3 1 1 ? 2 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 18 claytonioides 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 3 2 1 ? 2 2 0 1 0 1 ? ? ? ? 19 tenerum 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 1 0 2 1 1&2 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 20 dunlopianum 2 1 0 0 2 0 0 1 3 2 1 ? 2 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 Table 2 - Matrix of character states. Characters are numbered according to Table 1 58 63 58 64 71 88 Forstera bellidifolia capillare schizanthum lobuliflorum rotundifolium dunlopianum diffusum candelabrum pedunculatum trichopodum claytonioides longissimum confertum fissilobum simulans muscicola tenerum cordifolium fluminense alsinoides Forstera bellidifolia capillare diffusum longissimum confertum fissilobum schizanthum lobuliflorum simulans muscicola tenerum candelabrum pedunculatum trichopodum claytonioides rotundifolium dunlopianum cordifolium fluminense alsinoides Fig. la. Strict Consensus Tree, showing Bootstrap values. Fig. lb. 50% Majority-rule Consensus Tree 7 : 1->0 10 : 1->2 594 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Forstera bellidifolia capillare fissilobum confertum diffusum longissimum schizanthum lobuliflorum simulans muscicola tenerum candelabrum pedunculatum trichopodum claytonioides rotundifolium dunlopianum cordifolium fluminense alsinoides Fig. 2. One of 156 most parsimonius trees, showing character numbers and their state changes at each branch 595 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia and one species is recorded from New South Wales. All extra-Australian species of Stylidium belong to S. subg. Andersonia. None of the 37 species in the subgenus is endemic outside the tropics. Only three species ( S. tenerum, S. Taxonomy diffusum and S. rotundifolium) extend south of the Tropic of Capricorn, while two ( S. kunthii and S. tenellum ) extend north of the Tropic of Cancer. Key to the subgenera of Stylidium occurring in northern and north-easternAustralia, Malesia and south-eastAsia 1. Hypanthia and capsules linear, 8-20 times longer than wide. S. subg. Andersonia Hypanthia and capsules globose to ellipsoidal, 1^4 times longer than wide.2 2. Hypanthia and capsules globose; stigma stipitate.S. subg. Centridium Hypanthia and capsules ellipsoidal to obconical; stigma sessile .... S. subg. Tolypangium Key to the species of Stylidium subg .Andersonia 1. Inflorescence borne on leafless scape(s), generally arising from a cluster of leaves, either basal or cauline; leaves not resembling floral bracts.2 Inflorescences not borne on leafless scape(s); leaves always cauline, tending to grade into floral bracts.26 2. Scapes bearing 1 flower only.3 Scapes bearing cymose inflorescence, 2-many-flowered.7 3. Calyx fused into two obtuse lips.4 Calyx consisting of 5 lobes, some partly fused.5 4. Scapes and hypanthia glandular-hairy. 17. S. perizostera Scapes and hypanthia glabrous. 18. S. claytonioides 5. Leaves glabrous; corolla yellow. 14. S. trichopodum Leaves with eglandular hairs; corolla pink.6 6. Scapes 0.15-0.2 mm wide; posterior petals 2.4-3.1 mm long; capsules 7-9.5 mm long; sepals partly fused, forming two emarginate lips. 15. S. ericksoniae Scapes 0.1-0.15 mm wide; posterior petals 0.5-0.7 mm long; capsules 5-6.5 mm long; 2 sepals fused for more than half their length, 3 free. 16. S. pedunculatum 7. Sepals fused into two obtuse lips.8 Sepals consisting of 5 lobes, some or all partly fused.10 8. Paracorolla present, lobes acute; posterior petals c. 5.5 mm long. 32. S. fimbriatum Paracorolla absent; posterior petals 1.3-2.1 mm long.9 9. Corolla tube 2-3 mm long; column 3.5-5 mm long; leaves in basal rosette. 30. S. rotundifolium Corolla tube 4.5-6 mm long; column 7-8.5 mm long; leaves mostly cauline. 31. S. dunlopianum 596 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) 10. Sepals in two basally fused groups (one 2-lobed, the other 3-lobed) .... 9. S. candelabrum Three sepals free to base, two fused for more than half their length.11 11. Leaves linear, 20-35 times longer than wide. 13. S. stenophyllum Leaves obovate to orbicular, 1-3 times longer than wide .12 12. Leaves in basal rosette.13 Leaves scattered along a substantial stem.14 13. Two orange paracorolla glands present.18 Paracorolla glands absent.20 14. Leaves sessile, orbicular; paracorolla lobes 6-9, linear, acute. 5. S. ensatum Leaves petiolate, oblanceolate to orbicular; paracorolla lobes 0-4, broad, obtuse.15 15. Orange paracorolla glands present.12. S. pachyrrhizum Paracorolla glands absent.16 16. Scapes glabrous; corolla glandular-hairy; posterior petals fused; capsules ribbed . 7. S. divergens Scapes glandular-hairy; corolla glabrous; all petals free; capsules not ribbed.17 17. Capsules 6.5-11 mm long; native of Asia. 1. S. kunthii Capsules (10—) 13—24 mm long; native ofN.T. andW.A. 4. S. muscicola 18. Hypanthia densely glandular-hairy; glands pale. 10. S. lobuliflorum Hypanthia sparsely glandular-hairy or glabrous; glands dark.19 19. Stem base thickened; petals glandular-hairy; column 7.5-8.5 mm long.12. S. pachyrrhizum Stem base not thickened; petals glabrous; column 5-7.5 mm long. 11. S. schizanthum 20. Sepals glabrous, acute.21 Sepals sparsely glandular-hairy, obtuse.22 21 Bracts 2—4.7 mm long; corolla tube 0.5-1.6 mm long; corolla glandular-hairy on tube and petals; leaves with petioles 1-4.5 mm long. 19. S. nominatum Bracts 1-2 mm long; corolla tube 1.6-2 mm long; corolla glandular-hairy on tube only; leaves sessile. 20. S. capillare 22. Petals all free [A1+A2+P1+P2] .23 Posterior petals fused [A1+A2+(P1&P2)].24 23. Corolla tube with sinus on anterior and posterior sides; paracorolla present; labellum usually attached to the outside of the corolla tube; Aust. & N.G. . 3. S. tenerum Corolla tube with sinus on anterior side only; paracorolla absent; labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube; Sri Lanka to China. 2. S. uliginosum 24. Corolla tube glabrous.6. S. si mu la ns Corolla tube glandular-hairy.25 597 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 25. Column 2.5-3 mm long; capsule 4—8 mm long; sepals 0.1-0.25 mm wide.8. S. accedens Column 5.5-7 mm long; capsule 10-17 mm long; sepals 0.25-0.4 mm wide . . 7. S. divergens 26. Leaves 0.1-1.7 mm wide.27 Leaves 1.7-8 mm wide.35 27. Leaf base cuneate.28 Leaf base truncate.29 28. Petals laterally fused (A1 &PI + A2&P2); sepals glabrous. 36. S. javanicum Petals all free (A1+A2+P1+P2); sepals glandular-hairy. 27. S. tenellum 29. Leaves clustered near base of stem.30 Leaves ±evenly scattered along stem.31 30. Sepals oblanceolate; paracorolla continuous; posterior petals 3^1.1 mm long.22. S. aquaticum Sepals debate; paracorolla discontinuous; posterior petals 1.5-3.3 mm long.25. S. confertum 31. Capsules 1.0-1.6 mm wide, pedicels absent or up to 5 mm long. 35. S. tenerrimum Capsules 0.4-1.0 mm wide, pedicels absent or rudimentary.32 32. Posterior petals entire; labellum attached at base of anterior sinus.21. S. prophyllum Posterior petals bilobed; labellum attached to outside of corolla tube.33 33. Anterior petals 0.5-1.0 mm long. 26. S. diffusum Anterior petals 1.3-2.2mmlong.34 34. Corolla yellow and white; 4-6 paracorolla lobes opposite posterior petals . 24. S. oviflorum Corolla white or pink; 2-4 paracorolla lobes opposite posterior petals .... 23. S. fissilobum 35. Leaf base cordate.37. S. cordifolium Leaf base cuneate.36 36. Sepals 1.0-2.0 mm long at anthesis.37 Sepals 2.0^1.1 mm long at anthesis.39 37. Petals laterally fused (A1&P1 +A2&P2); column 2.5-3 mm long.33. S. alsinoides Petals all free (A1+A2+P1+P2); column 3-5 mm long.38 38. Leaf apex acute; corolla glabrous; column 3-3.5 mm long.29. S. inconspicuum Leaf apex obtuse; corolla glandular-hairy; column 4-5 mm long. 27. S. tenellum 39. Sepals glandular; capsules 26^18 mm long; corolla tube 2-2.3 mm long.28. S. longissimum Sepals glabrous; capsules 11-16 mm long; corolla tube 1.1-1.5 mm long. 34. S. fluminense Stylidium subg.Andersonia(R.Br. exGDon) Annual or perennial herbs. Stem base Mildbr. in Engl., Pflanzenr. 35: 31, 34 unthickened, or rarely thickened. Glandular (1908); S. sect. AndersoniaRBr. ex GDon, hairs present, but often on one or two plant Gen. hist. 3: 721 (1834).Type: S. tenellum parts only. Glands globose. Leaves entire; in R.Br. (=S. tenerum Spreng.) (lecto, here basal rosette, terminal rosette, or spirally chosen). arranged along elongate stems. Inflorescence 598 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) scapose or scapiform, 1-flowered or cymose; or borne on upper part of stem, cymose. Bracts opposite, sometimes leaf-like and then inflorescence appearing to be solitary, axillary. Labellum glabrous, attached at base of anterior sinus or on outer wall of corolla tube; labellum basal appendages absent. Sepals never all free; often with 2 sepals fused for over half their length and 3 free, but sometimes fused into two entire or emarginate lips. Stigma sessile, cushion-shaped. Column lacking eglandular hairs, spur absent. Anther loculi 4. Capsules Key to the Sections of Stylidium subg .Andersonia 1. Inflorescences 1-flowered. S. sect. Uniflora Inflorescences cymose, 2-many flowered.2 2. Calyx fused into 2 obtuse lips.S. sect. Biloba Calyx consisting of 5 lobes, some partly fused.3 3 Petals laterally fused (A1 &P1 +A2&P2). S. sect. Alsinoida Petals all free (A1+A2+P1+P2) or posteriors fused (A1+A2+(P1&P2)).4 4 Inflorescences borne on leafless scape(s), generally arising from a cluster of leaves (either basal or cauline). Leaves not resembling floral bracts.S. sect. Andersonia Inflorescences not borne on leafless scape(s). Leaves always cauline, tending to grade into floral bracts. S. sect. Tenella linear or linear-lanceolate, pedicels absent or rudimentary (except S. tenerrimum). Ovules numerous. Seeds brown. 37 species, occurring from far northern New South Wales to tropical Western Australia, and into Malesia and south-east Asia. The subgenus is here divided into 5 sections; S. sect. Andersonia, S. sect. Uniflora, S. sect Tenella, S. sect. Biloba and S. sect. Alsinoida. A. Stylidium sect. Andersonia R.Br ex G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 721 (1834). Leaves broad, in basal rosette or scattered on short stem. Scapes present. 2 sepals fused for more than half their length and 3 free. Corolla white, pink or mauve; petals all free or posterior ones fused to each other. Paracorolla usually present; orange paracorolla glands present or absent. Labellum usually attached to outside of corolla tube. Column of uniform width throughout, glabrous. Capsules sometimes ribbed; seeds smooth. 13 species, SE Asia, Malesia, tropical Australia, southern Queensland, northern New South Wales. 1.StylidiumkunthiiWall exDC ,Prodr 7:335 (1839). Type: [Bangladesh] Sylhet, [24°— ’ N 91°— 5 E], undated, N. Wallich herb, no. 3759 (holo: K, microfiche BRI; iso: BM). Stylidium brunonis Griff., Not. pi. asiat. 4: 275-276 (1854). Type: Burma. Mergui, [12°—’ N 98°—’ E], undated, W. Griffith 577 (holo: ?K«.v.; iso: BM). Annual, 8-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 5- 15 per plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some scattered along stems, oblanceolate or obovate or orbicular, 4-15 mm long including petiole, 2-9 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 1-6 mm long. Scapes 1-5 per plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent or present. Inflorescences 5-14 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate, 1.5-3.5 mm long, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy throughout. 599 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia Sepals oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.3-2.5 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white or pink, glabrous; tube 1.2-1.6 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.2 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2, both similar, acute, none opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.6-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.7-1.2 mm long, 0.4—0.8 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 1-2 mm long, 0.6-1.3 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 4-5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 6.5-11 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.9 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved or not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Specimens examined: India. Motijharan hill, Sambalpur, [21°N 84°E], Nov 1948, Mooney 3139 (K); Siliguri, North Bengal, [26°N 88°E], Dec 1875, Clarke 26567 (BM). Bangladesh. Chittagong, [22°N 91°E], undated, Thomson (L, P). Thailand. Poo Kradeng, [16°N 101°E], Nov 1958, Sorensen et al. 6181 (L). Burma. Pegu, [17°N 96°E], Dec 1957, McKee 5837 (NSW, P). Vietnam. Phuc Yen, [21°N 105°E], Nov 1935, Petelot 5517 (P); Ben Cat, [11°N 106°E], Dec 1865, Pierre 4533 (AAU, P). Unplaced. Cochinchine, 1862-66, Thorel 916 (P). Reconstituted material examined: Petelot 5517(6 fls); Sorensen etal 6181 (1 fl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium kunthii is endemic to south-east Asia, extending from eastern India to Vietnam (Map 1). From the localities recorded, it appears to be confined to altitudes of less than 200 metres. S. kunthii is recorded from moist road cuttings in forests, and on open wet soil in rice fields and natural grassland. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded for November and December. Affinities: S. kunthii is closely related to S. uliginosum, but differs by the cauline leaves (confined to basal rosette for S. uliginosum ), labellum 0.6-0.7 mm long (0.4-0.5 mm for S. uliginosum ), column 4-5 mm long (3-3.5 mm long for S. uliginosum ), presence of a paracorolla, and corolla tube 1.2-1.6 mm long (0.9-1.3 mm for A uliginosum). At L, there is a mixed collection of S. kunthii and S. uliginosum from Phu Kradung in northern Thailand, which indicates that these species, at least occasionally, grow together. Typification: The holotype of S. brunonis is presumably at K. One of the sheets received on loan to BRI had the note “specimen from Mergui - Griffith - Herb. Hook. - removed from here 8 iii 1933”. However the latter was not received. Conservation status: Not evaluated. 2. Stylidium uliginosum Sw. exWilld., Sp. PI. 4: 147 (1805); Swartz, Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berl. Mag. NeuestenEntdeck. Gesammten Naturk. 1: 52 (1807); Candollea uliginosa (Sw. ex Willd.) F.Muell., Syst. Census Aust. PI. 86 (1883). Type: Ceylon, undated, J.G. Koenig( holo: B, microfiche BRI; iso: BM). Stylidium sinicum Hance in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 2: 1030 (1852). Type: Hong Kong, [22°—’ N 114°—’] E, undated, collector unknown (syn: BM). Annual, 4—15 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves 7-16 per plant, elliptical or obovate, 4.5-11 mm long including petiole, 2.0^1.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0.5^1 mm long. Scapes 1-7 per plant, 0.4-0.5 mm in diameter, glabrous or glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent or present. Inflorescences 4-15 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate or ovate, 1.5-2 mm long, glabrous or glandular- hairy, obtuse. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.2-2 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white, 600 glabrous; tube 0.9-1.3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4-0.5 mm long, thin, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, bilobed or entire, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 0.8-1.6 mm long, 0.5-1.1 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Column 3-3.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 6-8 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved or not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Specimens examined: China. Shipai Farm near Guangzhou, Nov 1955, Huang 160717 (MO); Baiyun Mountain, near Guangzhou, Oct 1963, Huang 165266 (MO); White Cloud Hills, Canton, 23N 113E, Mar 1885, Sampson 368 (BM); Port Island, Hong Kong, Oct 1973, Hu 12255 (K); Hong Kong, 1850, Champion (BM, K); Hong Kong, [22°N 114°E], 1853—6, Wright (L, P). Thailand. Loei, Phu Krading, Nov 1958, Smitinand 4928 (K. L); Phu Kradung, S of Loi, [16° 53’N 101° 53’E], Nov 1970, Chaoenphol 4608 et al. (AAU); Loei, Phu Krading, Nov 1965, Tagawa 827 et al. (AAU, L); Phukradung, Loei, Dec 1971, Beusekom 4498 et al. (L, MO, P); Pak Thong Chai, Korat, [14°N 102°E], Dec 1923, Kerr 8112 (BM); Ubon at Kemarath, Me-Kong, [15°N 104°E], 1866- 8, Thorel (P). Vietnam, near Kip, Bac Giang (Ha Bac) Province, [21°N 106°E], Jan 1936, Petelot 5662 (P); Hue, Annam, [16°N 107°E], Mar 1927, Squires 186 (P); Baie de Tourane, [16°N 108°E], Feb 1908, d’Alleizette 24 (P); Vinh-yen, Tonkin, [21°N 105°E], undated, Eberhardt 3808 (AAU, P); Nha-trang and vicinity, [12°N 109°E], Mar 1911, Robinson 1057 (P). Cambodia. Kep, Kampot, [10°N 104°E], Oct 1904, Geoffray 449 (P). Sri Lanka, [near Colombo] Ceylon, [6°N 80°E], 1868, Thwaites 3505 (BM, P); Ceylon, 1830-37, Walker (L, P). Unplaced. Cu Phap, Tonkin, Feb 1887, Balansa 3617 (P); Mat Lon, Tonkin, Feb 1892, Bon (P); Dai Khoi, Tonkin, Feb 1893, Bon (P); Ouonbi, Tonkin, Nov 1885, Balansa 1396 (P). Reconstituted material examined: Charoenphol et al. 4608 (3 fls); Petelot 5662 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium uliginosum is endemic to south-east Asia. The type was collected from Sri Lanka, but it may be extinct there now (Wadhwa 1997). It is Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) otherwise found from Thailand to the Guangdong province of southern China (Map 2). From the localities recorded, it appears to be confined to altitudes of less than 200 metres. S. idiginosum has been recorded from sandy moist places in open savannah, beside a pool on a dried stream, and on sandy earth banks. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from October to March. Notes: S. uliginosum is most closely related to S. kunthii and S. tenerum. See notes under those species. Only one type specimen for S. sinicum was seen, but others may exist. As this name is a synonym only, I have not attempted to designate a lectotype for it. Conservation status: Not evaluated. 3. Stylidium tenerum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 749 (1826) Stylidium tenellumRBr., Prodr. 570 (1810), nom. illeg., non Sw. exWilld. (1805). Type: East Coast Port 1 [Queensland. Port Curtis District: Curtis Island, 23 0 4-’S 151°1-’E], 6 August 1802, R. Bmwn (lecto: BM), here chosen. Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates 51,54 (1958), as S. uliginosum. [S. uliginosum auct. Australiense non. Sw. ex Willd.] Annual, 3-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.2 mm long; glands ellipsoidal or globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves 4-10 per plant, obovate or orbicular, 4-17.5 mm long including petiole, 3-8 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base obtuse, or cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 1.5-7 mm long. Scapes 1-7 per plant, 0.2-0.6 mm in diameter, glabrous or glandular-hairy; sterile bracts present. Inflorescences 3-20 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous, or glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate, 1- 1.5 mm long, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more 601 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia than half their length, 1-1.6 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white, glabrous; tube 1-1.6 mm long, with sinus on anterior and posterior sides. Paracorolla discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.3 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4-8, all similar, obtuse, 2{-A) opposite the anterior petals, 2-4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube or attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.3-1.1 mm long, 0.3-0.8 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 1.1-1.9 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 2.5-3.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 5-8 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. Wuroi, Oriomo River, [8°S 143°E], Jan-Mar 1934, Brass 5820 (BRI). Northern Territory. Wessel Islands, Oct 1972, Latz 3512 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District: Yeldham Creek, Etheridge River, undated, Armit 614 (MEL); Emu Creek, 10.2 km from Peninsula Development road, towards ‘Dixie’, Jul 1998, Bean 13549 (BRI, DNA); Browns Creek, Pascoe River, Jul 1948, Brass 19640 (BRI, L); Daintree N.P., Little Daintree River, May 1998, Forster PIF22800 et al. (BRI, QRS); Walsh River gorge, Sep 1985, Godwin C2866 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Alligator Creek, Bowling Green Bay N.P, Jun 1991, Bean 3276 (BRI); Ten Mile Creek, 22.5 km from Proserpine towards Bowen, Jul 1997, Bean 12088 (BRI); c. 8 km NE of “Wairuna”, Aug 1997, Bean 12175 (BRI); Stony Creek, W of Ingham near Wallaman Falls, Aug 1951, Blake 18804 (BRI). South Kennedy District: Mount Mandurana N.P., 20 km NNW of Mackay, May 1991, Bean 3141 (BRI). Port Curtis District: 2 km from Tannum Sands, old Tannum road, Dec 1989, Aspland 1032 (BRI); between Pineapple Gap and Raspberry Creek HS, Shoalwater Bay Military Reserve, Jul 1977, Clarkson 746 & Stanley (BRI); Deepwater Creek N.P, about 3 km SW of campsite, Sep 1992, Sharpe 5374 & Tan (BRI). Burnett District: Mt Perry, Jun 1889, Keys (BRI). Wide Bay District: 1.5 km S of Kingfisher Bay, Fraser Island, Jul 1997, Bean 12055 (BRI, DNA, MEL); Granite Bay, Noosa N.P, Sep 1985, Sharpe 3909 & Batianoff (BRI); 2.3 km from Tewantin on road to Boreen Point, Oct 1988, Wannan & Quinn (BRI). Moreton District: Wappa Dam Pumping station, W of Yandina, Sep 1997, Bean 12406 (BRI); Caloundra, Aug 1932, Blake 4246 (BRI); My ora. North Stradbroke Island, Aug 1969, Coveny 2018 (BRI, MEL, NSW). New South Wales. Coolangatta Airport, Tweed Heads West, Jun 1999, Bean 15226 (BRI, NSW); Cudgen Creek, 1892, Finselbach 106 (MEL). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 12055 (2 fls); Bean 12088 (2 fls); Bean 12175 (2 fls); Bean 12194 (2 fls); Clarkson 746 & Stanley (2 fls); Forster 5444 (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium tenerum is widespread in eastern Queensland, especially in the tropics. It is also known from Papua-New Guinea, the Wessel Islands in Northern Territory, and from the extreme north¬ east of New South Wales (Map 4). It grows on seepage areas or consolidated creekbanks, or sometimes on coastal lowlands in open Melaleuca woodland. It grows in sandy soils, and is often associated with species of Drosera, Eriocaulon and Utricularia. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded mainly between April and October, but there are a few records from December and January. Notes: S. tenerum is closely related to S. uliginosum. S. tenerum differs by having a sinus on both the anterior and posterior sides of the corolla tube, by the presence of a paracorolla, and by having the labellum usually attached to the outside of the corolla tube. Two specimens were available to Brown when drawing up his description; his own, and one collected by Banks and Solander from Endeavour River. Brown’s collection is selected as lectotype as he indicates it in his Prodromus as “(T.) v.v.”, meaning “seen living from Tropical Australia”. This infers that the description was based primarily on his own specimen. Conservation status: The extent of occurrence of S. tenerum is very large. Within this area it is confined to relatively undisturbed creekbanks or open lowland communities on sand. All known stands are small and scattered, but S. tenerum is not considered to be rare or threatened. 602 4. Stylidium muscicola F.Muell., Fragm. 1:153 (1859); Candollea muscicola (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: [Northern Territory], Cataracts, Victoria River, [15°—’S 131°— ’E], 26 June 1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL [MEL1061541]). Illustrations: R. Erickson, Triggerplants Plates 51, 53 (1958); J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. ofKimb. Region 882, t. 272B(1992). Annual, 5-33 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 4-20 per plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some scattered along stems, obovate or orbicular, (6-) 10-33 mm long including petiole, (5-)9-28 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base obtuse, or cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 5— 29 mm long. Scapes 1-8 per plant, 0.2-0.5 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile bracts present or absent. Inflorescences 3-17 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts linear or lanceolate, 0.5- 2.0 mm long, glabrous or glandular-hairy, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy throughout. Sepals elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.5- 2 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white or pink or mauve, glabrous; tube 2.1-2.5 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent or discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.15 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 0^1, all similar, obtuse, 0-2 opposite the anterior petals, 0-2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4- 0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, tenninal appendage usually present; 0-0.4 mm long. Petals all free,Al+A2+Pl+P2. Anterior petals 1.4-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1.6 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.3-3.5 mm long, L4-2.2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-6.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes present, 0.1-0.2 mm wide. Corona absent. Capsule linear, (10—) 13—24 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved. Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Selected specimens: Western Australia. Lennard River Gorge, King Leopold Range, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52606 (DNA); The Grotto, c. 30 km SSE of Wyndham, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 54083 (DNA); King Edward River, Amax road crossing, Jun 1971, Byrnes 2327 (DNA); S side of Cockburn Range, c. 13 km W of King River, Jul 1974, Carr 3286 & Beauglehole 47064 (DNA); Galvins Gorge, c. 200 km E of Derby, Jul 1974, Carr 4141 & Beauglehole 47919 (DNA); Wonjarring Falls, Carson River escarpment, Jun 1984, Chesterfield 420 (MEL); Whale Mouth Cave, Osmond Range, Jul 1991, Cowie 1924 (DNA, PERTH). Northern Territory. Pinkerton Range, Auvergue Station, Mar 1989, Brock 566 & Russell-Smith (DNA); near Mt Gilruth, Mar 1984, Craven 8308 & Wightman (DNA, MEL); Little Nourlangie Rock, Mar 1978, Dunlop 4773 (CANB, DNA); Mt Boulder, Feb 1989, Dunlop 7999 & Leach (DNA); Macadam Range, Mar 1989, Dunlop 8073 & Leach (DNA); Angalarri River catchment. May 1994, Dunlop 10042 & Latz (DNA, MEL); 10 km SW of Redbank Mine, Wollogorang Station, Jun 1987, Latz 10505 (DNA, CANB, MEL, NSW); catchment of Hayward Creek, Mar 1989, Leach 2480 & Dunlop (DNA); tributary of Fitzmaurice River, Feb 1994, Leach 4202 (DNA); Katherine Gorge N.P., May 1977, Parker 799 (DNA, CANB); Victoria River area, Jasper Gorge, May 1988, Smith 1128 (DNA); South Bay, Bickerton Island, Jun 1948, Specht 554 (BRI, MEL); 2 km W of Victoria River bridge, Gregory N.P, Mar 1986, Thomson 1328 (DNA); Vanderlin Island, Sir Edward Pellew group, Jul 1988, Thomson 2456 (DNA); Yambarran Range, 19 km NE of Mt Milik Monmir, May 1994, Walsh 3819 & Leach (DNA, MEL). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Parker 199 (3 fls); Smith 1128 (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium muscicola extends from the western Kimberley of Western Australia to northern parts of the Northern Territory, eastward almost to the Queensland border (Map 5). It grows in sandy soil in sheltered places in sandstone ranges (e.g. base of cliffs), in places which receive seepage after the wet season. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded between February and September. Notes: S. muscicola is distinguished by the pale green petiolate cauline leaves, the white flowers with free posterior petals, and the relatively long capsules. 603 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia There is only one Mueller collection of this taxon at MEL, hence it is treated as the holotype. Conservation status: A. muscicola is a widespread species and not considered to be rare or threatened. 5. Stylidium ensatum ARBeansp. nov. affmis A. muscicola , sed differens foliis sessilibus, scapis latioribus, bracteis obtusis, corolla glandulosa et faucis appendicibus ensatis 6-9. Typus: Northern Territory. Shoal Bay, 12°22’S 130°57’E, 20 June 1974, C.R. Dunlop 4105 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, DNA, K, L, NSW). Annual, 14-22 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 6-17 per plant, scattered along stems, obovate or orbicular, 7-12 mm long, 5.5-12 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-3 per plant, 0.6-0.8 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 8-16 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 1-2.0 mm long, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.8- 2.1 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, glandular- hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink or mauve, glandular- hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.9-2.4 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 6-9, all similar, acute, 2-4 opposite the anterior petals, 4-5 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4-0.5 mm long, thin, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0-0.2 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1.8- 2.5 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals 3^1.4 mm long, 1.8-3.3 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5.5-7.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes present, 0.1-0.2 mm wide. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 8-12 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, smooth. Fig. 3A. Specimens examined: Northern Territory, near Hayes Creek, Jul 1946, Blake 16409 (BRI, DNA); Port Darwin, 1885, Holtze 514 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1888, Holtze 827 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1888, Holtze 831 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1888, Holtze 865 (MEL); Lee Point road, 7.5 miles [12 km] N of Darwin, Jun 1964, Nelson 1159 (DNA); North Australia, 1886, Tenison-Woods & Holtze (MEL); edge of McMinns Lagoon, Jun 1968, Wheelwright DW44 (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Dunlop 4105 (3 fls); Nelson 1159 (1 fl); Wheelwright DW 44 (1 fl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium ensatum is endemic to the Darwin area of the Northern Territory (Map 5). For one collection, the habitat is given as a Melaleuca viridiflora- Lophostemon lactifluus forest, with damp peaty soil. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from June and July. Affinities: S. ensatum is most closely related to S. muscicola , but differs by the sessile leaves, scapes 0.6-0.8 mm wide (0.2-0.5 mm for S. muscicola ), bracts obtuse (acute for S. muscicola ), corolla glandular-hairy (glabrous for S. muscicola ), paracorolla lobes acute (obtuse or absent for A muscicola) and labellum attached to outside of corolla tube (attached at base of anterior sinus for S. muscicola ). Notes: This taxon was mentioned by Erickson (1958) in her discussion of the variation in 5. muscicola. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994) Etymology: The species epithet is from the Latin ensatus, meaning “sword-like”. This is in reference to the slender sword-like throat appendages, which are a feature of this species. 6. Stylidium simulans Carlquist, Aliso 9: 426 (1979). Type: Northern Territory. Camp 2, Arnhem Land, 13°04’S 133°01’E, 8 June 1978, A. Carlquist 15435 (holo: RSA; iso: DNA). 604 Annual, 7-11 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, pale. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves 4-10 per plant, orbicular, 3-5.5 mm long including petiole, 1.5-3.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 1-2 mm long. Scapes 1 or 2 per plant, 0.2-0.3 mm in diameter, glandular- hairy; sterile bracts present. Inflorescences 7- 11 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts deltate, 0.5-1 mm long, glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.4-1.6 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Corolla mauve or pale pink, glabrous; tube 1.6-2 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2- 0.4 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 6-8, all similar, acute, 2-4 opposite the anterior petals, 4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.3-0.4 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate; 0.1-0.2 mm long. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.1- 1.3 mm long, 0.4—0.7 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 1.7-2.2 mm long, 0.7- 1.2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 3.5^1 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 5.5-8.5 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved or not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Dunlop 4910 (DNA); Arnhem Land, Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Henshall 1887B (DNA); ditto, Henshall 1887A (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Dunlop 4910 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium simulans is endemic to the Arnhem Land plateau, and is currently known only from around the type locality (Map 7), where it grows on a sandstone plateau in shallow sandy soil. Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded in June only. Affinities: S. simulans is closely related to S. accedens. See notes under that species. Typification: The type of S. simulans was incorrectly cited as Carlquist 15434 in the protologue (Carlquist, pers. comm.). The type collection for S. simulans is Carlquist 15435; this is the collection received and annotated as holotype from RSA. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 7. Stylidium divergensARBeansp. nov. affinis S. accedenti sed differens scapis glabris, sepalis latioribus longioribusque, labello ad sinum tubi corollae affixo, columna multo longiore et capsulis 10-17 mm longis. Typus: Northern Territory. Mt Brockman Outlier, 15 km SE of Jabiru, 12° 47’S 132° 57 5 E, 19 April 1989, R IE Johnson 4635 (holo: BRI; iso: AD, DNA, CANB, RSA). Annual, 7-27 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.15 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous or leaves in basal rosette. Leaves 2-6 per plant, elliptical, obovate or orbicular, 4-21 mm long including petiole, 3-5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base obtuse or cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0.5-8 mm long. Scapes 1-6 per plant, 0.3-0.6 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 4-24 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous or glandular-hairy. Bracts deltate or ovate, 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy throughout or at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.2-1.7 mm long, 0.25- 0.4 mm wide, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.5-2.4 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous or continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2-4, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 0-2 opposite the posterior 605 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate, 0.4-0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0-0.5 mm long. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.3-2 mm long, 0.5-1.6 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.5-3.7 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5.5-7 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent or present, 0-0.2 mm wide. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 10-17 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, with raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.3 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate. Fig 3B-D. Specimens examined: Northern Territory, near Kurundie Creek, Kakadu National Park, Apr. 1990, Leach 2842 & Cowie (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Johnson 4635 (2 fls); Leach 2842 & Cowie (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium divergens is endemic to the Kakadu National Park in Northern Territory (Map 4). It occurs on sandstone slopes or gullies. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded only for April. Affinities: S. divergens is closely related to S. accedens, but differs by the glabrous scapes (glandular-hairy for S. accedens ); labellum attached to base of anterior sinus of corolla tube (attached to outside of tube for S. accedens ); much larger posterior petals, column 5.5-7 mm long (2.5-3 mm long for S. accedens ) and capsules 10-17 mm long (4-8 mm long for S. accedens). Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). Etymology: From the Latin divergens meaning diverging or separating. This is in reference to the widely spreading posterior petals. 8. Stylidium accedens A . R. Bean sp. nov. afFmis S. simulanti , sed differens tubo corollae glanduloso, paracorolla absens continuave, labello breviore, absentia appendicis terminalis in labello, petalis anticis et posticis brevioribus, columna 2.5-3 mm longa et seminibus colliculatis. Typus: Northern Territory. Katherine Gorge National Park, 14°19’S 132°25 , E,23 June 1975, C.R. Dunlop 3797 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, DNA). Annual, 4-15 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, pale. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves 4-10 per plant, obovate, 5-12 mm long including petiole, 2.5-5.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 1.5-3.5 mm long. Scapes 1-2 per plant, 0.2-0.4 mm in diameter, glandular- hairy; sterile bracts present. Inflorescences 4- 15 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1 mm long, glandular-hairy, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.1-0.25 mm wide, glandular- hairy, obtuse. Corolla white, glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 1.2-1.7 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent or continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1 mm high. Paracorolla lobes (when present) 6, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.3-0.4 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 0.5- 0.7 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals 0.6-1 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 2.5-3 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, (4-)6-8 mm long excluding sepals, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate. Fig. 3E-G Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Edith Falls, Edith River, 17 miles [27 km] by road E of Stuart Highway, Jul 1965, Beauglehole ACB10878 (DNA); Edith Falls, Jul 1965, Beauglehole ACB43215 (DNA); Arnhem Land plateau, Jun 1978, Carlquist 15445 (BRI); Katherine Gorge N.P., Jun 1975, Dunlop 3760 (CANB, DNA); upper Katherine River, Arnhem 606 Land, Jul 1996, Dunlop 10303 & Mangion (DNA); above UDP Falls, Jul 1971, Gittins 2637 (BRI); sources of Goomadeer R., Arnhem Land, Jun 1978, Henshall 1993 (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Dunlop3760 (3 fls ),Dunlop 10303 & Mangion (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium accedens occurs around and to the north-east of Katherine in Northern Territory (Map 6), where it grows on sandstone plateaux with shallow sandy soil. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded for June and July Affinities: S. accedens is closely related to S. simulans, but differs by the obovate leaves (orbicular for S. simulans ), corolla tube glandular-hairy (glabrous for S. simulans ), paracorolla absent or continuous (discontinuous for S. simulans ), the shorter labellum, the absence of a terminal appendage on the labellum, the shorter anterior and posterior petals, column 2.5-3 mm long (3.5-4 mm for S. simulans ), and minutely colliculate seeds (smooth for S. simulans). Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). Etymology: The specific epithet is from the Latin accedens , an indeclinable participle meaning “resembling”. This is in reference to the superficial resemblance of this species to S. uliginosum, with which it was confused in the past. 9. Stylidium candelabrum Lowrie & Kenneally, Nuytsia 13: 251 (1999). Type: Northern Territory. Headwaters Katherine River, Arnhemland, 13°47’S 133°05’E, 11 July 1996, C.P.Mangion 245 & C.R.Dunlop (holo: DNA; iso: PERTH). Annual, 6-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 11-100 per plant, scattered along stems, elliptical, 2.5—13(—18) mm long including petiole, 1.5—5(—9) mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base obtuse, or cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 2- 6(-8) mm long. Scapes 1-13 per plant, 0.2-0.7 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 3-16 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous, or glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate, 0.5-1.5 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals debate or ovate, fused into 2 emarginate lips, 0.8-1.4 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Corolla white, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.2- 1.8 mm long, with sinus on anterior and posterior sides. Paracorolla discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.4 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.6-1.1 mm wide, bilobed, trilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 1.6-2.3 mm long, 1.5-2.3 mm wide, bilobed, or 3 or 4-lobed, obtuse. Column 5.5-6.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 6-15 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds globose, 0.2-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Fig. 4A-D. Selected specimens: Northern Territory, near Kub- O-Wer Hill, Arnhem Land reserve, Jun 1978, Carlquist 15408 (DNA, K); near Ranford Creek, Wandie Mine road, Mary River station, Jul 1987, Clark 807 (DNA); Melville Island, near Snake Bay airstrip plantation. Mar 1994, Cowie 4698 (DNA); Bathurst Island, Runka, Mar 1995, Cowie 5419 (DNA); Flinders Peninsula, east side opposite S end Probable Isle, Apr 1996, Cowie 6698 & Bokarra (DNA); 7.5 km S of Cooinda on Pine Creek road. May 1980, Craven 5656 (CANB, DNA); Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Dunlop 4885 (DNA, MEL); Kakadu N.P, Apr 1990, Dunlop 8577 & Munns (CANB, DNA); Mt Brockman, Kakadu N.P., Mar 1995, Egan 4591 (DNA); road to Umbrawarra Gorge, Apr 1995, Egan 4643 (DNA); above U.D.P. Falls, May 1975, Gittins 2864 (BRI); Holmes Jungle, Apr 1995, Harwood 100 (DNA); Arnhem Land, 19 km E of Jabiru, Apr 1989, Johnson 4554 (BRI, DNA, NSW); above Twin Falls, Kakadu N.P, Jul 1983, King 324 (DNA); Rum Bottle Creek, Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 607 Fig. 3. A: Stylidium ensatum. A. habitx0.7. B-D: Stylidium divergens. B. habit* 1; C. anterior view of flower*9; D. corolla, opened outx9. E-G: Stylidium accedens. E. habit><2; F. anterior view of flowerxlS; G. corolla, opened outxl8. A: Holtze 514; B-D: Johnson 4635; E-G; Dunlop 3797. 608 Jun 1972, Must 1070 (BRI, CANB, DNA, K); Marrakai Station, Mar 1974, Must 1197 (BRI, DNA); 10 km SSW of ElSharana, Kakadu N.P., Apr 1990, Orr 354 (DNA); Koongarra area, 1 km S of jump-up, Apr 1979, Rankin 1979 (CANB, DNA, L); Upper Koolpin Creek, Kakadu N.R, Jun 1988, Russell-Smith 5488 & Lucas (DNA); Ngilipitji area, E Arnhem Land, Jul 1981, Scarlett 406 (DNA); 8 km E of Goyder River crossing, Jun 1972, Symon 7732 (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Dunlop 4885 (3 fls );Egan 4591 (2 fls); Wightman 3906 (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium candelabrum is endemic to the northernmost parts of the NorthemTerritory (Map 11). It often grows in shallow sand on sandstone pavements, but may occur on other substrates. It appears to be confined to the higher rainfall areas. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from March to July. Affinities: S. candelabrum is a distinctive species readily identified by its petiolate, elliptical cauline leaves and sepals in 2 basally fused groups. It differs from S. capillare by its petiolate cauline leaves, sepals in 2 basally fused groups, glandular-hairy petals, sinus on both the anterior and posterior sides of the corolla, and the discontinuous paracorolla. Conservation status: S. candelabrum is quite widely distributed in the north of the Northern Territory, and much of its occurrence is within National Park. It is not considered to be rare or threatened. 10. Stylidium lobuliflorum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 153 (1859); Candollea lobuliflora (F.Muell.) F.Muell, Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: [NorthemTerritory]. sandy flats near the Main Camp, Victoria River, [15° —’S 130° —’E], May 1856, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL [MEL242996]), here chosen. Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate 54 (1958), as S. lobuliferum. Annual, 12-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.1-0.2 mm long; glands globose, pale. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) basal rosette). Leaves 4-15 per plant, obovate or orbicular, 6-9.5 mm long including petiole, 4-6.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 1-4 mm long. Scapes 1-3 per plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 12-20 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glandular- hairy. Bracts linear or lanceolate or ovate, 1-2 mm long, glandular-hairy, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 2.3-3 mm long, 0.4- 0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 2.1-3.3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin or thick, glabrous, 0.2-0.6 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2—4, all similar, obtuse, 0- 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands 2. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube or attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate or obtuse, terminal appendage usually present; c. 0.2 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2 or with posterior ones fused, A1 +A2+(P 1 &P2). Anterior petals 1.4-1.9 mm long, 0.7-1.1 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.3-3.4 mm long, 1.2-2.2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 6.5-7.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 10-12 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Specimens examined: Western Australia, c. 32 km WSW of Kununurra, Jul 1976, Beauglehole 54297 (DNA); 59 km by road N of Gibb River road, Meda- Oobagooma road, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52687 (DNA). Northern Territory. 8 km west of Koongarra, May 1978, Carlquist 15392 (DNA); Wilderness Trail, Katherine Gorge N.R, 8 km from Park Headquarters, Jun 1978, Carlquist 15470 (BRI, DNA); Plot 426, Arnhem Land, [12° 09’S 133° 55’E], Jul 1987, Clark 1327 (DNA, NSW); tributary of Barramundie Ck, 33 km WSW of Twin Falls, Jun 1980, Craven 6419 (CANB, DNA); Kakadu N.P., Apr 1990, Dunlop 8560 & Munns (DNA); Fitzmaurice River basin. May 1994, Dunlop 9950 & Late (DNA, NSW); Fitzmaurice River, upper catchment. May 1994, Dunlop 10084 & Barritt 609 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia (BRI, DNA, MEL); Arnhem Land, Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Henshall 1878 (DNA, MEL); headwaters of Baroalba Creek, Kakadu Park, May 1981, Henshall 3604 (DNA); 12.5 km SW of Jabiru on Pine Creek road, Jun 1980, Lazarides 9177 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL); Mt Bundey Training area, Jul 1992, Leach 2972 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Yamburran Range, 19 km NE Mt Millikmonmir, May 1994, Leach 4514 & Walsh (DNA, MEL); Litchfield Park, road to Lost City, Jun 1998, Michell 1583 & Risler (DNA); Magela Creek, May 1978, Rice 2641 (DNA); Arnhem Land, 13.1 km E of Murgenella Settlement along road to Brogden Point, Aug 1987, Ross 3273 (MEL); Bamboo Ck, tribuatry of McKinley, 1882, Tate (MEL). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Dunlop 10084 & Barritt (2 fls); Leach 2972 (2 fls); Michell 1583 & Risler (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium lobuliflorum is found in the Kimberley region of Western Australia and adjacent areas of Northern Territory (Map 8). It inhabits sandstone pavement, sandy depressions, seepage areas or streamlines. It may be associated with Pandanus spp., Triodia sp., Melaleuca viridiflora or various Eucalyptus spp. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from April to August. Typification: There are two collections of S. lobuliflorum at MEL which were made by Mueller from the vicinity of the Victoria River. One collection has several relatively intact plants (chosen here as lectotype) while in the other, only fragments remain. Affinities: S. lobuliflorum is most closely related to S. schizanthum , but differs by densely glandular hypanthia with pale glands (glabrous or sparsely glandular with dark glands for S. schizanthum ), absence of sterile bracts on scapes, petals glandular-hairy (glabrous for S. schizanthum ), column of uniform width throughout (slightly dilated for S. schizanthum ), corolla tube 2.1—3.3 mm long (1.3-2.2 mm for S. schizanthum) and 2-4 paracorolla lobes (4-6 for S. schizanthum). Conservation status: S. lobuliflorum is a widespread species, and not considered to be rare or threatened. 11. Stylidium schizanthum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 152 (1859); Candollea schizantha (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: Victoria River [Northern Territory, 15°—’S 130°—’E], May 1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL [MEL1061485]). Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates 51, 54 (1958); J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. ofKimb. Region 882, t. 272E(1992). Annual, 9-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.2 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves 3-13 per plant, oblanceolate or obovate or orbicular, 3.5-23 mm long including petiole, 1.5-12 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0.5-3(-6) mm long. Scapes 1- 2(^1) per plant, 0.3-0.8 mm in diameter, glabrous or glandular-hairy; sterile bracts present. Inflorescences 9-30 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous, or glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or lanceolate or ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, glabrous or glandular- hairy, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only or glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.5-2.7 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white or pink or mauve or yellow, glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 1.3-2.2 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.3-1 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4-6, dimorphic or all similar, acute or obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2^1 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands 2. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or orbicular, 0.3-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate; 0.1-0.2 mm long. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 0.7-2.7 mm long, 0.5-1.4 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 2.1-4.9 mm long, 1.6-3.1 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-7.5 mm long, slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 8-15 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs or with raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching 610 distally, strongly recurved or not recurved. Seeds globose or ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth or colliculate. Selected specimens: Irian Jaya. c. 15 km NE of Koembe village on N bank of Koembe River, Merauke district, [8°S 140°E], Sep 1954, van Royen 4854 (L). New Guinea. Wuroi, Oriomo River, Western Division, [8°S 143°E], Jan-Mar 1934, Brass 5796, 5797 (BRI); Lake Daviumbu, Middle Fly River, [7°S 141°E], Sep 1936, Brass 7825 (L); c. 1 mile [1.6 km] S of Morehead Patrol Post, Western District [9°S 141°E], Aug 1967, Pullen 7159 (L); near Weam, Western District, [8°S 141°E], Aug 1967, Ridsdale NGF33681 (L). Western Australia. Mitchell Plateau, near mining camp, Aug 1978, Beauglehole 59004 & Errey 2704 (DNA); King Edward River, c. 50 km NE of Mitchell River HS, Aug 1978, Beauglehole 58879 & Errey 2579 (DNA); Gibb River- Kalumburu Mission road, 11.3 km NNW of Drysdale River crossing. May 1976, Beauglehole 51707 (DNA); Gibb River road, 1.5 km W of Lennard River Gorge turnoff, Jul 1974, Carr 4063 & Beauglehole 47841 (DNA); Mount Parker plateau, Jul 1991, Cowie 1933 (DNA); 6 km W of Mitchell River Falls, Apr 1993, Cowie 4343 & Brubaker (CANB, DNA); Camp Ck, next to Amax campsite, Mitchell Plateau, May 1978, Kenneally 6638 (L); Flying Fox Creek, SW of Lake Argyle, May 1980, Weston 12215 (DNA). Northern Territory. Malabanbandju camping ground. Kakadu N.P, May 1995, Booth 902 (DNA); McArthur River area, c. 15 km N of Borroloola, Jun 1976, Craven 4228 (L); Katherine Gorge N.P, Jun 1975, Dunlop 3788 (DNA, NSW); Fitzmaurice River basin. May 1994, Dunlop 9940 & Latz (DNA, MEL); Winchelsea Island, May 1993, Egan 2461 (DNA); Vanderlin Island, Jul 1988, Latz 10820 (DNA); on Oenpelli road, c. 10.5 miles [16.8 km] from Mudginbarry HS, Jul 1972, Lazarides 7591 (BRI, DNA); Bickerton Island, South Bay, May 1993, Leach 3723 & Cowie (DNA); Deaf Adder Basm, Jun 1972, Schodde AE97 (BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L); Magela Creek, Mudginberri Stn, May 1982, Wightman 48 (CANB, DNA). Queensland. Burke District: “Esmeralda” about SSE of Croydon, Jul 1954, Blake 19651 (BRI); 12 miles [19 km] N of Esmeralda station, Jul 1954, Speck 4732 (BRI). Cook District: One Hundred Mile swamp, near Undara resort, E of Mt Surprise, Jul 1998, Bean 13762 & Fox (BRI); Pascoe River crossing. Iron Range-Wenlock road, Jul 1948, Brass 19663 (BRI, L); Archer River, Wenlock- Coen road, Jul 1948, Brass 19736 (BRI, L); Moa Island, Aug 1985, Budworth 178 (BRI); 1.8 km N of the track from Agnew to Bertiehaugh, Aug 1983, Clarkson 5000 (BRI, K, NSW, PERTH, QRS); 33 km from Wakooka on the track to Bathurst Bay and Cape Melville N.P., Jun 1984, Clarkson 5379 (BRI, DNA, L, QRS); Cowal Creek crossing on the Bamaga to Mutee Head road, Sep 1985, Clarkson 6209 (BRI, DNA, MBA, PERTH, QRS); 9.7 km N of Morehead River, Jun 1989, Clarkson 8077 (BRI); Pascoe River Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) at Wattle Hills, Aug 1991, Clarkson 9087 & Neldner (BRI, MBA, PERTH); c. 5 km ENE of the mouth of MacDonald River, c. 68 km WNW of Heathlands, Apr 1993, Clarkson 9875 & Neldner (BRI, DNA, MBA, PERTH); 6 km N of Lilyvale on the track to Running Creek, Jun 1993, Clarkson 10095 & Neldner (BRI, MBA, PERTH); 29.3 km E by road of Maloneys Springs, Jun 1989, Forster 5448 (BRI); 2 km N of Mt Tozer, Jul 1991, Forster PIF9007 (BRI); 4 miles [6 km] N of Hopevale mission, Sep 1970, Gittins 2183 (BRI); along Kennedy road, c. 2 km S of Moreton Telegraph station, Aug 1978, Kanis 2036 (BRI, CANB, L); 23 km NE of “Violet Vale” HS, Aug 1978, Paijmans 2912 (BRI); c. 60 miles [97 km] W of Musgrave Telegraph Office, Jun 1968, Pedley 2679 (BRI). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Booth 902 (2 fls); Clarkson 5379 (2 fls); Clarkson 8077 (2 fls); Clarkson 9087 & Neldner (2 fls); Clarkson 9875 & Neldner (2 fls); Clarkson 10095 & Neldner (2 fls); Egan 2461 (2 fls ), Forster 5448 (2 fls); Wightman 48 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium schizanthum is a very widespread species, extending from the Kimberley region of Western Australia to eastern Northern Territory, and then in north Queensland, as far south as Mt Surprise, and in southern New Guinea (Map 9). It grows in damp sand in Eucalyptus or Melaleuca dominated communities, along creekbanks, on sandstone escarpments and amongst sandstone boulders. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from February to October. Affinities: It is closely related to S. pachyrrhizum and S. lobuliflorum. See notes under those species. Notes: S. schizanthum as currently circumscribed, is a very variable taxon, and detailed field studies may reveal that more than one species is involved. There is only one Mueller collection at MEL, hence this collection is treated as a holotype. Conservation status: S. schizanthum is a widespread species, and not considered to be rare or threatened. 611 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 12. Stylidium pachyrrhizum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 152 (1859); Candollea pachyrrhiza (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883), nom. illeg., non (Steud.) Benth. (1863). Type: [NorthemTerritory], between Macadam Range and Providence Hill, [14° —’S 129°—’E], October 1855, F. Mueller (holo: MEL [MEL1061539]). Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate 55 (1958); J.R Wheeler (ed.), FI. ofKimb. Region 882, t. 2720(1992). Perennial, 15-40 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.15 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 5-30 per plant, scattered along stems, oblanceolate or obovate, 13—55(—100) mm long including petiole, 3.5-18(-24) mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 3—13(—35) mm long. Scapes 1-6 per plant, 0.3-1 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent or present. Inflorescences 13-33 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous, or glandular-hairy. Bracts debate or ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous or glandular-hairy, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 2- 2.5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white or pink, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.8-2 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands 2. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0-0.2 mm long. Petals with posterior ones fused, A 1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.7-2.2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 7.5-8.5 mm long, slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous; lateral lobes absent; column extension present, c. 0.5 mm long. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 9-13 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, with raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved. Seeds globose, 0.2- 0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Specimens examined: Western Australia. 30 km W of Drysdale River crossing, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52227 (DNA); Prince Regent River, 1891, Bradshaw (MEL); Hidden Island, Buccaneer Archipelago, Jun 1982, Kenneally 8372 (BRI). Northern Territory. E of Fogg Bay, Aug 1946, Blake 16796 (BRI); tributary of Allia Ck, May 1994, Cowie 4876 & Albrecht (DNA, MEL); Goose Creek road, Melville Island, Jun 1987, Clark 1252 (DNA); sandstone plateau, [12° 40’S 133° 15’E], Mar 1973, Craven 2467 (BRI, DNA); Keep River N.P., Feb 1981, Dunlop 5780 (DNA, MEL); Moyle River headwaters. May 1994, Dunlop 9826 & Latz (DNA); headwaters of Cui-eci Creek, May 1994, Cowie 4913 & Albrecht (DNA, MEL); Fitzmaurice River basin. May 1994, Dunlop 9983 & Latz (DNA, MEL); Eva Valley station. Mar 1991, Evans 3672 (BRI, DNA); Waterfall Creek Falls, Kakadu N.P, Apr 1992, Halford Q1167 (BRI); Melville Island, Apr 1986, Johnson 4143 (BRI); Sculthorpe Pound, Aug 1985, Latz 10172 (DNA); “The Pines”, Douglas River, Oct 1974, Parker 517 (DNA); Kakadu N.P, 10.5 km NE of Mt Evelyn, Apr 1990, Slee & Craven 2575 (MEL); Oenpelli, Oct 1948, Specht 1313 (MEL); 35 km E of Goyder River crossing, Jun 1972, Symon 7733 (DNA, K, L); Wallaby Beach, Gove, Jun 1972, Symon 7779 (DNA); Angurugu River, Groote Eylandt, Oct 1976, Waddy 601 (DNA); beside Allia Creek, Daly River Aboriginal Reserve, May 1994, Walsh 3659 (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Cowie 4876 & Albrecht (2 fls); Evans 3672 (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium pachyrrhizum is found from the western Kimberley to Groote Eylandt off the east coast of Northern Territory (Map 10). It inhabits swamp edges, or seepage areas near sandy or rocky creeks. There is one record from a vertical sandstone rockface. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from February to October, with most records from March to June. Notes: S. pachyrrhizum is very close to S. schizanthum , and some specimens are difficult to place. S. pachyrrhizum has a thickened stem base, glandular-hairy petals, column 7.5-8.5 mm long (5-7.5 mm for S. schizanthum ) and spathulate leaves scattered along a considerable stem (obovate to orbicular leaves 612 in basal rosette for S. schizanthum). It is also close to S. stenophyllum, see notes under that species. There is only one Mueller collection at MEL, hence this collection is treated as the holotype. Conservation status: S. pachyrrhizum is a widespread species, and not considered to be rare or threatened. 13. Stylidium stenophyllum A. R. Bean sp. nov. affinis Stylidio pachyrrhizo sed differens caulorhizanon incrassata, foliis linearibus 1.4-2.6 mm latis, petalis glabris, anticis longioribus, columna ubique uniformiter lata, capsulis non costatis et seminibus ellipsoidalibus. Typus: Northern Territory. Caranbirini Conservation Park, SW of Borroloola, 7 June 1999 ,A.R. Bean 15066 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW, PERTH). Annual, 30-40 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.2 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 7-25 per plant, scattered along stems, linear, 36-86 mm long including petiole, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 15-50 mm long. Scapes 3-4 per plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent or present. Inflorescences 28-39 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or deltate, 1-4 mm long, glandular-hairy or glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 2.2- 3.3 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla white or pink, glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 2-2.3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.4 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2-4, all similar, obtuse, 0- 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands 2. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5- 0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, obtuse or acute, terminal appendage absent. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.2-2.0 mm long, 0.6-1.1 mm Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) wide, bilobed, acute. Posterior petals 2.9-4.3 mm long, 2-3.4 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 7-8 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent; column extension present, c. 0.5 mm long. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 9-13 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not or strongly recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Fig. 4E-G Specimens examined: Northern Territory, near Caranbirini waterhole, McArthur River area, Jul 1977, Craven 4678 (BRI, CANB, MEL). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 15066 (2 fls); Craven 4678 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium stenophyllum is known only from the type locality in far north-eastern Northern Territory (Map 10). It grows in crevices on a deeply dissected “beehive” sandstone formation. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded for June and July. Affinities: S. stenophyllum is most closely related to S. pachyrrhizum , but differs by the non-thickened stem base, linear leaves 1.4-2.6 mm wide, glabrous petals (glandular-hairy for S. pachyrrhizum ), unribbed capsules (ribbed for S. pachyrrhizum ) and ellipsoidal seeds (globose for S. pachyrrhizum). Notes: The type locality of S. stenophyllum is home to another endemic plant, Calytrix mimiana Craven (Craven 1980). The latter, while similarly restricted in distribution, occurs on nearly all the beehive formations at the site. Conservation status: The habitat of S. stenophyllum is very specialised, being eroded sandstone monoliths often known as “beehive” formations, because of their dome¬ like shape. S. stenophyllum is known from only one outcrop at the type locality, and the total number of plant clumps is less than 100. However, each clump may comprise up to 10 individual plants. A Conservation status of “Vulnerable” is recommended, based on the IUCN Criterion D. 613 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia Etymology: From the Greek stenos- narrow and phyllon- leaf, in reference to the very narrow leaves of this species compared to its closest relatives. B. Stylidium sect. Uniflora A.R.Bean sect, nov. Folia linearia usque anguste deltata; flores in scapis solitarii; glandulae minutae globosae; bracteolae praesentes vel absentes; paracorolla pro parte maxima absens; petala postica coadunata, biloba, antica integra; columna dilatata marsupium formans ubi stigma et antherae requiescunt; semina laevia. Typus: S. pedunculatum R.Br. Flowers solitary on scapes; glands tiny, globose; bracteoles present or absent; leaves linear to narrowly debate; paracorolla mostly absent; posterior petals fused, bilobed; anterior petals entire; column dilated forming pouch where stigma and anthers rest, glandular-hairy or glabrous; seeds smooth. 5 species; tropical Australia and the Aru Islands. 14. Stylidium trichopodumF.Muell.,Fragm. 10: 86 (1876); Candollea trichopoda (F.Muell.)F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: Queensland. Cook District: Etheridge River, [18°— 9 S 143°— ’ E], undated, W.Armit 622 (syn: BM). Annual, 6-20 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per plant, scattered along stems, linear, 3-9 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins entire, or crenulate. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-10 per plant, 0.15-0.2 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 2.6-6 cm long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles present, 0.8-1.2 mm long. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate or ovate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla yellow or orange, glandular- hairy on tube only; tube 1.4-2.3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent or discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.4 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 0-2, all similar, obtuse, 0 opposite the anterior petals, 0-2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.4-1 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1-1.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.7- 3.9 mm long, 1.9-2.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-6 mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glandular-hairy; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 10-15 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2- 0.25 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, smooth. Fig 5A-C. Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 3.4 km S of Musgrave, on road to Laura, Jul 1998, Bean 13564 (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW); California Creek road, 10 km from gorge, Jul 1987, Champion 286 (BRI); 4.8 km N of Kennedy River crossing, on Peninsula Development road, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3683 (BRI); Bulleringa NP, 80 km NW of Mt Surprise, Red River track past Donkey Spring, Apr 1998, Forster 22617 & Booth (BRI, DNA, MEL). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 13564 (2 fls); Champion 286 (2 fls); Clarkson 3683 (1 ^Forster 22617 (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium trichopodum is known from a just a few small populations in northern Queensland (Map 14). It grows on gentle slopes or flats in moist sandy soil, sometimes in communities dominated by Melaleuca spp. Phenology: Flowers have been recorded for June and July. Notes: S. trichopodum is clearly related to S. pedunculatum , as both have solitary flowers on filiform peduncles and a pouched column which holds the resting anthers and stigma. It is readily distinguished however by the conspicuous stem and glabrous cauline leaves, and the much larger yellow corolla. There may be other type material to be found of this species and hence no lectotype has been chosen at this stage. 614 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Fig. 4. A-D: Stylidium candelabrum. A. habit* 1; B. sepals removed from hypanthium, showing the 2 fused groups* 18; C. posterior view of flower, with column removed*9; D. anterior view of flower and hypanthium*9. E-G: Stylidium stenophyllum. E. habit, showing leaves and part of inflorescence*0.5; F. anterior view of flower*9; G corolla, opened out*9. A-D: Wightman 3906; E-G: Craven 4678. 615 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). S. trichopodum appears to be quite rare. About 110 years elapsed between the type collection and the next known collection. 15. Stylidium ericksoniae J.H. Willis, Victorian Naturalist 73: 43 (1956), as 6 ericksonae Stylidium pedunculatum var. ericksoniae (J.H. Willis) Carlquist,Aliso 9:322 (1979). Stylidium androsaceum O. Schwarz, Repert. Spec. Nov. RegniVeg. 24:105 (1927 \nom. illeg., wowLindl. (1839)«ecDC. (1839). Type: Northern Territory. Koolpinyah, 12° 2-’S 131° l-’E, undated, F.A.K. Bleeser 411 (holo: B, destroyed); between RAAF emergency landing strip and creek, 40 km S of Darwin, [12° 4- S 131° 0—’E], 18 June 1978,5. Carlquist 15145 (neo: DNA), here chosen. Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates 51, 55 (1958), as S. pedunculatum. Annual, 6-15 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025- 0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, with simple hairs. Leaves 20-100 per plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some scattered along stems, linear or debate, 4.0-9.5 mm long, 0.6- 1.1 mm wide, with eglandular hairs; apex acute, or mucronate; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-20 per plant, 0.15- 0.2 mm in diameter, glabrous or glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 5-11 cm long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles present, 0.3-1.2 mm long. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate or ovate, fused into 2 emarginate lips, 0.8-1.3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 2-2.5 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.3- 0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1-1.7 mm long, 0.7-1.3 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.4- 3.1 mm long, 1.4-2.1 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5.5-7 mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glandular-hairy; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 7-9.5 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, with raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds globose, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, smooth. Specimens examined: Northern Territory: near Grove Hill, about 13° 28’S and 131° 35’E, Jul 1946, Blake 16371 (BRI); between RAAF emergency landing strip and creek, 40 km S of Darwin, Jun 1978, Carlquist 15145 (DNA); road heading W off Stuart Highway, opposite juncture of Shoal Bay road and Stuart Highway, Jun 1977, Carlquist 15188 (DNA); 13 miles [21 km] SE of Darwin, May 1958, Chippendale 4433 (DNA, MEL); Arnhem Land, upper Magela Ck catchment, Apr 1995, Cowie 5601 & Brennan (DNA); 15 km NNE of Jabiru East, Mar 1981, Craven 6555 (DNA, MEL); Koongarra Jump- up, May 1978, Dunlop 4848 (DNA); Kakadu N.P., Apr 1990, Dunlop 8593 & Munns (DNA); Kakadu N.P., Mount Brockman, Mar 1995, Egan 4571 (DNA, MEL); Howard Springs, May 1995, Egan 4987 (DNA); 20 miles [32 km] from Darwin on Stuart Highway, Jul 1955, Erickson s.n. (MEL); Adelaide River, 1890, Holtze 1174 (MEL); Arnhem Land, 19 km E of Jabiru, Apr 1989, Johnson 4560 (BRI); near Koongarra Saddle, 1.5 km N of Koongarra, May 1980, Lazarides 8897 (DNA, MEL); 8 miles [13 km] NW of Humpty Doo, Jun 1972, McKean B569 (DNA); 1 mile [1.6 km] SE of McMinns Lagoon, Aug 1971, Must 761 (DNA); Koongarra area, 1 km S of jump-up, Apr 1979, Rankin 1992 (CANB, DNA, K); 1 km N of Elizabeth R., Stuart Hwy, May 1980, Rankin 2373 (DNA); Kakadu N.P, Upper Koolpin Creek, Jun 1988, Russell- Smith 5487 & Lucas (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Blake 16371 (2 fls);Dw«/op4848 (2 fls ),Egan 4987(3 11s). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium ericksoniae is confined to northern parts of the Northern Territory (Map 13). It grows in damp sand amongst sandstone rocks (sometimes with Micraira spp.) or on broad flat swampy drainage channels with sandy soil frequently with Pandanus spp. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from March to August. Affinities: S. ericksoniae may be distinguished from S. pedunculatum on dried material by its scapes 0.15-0.2 mm across (0.1-0.15 mm for S. pedunculatum ), capsules 7-9.5 mm long (5- 616 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Fig. 5. A-C: Stylidium trichopodum. A. habitx0.9; B. anterior view of flowerx9; C. corolla, opened outx9. A- B: Clarkson 3683; C: Bean 13564. 617 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 6.5 mm for S. pedunculatum), and the sepals fused into two emarginate lips (3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length for S. pedunculatum). Its floral details are markedly different from S. pedunculatum, with both the posterior and anterior petals being much larger and the column much longer in S. ericksoniae. Notes: Two distinct forms of S. ericksoniae are recognisable: plants from the lowland habitats near Darwin have densely hairy leaves with acute apices, while plants from the sandstone escarpments of Kakadu N.P. have sparsely hairy leaves with mucronate apices. However the other characteristics appear to be identical, and hence no taxonomic distinction has been made. No isotypes of S. androsaceum O.Schwarz are known (McKee 1963), hence a neotype has been selected to fix the application of the name. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 16. Stylidium pedunculatum R.Br., Prodr. 571 (1810); Candollea pedunculata (R.Br.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883), nom. illeg., non DC. (1817). Type: [Queensland. Cook District :] Endeavour River [15°2-’S 145°1-’E, June-July 1770], J. Banks & D. Solander (holo: ?BM n.v.; iso: L). Stylidium bryoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 91 (1867). Type: Queensland. North Kennedy District: Rockingham Bay, [18°—’S 146°—’E], undated,/. Dali achy, n.v. Stylidium cur turn Carlquist, Aliso 9: 421 (1979),syn. nov. Type: Northern Territory. Wilderness trail, Katherine Gorge, 6.8 km from Park headquarters, [ 14°2- S 132°2- ’E], 24 June 1978,5. Carlquist 15473 (holo: RSA; iso: BRI). Illustrations: Carlquist (1979: 422), as S. curtum, Britten (1901:170C) Annual, 5-10 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025- 0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, with simple hairs. Leaves 20-200 per plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some scattered along stems, linear or debate, 4.5-8.5 mm long, 0.5- 0.8 mm wide, with eglandular hairs; apex acuminate, or mucronate; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 2-14 per plant, 0.1-0.15 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 4-7 cm long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles present, 0.4—0.6 mm long. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout. Sepals oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Corolla white or pink, glabrous or glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 0.8-1 mm long, without sinus or with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube or attached at top of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.3-0.4 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals with posterior ones fused, A 1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 0.2-0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 3-3.5 mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glandular- hairy; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 5-6.5 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, with raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved or not recurved. Seeds globose or ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Specimens examined: Moluccas, between Kp. Meroor and Selarin, P. Trangan, Aru Islands, Jul 1938, Buwalda 5534 (L). Northern Territory. U.D.P Falls, Arnhemland, Jul 1971, van Balgooy 1379 & Byrnes (L); south of mouth of Daly River, Jul 1946, Blake 16548A (BRI); between Lily Pond trail and Smith’s Rock trail, Katherine Gorge N.P, Jun 1978, Carlquist 15473 (BRI); Little Nourlangie Rock, Mar 1978, Dunlop 4794 (DNA); 23 miles [37 km] from Darwin on Stuart Highway, Jul 1955, Erickson s.n. (MEL); Galiwinku, Elcho Island, Jul 1975, Latz 6185 (DNA); Banjo Beach, Melville Island, Jul 1967, Stocker 334 (BRI, DNA); 81 km NNW of turnoff junction to Maningreda, Jun 1972, Symon 7856 (DNA); Rum Bottle Creek, Jun 1972, Symon 7943 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District: Peninsula Development road, 3.3 km N of the Archer River, Jul 1998, Bean 13625 (BRI, DNA); 14.6 km N of ‘Starcke’, N of Cooktown, Jul 1998, Bean 13715 (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW); 71.6 km by road NNW of Coen Post Office, Sep 1975, Coveny 7063 & Hind (BRI, NSW); c. 60 miles [100 km] W of Musgrave Telegraph Office, Jun 618 1968, Pedley 2678 (BRI); Cape York, 2.5 km S of lodge on Bamaga road, Jul 1985, Thiele 921 (CANB, MEL). North Kennedy District: Rockingham Bay, 1869, Dali achy (MEL). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 13625 (2 fis),Bean 13715 (2 fls )\Coveny 7063 & Hind(2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium pedunculatum is found in the scattered areas of tropical Queensland and Northern Territory, as well as in theAru Islands west of New Guinea (Map 12). It grows in damp sand in open Melaleuca viridiflora communities with genera such as Utricularia, Drosera and Schoenus. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from March to September. Affinities: S. pedunculatum is most closely related to S. ericksoniae. See affinities under that species. Notes: The description and illustrations of ‘ S. pedunculatum ’ provided by Erickson (1958) are referrable to S. ericksoniae. S. pedunculatum , as to type, was not described therein. No doubt this prompted Carlquist (1979) to describe S. curtum as a new species, when in fact specimens he identified as S. curtum match S. pedunculatum in every respect. Typification: Only one gathering of S. pedunculatum was available to Brown when he drew up his description, that made by Banks and Solander. Hence the BM sheet, which was not sent on loan has been treated as the holotype, and the Leiden sheet is therefore an isotype. No indisputable type of S. bryoides is present at MEL or K, but the detailed description allows its placement as a synonym of S. pedunculatum. Furthermore there are two ‘topotypes’ collected by Dallachy, and these are clearly S. pedunculatum. The type of S. curtum was incorrectly cited as Carlquist 15467 in the protologue (Carlquist, pers. comm.). The type collection for S. curtum is Carlquist 15473; this is the collection received and annotated as type from RSA. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) 17. Stylidium perizostera Lowrie & Kenneally, Nuytsia 11(2): 208 (1997). Type: Western Australia, near Roe River mouth, c. 4 km north-west of Mount Brookes, Mitchell Plateau, [15°10' S 125°22 ! E], 2 May 1996, A. Lowrie 1442 (holo: PEKYH. fide Lowrie & Kenneally (1997), n.v., iso: DNA, MEL, fide Lowrie & Kenneally (1997), n.v). Annual, 5-11 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025- 0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 8-12 per plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some scattered along stems, linear, c. 7.5 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, glabrous; apex mucronate; base cuneate, or truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-10 per plant, c. 0.7 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences c. 9 cm long, 1- flowered. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy at distal end only or glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals ovate, fused into 2 entire lips, c. 1.5 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide, glandular- hairy, obtuse. Corolla white, yellow, and orange, glandular-hairy on petals only; tube c. 3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, c. 0.4 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage usually present. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals c. 3.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals c. 6 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column c. 8.5 mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, c. 27 mm long excluding sepals, c. 0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs. Seeds c. 0.2 mm long, brown. Distribution and habitat: Stylidium perizostera is endemic to the Kimberley region of Western Australia, where it is known from the Mitchell Plateau and Bigge Island (Map 12). It grows in drainage lines of sandstone outcrops (Lowrie & Kenneally 1997). Note: Only an isotype was available for examination. The description above is based largely on Lowrie & Kenneally (1997). 619 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 18. Stylidium claytonioides W.Fitzg., J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.WestemAustralia3:219(1918). Type: WestemAustralia. “between Isdell Range and Mt Bartlett” [Barnett?], [16° —!S 125°—’E], 1905 -6,WV. Fitzgerald s.n., n.v. Illustration: J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. of Kimb. Region 876, t. 270B(1992). Annual, 15-27 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 9-30 per plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some scattered along stems, linear, 12-24 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-6 per plant, 0.3-0.6 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 10-18 cm long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout. Sepals ovate or orbicular, fused into 2 entire lips, 2.3-2.4 mm long, 1.5-2.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink and mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 2.6-3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.6- 1 mm long, thick, glabrous or glandular-hairy, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0-0.5 mm long. Petals with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 2.4-3.5 mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 4.2-5.9 mm long, 1.7- 3.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 7.5-9 mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule not seen. Specimens examined: Western Australia. Barnett Gorge, c. 250 km SW of Wyndham, Jun 1976, Beaugehole 52339 (DNA); Vansittart Bay, creek leading into Pauline Bay, May 1984, Chesterfield 354 (MEL); Wonjarring Falls, Carson River escarpment, Jun 1984, Chesterfield 425 (MEL); unnamed creek running into Pauline Bay, May 1984, Forbes 2164 (MEL); northern end of Airfield Swamp, Mitchell Plateau, Jun 1976, Kenneally 4843 (K); Kalumburu road, 40 km N from Drysdale River crossing, Jun 1984, Willis s.n. (MEL). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Forbes 2164 (2 fls); Willis s.n. (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium claytonioides is endemic to the Kimberley region ofWesternAustralia (Map 11). It grows along creekbanks or in seasonal swamps near sandstone outcrops. Phenology: Flowers have been recorded for May and June. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). C. Stylidium sect. Tenella (Benth.)A.R.Bean comb, et stat. nov. S. ser. Tenella Benth. (as ‘ Tenellae ’), FI. Austral. 4: 22 (1869). Type: S. tenellum Sw. ex Willd. Leaves sessile, often minute, bract-like, rarely in rosettes. Scapes mostly absent. Petals all free from each other or with posterior ones fused, all petals bilobed (excepts, prophyllum ); plants glabrous except for hypanthium apex, sepals and corolla; paracorolla present; glandular hairs globose, <0.2 mm long; labellum thick, glabrous, acuminate, attached to outside of corolla tube; column often bearing lateral lobes. 11 species; south-east Asia, Malesia, northern Australia. 19. Stylidium nominatum Carlquist, Aliso 10: 38(1981) Stylidium mitrasacmoides Carlquist, Aliso 9: 419 (1979), nom. illeg ., non F.Muell. (1859). Type: Northern Territory, c. 0.5 km NE of Camp 1, Arnhem Land, 12° 59’S 133° 09’E, 4 June 1978, 5. Carlquist 15409 (holo: RSA; iso: DNA, K/tv, PERTH/tv.). Annual, 4—15 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves in basal rosette and scattered along stems. Rosette leaves 5-15, oblanceolate, 2.5-9 mm long including petiole, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire; petioles 1-4.5 mm long. Stem leaves 4- 11, linear, 2.3-4.7 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, apex acute, base truncate, sessile. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 2-6 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches 620 glabrous. Bracts linear, 2-3 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals debate, all free or with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.2-2.1 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, glabrous or glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla white, glandular- hairy on tube and petals; tube 0.5-1.6 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.3-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2, all similar, obtuse, none opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube or attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.3-0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute, terminal appendage absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.6-1.5 mm long, 0.6-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals 1.3-3.3 mm long, 1.2-3.3 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 2.5-5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 4.5-12 mm long excluding sepals, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Melville Island, Apr 1987, Fensham 481 (DNA); Arnhem Land, 19 km E of Jabiru, Apr 1989, Johnson 4557 (BRI); Cooper Creek area, Nabarlek, Apr 1979, Rankin 2213 (CANB, DNA, K); Nabarlek, Apr 1979, Rice 3204 (DNA); Rola Plains, Yapilika, Melville Island, Apr 1987, Wilson 62 (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Rankin 2213 (3 fls); Wilson 62 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium nominatum is endemic to the Northern Territory where it is known from the northern parts of Kakadu National Park and also from Melville Island (Map 17). It has been recorded from a Melaleuca viridiflora woodland, from the base of a sandstone escarpment, and from a flat treeless area with gravelly yellow soil. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from April to June. Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Affinities: S. nominatum is very close to S. capillare. See affinities section under that species. Notes: There is large variation between the available specimens. For example, Rankin 2213 has short capsules, a short corolla tube and small petals. However, further collections are needed to determine whether more than one taxon is involved. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 20. Stylidium capillare RBr., Prodr. 570 (1810); Candollea capillaris (R.Br.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: [Queensland. Cook District:] Endeavour River [15°2-’S 145°1-’E, June-July 1770], J. Banks & D. Solander (holo: BM). Stylidium quadrifurcatum F.L.Erickson & J.H. Willis, Victorian Naturalist 73:5 (1956), syn. nov. Type: Northern Territory. Pine Creek, [13°4-’S 131° 5-E], April 1904, J.H. Niemann (holo: MEL). Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate 54 (1958), as S. quadrifurcatum. Annual, 6-13 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves 4-7 per plant, obovate or orbicular, 1.5-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes l(-2) per plant, 0.3-0.8 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts present. Inflorescences 6-13 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts lanceolate, 1-2 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals deltate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.1-1.6 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, acute. Corolla white, glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 1.6-2 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.4 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla 621 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.4-0.8 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1.1-1.7 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.8-4.2 mm long, 2.5-3.1 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-6 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 11-20 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.8 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, smooth. Specimens examined: Northern Territory. 31 km W of “Wollogorang”, Jun 1999, Bean 15141 (BRI); O.T. Station, May 1947, Blake 17644 (BRI); Litchfield N.P., catchment of Aida Ck, Mar 1995, Cowie 5200 & Taylor (DNA); Kakadu N.P., Mar 1982, Dunlop 6232 & Taylor (DNA); Berry Springs, May 1977, Parker 851 (DNA); Berry Springs, Apr 1978, Rankin 1216 (DNA, K); 150 km W of Borroloola, Apr 1979, Rankin 1880 (DNA); south to tributaries of McKinley R., Mar 1882, Tate s.n. (MEL). Queensland. Cook District: Tait and Lynd Rivers, c. 1877, Armit 556 (MEL); near Cooktown, May 1970, Blake 23355 (BRI); Douglas Creek, c. 7 miles [11 km] SE of Mareeba, Apr 1967, Brass 33528 (BRI); 14.3 km N of Batavia Downs on the Peninsula Development road, Apr 1990, Clarkson 8345 & Neldner (BRI, MBA, PERTH, QRS); off Peninsula road, 52.2 km along main Weipa road, Apr 1988, Forster PIF4101 & Liddle (BRI); Unigan Nature Reserve, Weipa, Mar 1990, Forster PIF6509 & O Reilly (BRI); between Cobra & Levison Creeks, c. 4 miles [6 km] E of Mareeba, Apr 1953, Melville 3737 et al. (MEL); downstream from Hey Point, Franjum Point, on Embley River, S of Weipa, Mar 1981, Morton AMI 164 (BRI, MEL); near Mareeba, Apr 1967, Pedley 2274 (BRI); near Ayton, Bloomfield, Mar 1978, Scarth-Johnson 730A (BRI); near CSIRO Tobacco Research Institute, 3 miles [5 km] E of Mareeba, May 1959, Thorne 20988 & Jones (BRI, RSA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Clarkson 8345 & Neldner (3 fls); Dunlop 6232 & Taylor (2 fls); Morton AMI 164 (2 fls); Pedley 2274(1 fl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium capillare is widepread from Litchfield National Park in the Northern Territory to Cooktown and Mareeba in northern Queensland (Map 7). This ephemeral species grows in eucalypt woodland or on swamp margins with Melaleuca spp. The soils are generally sandy. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded between March and June. Affinities: S. capillare is closely related to S. nominatum , but differs by having leaves in basal rosette only (rosette and stem leaves for S. nominatum ); bracts 1-2 mm long (2-3 mm for S. nominatum ); corolla glandular-hairy on tube only (glandular-hairy on tube and petals for A nominatum ); corolla tube 1.6-2.0 mm long (0.5-1.6 mm long for S. nominatum ); and capsules 11-20 mm long (4.5-12 mm for S. nominatum). Note: It is remarkable that exactly 200 years elapsed between Banks and Solander’s original collection and the next herbarium collection from the Cooktown area. This is indicative of the very thorough botanical collecting done by Banks and Solander during their enforced stay at Endeavour River. Conservation status: S. capillare is not considered to be rare or threatened. 21. Stylidium prophyllum Lowrie & Kenneally, Nuytsia 11(2): 210-2 (1997). Type: Western Australia. On the road to Bell Gorge, 2 km west of Silent Grove camping area, [17°05’S 125°15’E], 5 June 1995,A. Lowrie 1180 (holo: PERTH Jide Lowrie & Kenneally (1997) n.vj iso: DNA, MEL, fide Lowrie & Kenneally (1997) n. v.). Annual, 8-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 4-10 per plant, scattered along stems, deltate, 0.7-1.5 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 3-14 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or deltate, 1-2 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.7-1.9 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, acute. Corolla pink, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 2-2.5 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.3 mm high. 622 Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar, acute or obtuse, 0 opposite the anterior petals, 4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, c. 0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate; 0.3-0.7 mm long. Petals all free,A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.3-2.6 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 4.1^1.5 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Column 5-6 mm long, slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 11-17 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate. Specimens examined: Western Australia: On the road to Bell Gorge, 2 km west of Silent Grove camping area, Jun 1995, Lowrie 1180 (DNA). Northern Territory: Fitzmaurice River, Macadam Range, Feb 1994, Leach 4126 (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Leach 4126 (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium prophyllum occurs in the Kimberley region of Western Australia and adjacent areas of Northern Territory (Map 16). It grows on grassy floodplains, seepage areas and waterways. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from February to June. Affinities: S. prophyllum is closely related to S. fissilobum, but differs by the glabrous sepals (glandular-hairy for S. fissilobum ); labellum attached at the base of the anterior sinus of corolla tube (attached to outside of corolla tube for S. fissilobum), anterior petals 2.3-2.6 mm long (1.3-2.2 mm for S. fissilobum ); anterior and posterior petals entire (bilobed for S. fissilobum). Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 22. Stylidium aquaticum A. R. Bean sp. nov. affinis Stylidio fissilobo sed differens foliis filiformibus 0.1-0.3 mm latis, paracorolla 0.1-0.2 mm alta columna breviore et lobis contra petala antica nullis.Typus: Northern Territory. Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Headwaters Cui-Eci Creek, [14°28’S 130°06’E], 12 May 1994, ID. Cowie 4906 & D. Albrecht (holo: DNA). Annual, 18-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 20-100 per plant, scattered along stems, linear, 1.7-11 mm long, 0.1-0.3 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 3-8 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear, 1.5-2.5 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.5-1.9 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla white or pink, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.5- 1.8 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.2 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar, obtuse, 0 opposite the anterior petals, 4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent or 2. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.5- 0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate; 0.2- 0.3 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1.3-1.6 mm long, 0.9-1.3 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 3.3^1.4 mm long, 3-4.1 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 4.5 mm long, of unifonn width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes present, c. 0.3 mm wide. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 19 mm long excluding sepals, c. 0.4 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs. Seeds not seen. Fig. 6A-D. Specimens examined: see type Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Cowie 4906 & Albrecht (3 fls) Distribution and habitat: Stylidium aquaticum is known only from the type specimen collected in north-western Northern Territory (Map 16). It was recorded from a Melaleuca viridiflora swamp, growing in shallow water c. 7 cm deep. 623 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia Phenology: Flowers have been recorded for May Affinities: S. aquaticum is closely related to S. fissilobum , but differs by the thread-like leaves 0.1-0.3 mm wide (0.3-0.7 mm for S', fissilobum ); paracorolla 0.1-0.2 mm high with no lobes opposite the anterior petals (0.2-0.5 mm high, 2^1 lobes opposite the anterior petals for S. fissilobum ); and column c. 4.5 mm long (5-7 mm long for S. fissilobum). Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). Etymology: From the Latin aquaticus , in reference to the habitat of this species. 23. Stylidium fissilobum F.Muell., Fragm. 1:154 (1859); Candollea fissiloba (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: [Northern Territory], Victoria River, [15° —’S 129°—’E], 1855-56, A Mueller (lecto: MEL [MEL 1061830]), here chosen. Stylidium pseudotenellum O.Schwarz, Repert. Spec. Nov Regni Veg. 24: 104 (1927). Type: Northern Territory. Port Darwin, 8 miles [13 km] east, [12° 2-’S 130° 5-’E], undated, F.A.K. Bleeser 466 (holo: B, destroyed). Illustrations: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates 51, 56 (1958); J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. of Kimb. Region 878, t. 271B(1992). Annual, 5-50 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.2 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 4-34 per plant, scattered along stems, linear or deltate, 1-6 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 3-18 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or deltate or lanceolate, 1-4 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals deltate or oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.4- 2.3 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Corolla white or pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals, or on tube only; tube 1.6-2.3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4-8, all similar, acute or obtuse, 2-4 opposite the anterior petals, 2-4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent or present, 0, 2 or 8. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.4- 0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate; 0.1-0.3 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2 or with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.3-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 1.9-4.2 mm long, 1.4-3.4 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-7 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent or present, 0-0.5 mm wide. Corona absent or not extending beyond anthers. Capsule linear, 12-21 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-1 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds globose or ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth or colliculate. Specimens examined: Western Australia. 30 km NW of Drysdale River crossing, c. 12 km W of Gibb River-Kalumburu Mission road, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52220 (DNA); Mount Brophy Springs, Gardner Range, 190 km SE of Halls Ck, Jul 1995, Coate 370B (BRI). Northern Territory. 2 km E of Berry Springs turnoff, on road to Water Supply Dam, Jun 1977, Carlquist 15195 (DNA); Mary River, undated, Clark 1737 (DNA); Malabanbandjii Swamp, 10 km E of Nourlangie Ranger station on Pine Creek road. May 1980, Craven 5484 (CANB, DNA); 18 km SSW of Cooinda on Pine Creek road. May 1980, Craven 5624 (CANB, DNA, MEL); 19 km NNW of Twin Falls, Jun 1980, Craven 6292 (MEL); Muirella Park turnoff. May 1974, Fox 409 (DNA); Port Darwin, 1885, Holtze 482 (MEL); Port Darwin, Oct 1888, Holtze 882 (MEL); Nourlangie Rock area. May 1973, Must 1125 (BRI, DNA); Nourlangie Creek, [12° 50’S 132° 46’E], May 1974, Must 1211 (BRI, DNA); Berry Springs reserve. May 1977, Parker 852 (DNA); Berry Springs, Apr 1978, Rankin 1217 (DNA); end of Gulnare road, Elizabeth River, Mar 1995, van KerckhofD36 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District : Robertson River, c. 1878, Armit 797 (MEL); One Hundred Mile swamp, near Undara resort, E of Mt Surprise, Jul 1998, Bean 13757 & Fox (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW, PERTH, QRS). BurkeDistrict: 21 miles [34 km] SE of Croydon, Jul 1954, Blake 19581 (BRI, DNA); c. 29 km NW of old “Corinda” on the road from Doomadgee Aboriginal Station to Woologorang, May 1974, Pullen 9149 (BRI); 23 miles [37 km] SE of Croydon township, Jul 1954, Speck 4723 (BRI, CANB, DNA). 624 Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 13757 (3 fls); Blake 19581 (2 fls); Must 1211(2 fls), Parker 852 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium fissilobum has a broad distribution across northern Australia, from the western Kimberley and Northern Territory to as far east as Mt Surprise in Queensland (Map 15). It grows in moist to wet sand at the edge of swamps, often in association with grassland-sedgeland. The weak-stemmed S. fissilobum threads its way through the often dense cover of grasses and sedges and is supported by them. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from March to July Affinities: S. fissilobum is related to S. oviflorum and S. aquaticum. See notes under those species. Typification: The only Mueller specimen of S. fissilobum at MEL is one which has come via the O.W. Sonder herbarium. Presumably there was or is other material at MEL, but it cannot now be found. Therefore the specimen cited above is chosen as lectotype, as it is a good specimen and its details agree with the protologue. No isotypes of S. pseudotenellum are known (McKee 1963). From the description, it appears to be a synonym of S. fissilobum. Carl quist (1979: 443) was also of this opinion. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 24. Stylidium oviflorum A.R.Bean sp. nov. affinis S. fissilobo sed differens corolla alba luteaque, paracorollae lobis 4-6 contra petala postica et capsulis generaliter longioribus (18-25 mm longis). Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Gorge Creek, c. 10 km west of Mareeba on the Dimbulahroad, [17 o 0ES 145°20’E], 15 April 1989 ,J.R. Clarkson 7 880 & R.J.F. Henderson (holo: BRI; iso: DNA, MBA, PERTH, QRS). Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Annual, 6-26 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.1-0.2 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 3-11 per plant, scattered along stems, linear or debate, 1.4-3 mm long, 0.25-0.6 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 4-15 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or deltate, 1.0-2.0 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals deltate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.5-1.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla white and yellow, glandular-hairy on tube only or glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.6-2 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.3-0.4 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 6- 8, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 4-6 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2 or with posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1&P2). Anterior petals 1.4-1.8 mm long, 0.9-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.7^1 mm long, 1.6-2.7 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 5-6 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes present, 0.25-0.3 mm wide. Corona absent or not extending beyond anthers. Capsule linear, 18-25 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2 mm long, brown; surface convex, smooth. Fig 6E-F. Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 18 km from Kennedy Highway, on road to ‘Barwidgi’, Aug 1997, Bean 12212 (BRI); Boyle Creek, NW of Mareeba, Apr 1962, McKee 9176 (BRI, NSW); Gorge Creek, 10 miles [16 km] W of Mareeba on Dimbulah road, Apr 1962, McKee 9228 (BRI, NSW); Cobra Creek, Mareeba District, Apr 1962, McKee 9386 (BRI); Herberton-Chillagoe road, c. 8 miles [13 km] from Herberton, Jun 1958, Pedley 252 (BRI). North Kennedy District: c. 1 km south of ‘Glen Harding’ turnoff, south of Mt Garnet, Jul 1997, Bean 12144 (BRI); c. 8 km NE of Wairuna, Aug 1997, Bean 12179 (BRI); Evelyn Creek Conservation Park, Jun 1999, McDonald KRM1 & Thompson (BRI). 625 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 12144 (2 fls); Bean 12179 (2 fls); Bean 12212 (2 fls); Clarkson 7880 & Henderson (1 fl> Distribution and habitat: Stylidium oviflorum is restricted to north Queensland, from Mareeba to Wairuna and west to Barwidgi (Map 15). It grows on sandy soils, in seepage areas on hillsides, or beside creeks. Canopy species include Eucalyptus camaldulensis, E. cullenii or Melaleuca viridiflora. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from April to August. Affinities: S. oviflorum is closely related to S. fissilobum , but differs by the corolla colour, combining white and rich yellow, the erect self- supporting stems, the 4-6 paracorolla lobes opposite the posterior petals, and the generally longer capsules 18-25 mm long. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). Etymology: From the Latin ovi- egg ancj florus- flower, in reference to the corolla colour which combines rich yellow and pure white, just as in a fried hen’s egg. 25. Stylidium confertum A.R.Bean sp. nov. affinis Stylidio fissilobo sed differens foliis numerosis prope basin plantae dense aggregatis, paracorolla interrupta lobis 0-2 (0.1-0.3 mm altis) contra petala antica. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Walsh’s Pyramid, east flank of main north ridge, [17° 07’S 145° 48’E], 28April 1998, C. Lyons 194 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA, JCT, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH, QRS, distribuendi). Annual, 6-21 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 15-100 per plant, scattered along stems, linear or deltate, 1.5-4 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute, or acuminate; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 3-13 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or deltate, 1-2.5 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals deltate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.1-1.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy or glabrous, acute. Corolla white, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.3-1.9 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous, thin, glabrous, 0.1-0.3 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2-6, all similar, obtuse, 0-2 opposite the anterior petals, 2-4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate, 0.4-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1-1.7 mm long, 0.5-2 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 2.5-3.8 mm long, 1.5-3.3 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 4.5-6 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous or with glandular hairs; lateral lobes present, 0.25-0.35 mm wide. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 16-24 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate or smooth. Fig. 7A-C. Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: lower western slopes of Walsh’s Pyramid, May 1962, Blake 21760 (BRI); slopes of Mt Fraser, Apr 1932, Brass 2534 (BRI); Daintree N.P., Little Daintree River, May 1998, Forster 22800 et al. (BRI, DNA, QRS); Davies Creek, 0.4 km E of falls, Apr 1998, Wannan 725 (BRI). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Blake 21760 (1 fl); Brass 2534 (2 fls); Forster 22800 (2 fls )■ Lyons 194 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium confertum is known only from a few localities in the “wet tropics” of north Queensland, between Tully and Cooktown (Map 13). Altitudes where found range from 100-880 metres. The habitat is open rock faces or rocky creekbanks, where the species is confined to small islands or pockets of vegetation which remain damp for a few months after the wet season, and are dominated by mosses, Micraira subulifolia or small herbs. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded for April and May. 626 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Fig. 6. A-D: Stylidium aquaticum. A. habitx0.9; B. lower part of stem and leaves><2; C. anterior view of flower (column removed)x9; D. column, showing lateral lobesx9. E-F: Stylidium oviflorum. E. habitx0.7; F. anterior view of flowerx9. A-D: Cowie 4906 & Albrecht ; E-F: Bean 12179. 627 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia Affinities: S. confertum is close to S. fissilobum , but differs by the 15-100 leaves densely clustered at base of plant (4-34 leaves scattered along stem for S. fissilobum ); discontinuous paracorolla with 0-2 lobes opposite the anterior petals (continuous, 2-4 lobes opposite the anterior petals for S. fissilobum)., paracorolla lobes 0.1—0.3 mm high (0.2-0.5 mm for S. fissilobum). Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). Etymology: The specific epithet is from the Latin confertus , meaning crowded or close together. This refers to the clustering of leaves near the base of the stem in this species. 26. Stylidium diffusumRBr, Prodr 571 (1810); Candollea diffusa (R.Br.) F.Muell, Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: Shoalwater Bay [Queensland. Port Curtis District: near Pine Mountain, 22° 2- S 150° 1-’ E], 3 September 1802,R. Brown (holo: BM). Annual, 3-14 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025- 0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 5-20 per plant, scattered along stems, linear or deltate, 2-8 mm long, 0.4—1.7 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 1.5-8 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or deltate or lanceolate, 1.5-3.5 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only or glabrous. Sepals oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.1-2 mm long, 0.25-0.6 mm wide, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Corolla white or pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.3- 1.6 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous or continuous, thin or thick, glabrous, 0.1-0.3 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2-6, all similar, acute or obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 0-4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate, 0.3-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, acute or acuminate; 0.1- 0.2 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.5-1 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, bilobed or entire, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 1.5-2.6 mm long, 1-1.9 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 3.5-5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 8-18 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-1 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate. Fig. 7D-F. Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Ritjirriur Swamp, Elcho Is., Jul 1975, Latz 6120 (CANB, DNA, L, NSW); Hemple Bay, Groote Eylandt, May 1948, Specht 352 (BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Embley Range, 13 km SSW of the Batavia Downs HS, Jul 1985, Clarkson 6060 (BRI, DNA, K, L, MBA, QRS); Jardine River, May 1948, Brass 18885 (BRI); Coen River, Aug 1948, Brass 19786 (BRI); southern end of Temple Bay in upper reaches of an unnamed creek between Glennie and Hunter Inlets, Jun 1978, Clarkson 2204 (BRI, NSW); c. 10 km S of Musgrave Telegraph Station, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2344 (BRI, NSW); McLeod River, Sep 1936, Flecker 2261 (BRI); Namelita Creek, on Venture Mine campsite, Apr 1994, Gunness AG2326 (BRI). Burnett District: Teatree Paddock, ‘Toondahra’, fence with ‘Manar’, Mar 1984, Forster 1760 (BRI); 1 km SE of Mt Lorna, ‘Toondahra’, Jun 1998, Forster 22992 (BRI, MEL). Moreton District: Coolum, south of Noosa, Apr 1974, Blaxell 1298 (BRI, NSW). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Blaxell 1298 (3 fls); Clarkson 2204 (3 fls); Clarkson 6060 (2 fls); Forster 1760 (2 fls); Forster22992 (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium diffusum has a scattered distribution along the east coast of Queensland, and is known from Elcho Island and Groote Eylandt in the Northern Territory (Map 17). It has been recorded as growing in Melaleuca viridiflora woodlands, a soakage area in eucalypt woodland, on swamp edges and on damp sandy creekbanks. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from March to September. Affinities: S. diffusum is most closely related to S. tenellum (see notes under that species) Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 628 27. Stylidium tenellum Sw. exWilld., Sp. PL 4: 146 (1805). Type: “Malacca” [Malaya], 18 February 1779, J.G. Koenig (holo: B, microfiche BRI). Stylidium roseum Kurz, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Pt. 2, Nat. Hist. 46(2): 212 (1877). Type: [Bangladesh] Chittagong, [22°—’ N 91°— 3 E], undated, ?W.S. Kurz (holo: ?CAL n.v.) Stylidium tenellum var. minimum C.B.Clarke inHook.f.,Fl. Brit. India 3:420 (1881) (as ‘minima'’). Type: India. ChotaNagpore, at Hazaribagh, [24°—’ N 85°—’ E], 9 October 1873, C.B. Clarke 20282 (holo: K). Epilobium tonkinense H.Lev., Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2, 7: 588 (1907). Type: [Vietnam] Tonkin, near Quang-Yen, [20°— ‘ N 106°—‘ E], 25 November 1885, B. Balansa 1398 (iso: E n.v., P). Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate 56(1958). Annual, 5-27 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025- 0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 6-14 per plant, scattered along stems, elliptical or obovate, 3.5-8.5 mm long including petiole, 0.8-2.5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0-0.4 mm long. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 2-8 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear, 2-4 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.3-1.9 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Corolla white or pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.6- 1.8 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.3 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 3- 6, all similar, obtuse, 0-2 opposite the anterior petals, 3-4 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) acute or acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0-0.1 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 2.1-3.3 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 4-5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 9-21 mm long excluding sepals, 0.7-0.9 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, colliculate. Specimens examined: India. Serampore, East Bengal, [22°N 88°E], undated, Griffith 3450 (K); Serampore, undated, coll, unknown (AAU); Geirsoppa Falls, 1400 ft, Oct 1919, Hallberg 7142 (K); Bhatodih, Keonjhar, Orissa, [21°N 85°E], Oct 1946, Mooney 2763 (K). China. High Island, N.T., [22°N 114°E], Nov 1969, Hu 8619 (K); Hong Kong, [22°N 114°E], Nov 1881, Hance 887 (BM). Bangladesh. Dacca, [23°N 90°E], Oct 1868, Clarke 7866 (K). Thailand. Kanchanadit, Surat Thani, [9°N 99°E], Aug 1927, Kerr 13088 (BM); Hat Yai, Songkhla, [7°N 100°E], Dec 1927, Kerr 14363 (BM); Ban Bua Dut, Ko Samui, 9N 99E, May 1928, Kerr 15718 (BM); between Chanthaburi and Trat, [12°N 102°E], Sep 1972, Larsen 32405 et al. (AAU); Sahm Lahn forest, Muang District, Saraburi Province, [14°N 101°E], Oct 1973, Maxwell 73-440 (AAU). Burma. Mergui, 12N 98E, undated, Griffith 240 (BM); Kyaukpyu, Ramree Is., 19N 93E, Oct 1945, Wallace 9181 (BM). Vietnam. Phuong Mai, Ninh Binh province, [20°N 105°E], Jan 1883, Bon (P); Phu Quoc Island, [10°N 103°E], Sep 1875, Godefroy 876 (P). Cambodia. Kampot, [10°N 104°E], Oct 1903, Geoffray 159 (P). Laos. Sedone, Me-Kong R., [14°N 105°E], 1866-8, Thorel (P). Malaya. Penang Island, [5°N 100°E], Dec 1895, Ridley 7103 (BM); Setul, Mar 1910, Ridley 14694 (BM); 8.25 miles [13.2 km] Kuala Trengganu-Besut road, Trengganu, [5°N 103°E], Sep 1955, Sinclair 40873 (L). Sumatra. Taram, Kepala Bandar, E of Pajakumbuh, [0°S 100°E], Apr 1957, Meijer 5750 (L); Taram, Pajakumbuh region, [0°S 100°E], Jul 1957, Meijer 7151 (L). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Larsen 32405 et al. (2 fls); Wallace 9181 (1 fl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium tenellum has a broad distribution in south-east Asia from southern India to southern China and south to Sumatra (Map 3). The recent collection by Bhasker and Kushalappa (1992) from southern India provided a considerable extension of the known range. It inhabits seasonally swampy areas and has been on several occasions reported growing near rice paddies. It often grows at low altitudes, but has been found as high as 1100 metres above sea level on Sumatra 629 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia (Slooten 1954). Species or genera recorded by Bhaskar and Kushalappa (1992) to be growing in association with S. tenellum were Rotala ilecebroides, Lindernia, Bergia, Canscora diffusa, Xyris, Commelina and Eriocaulon. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded mostly from September to December, with a few records from other months of the year. Affinities: S. tenellum is very closely related to S. diffusum , but differs by the cuneate leaf bases (truncate for S. diffusum ); labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube (attached to outside of corolla tube for S. diffusum ); corolla tube 1.6-1.8 mm long (1.3— 1.6 mm for S. diffusum) and anterior petals 0.2- 0.4 mm wide (0.5-1 mm wide for S. diffusum ). Notes: No specimens from China (except Hong Kong) have been seen by the present author, but it is described very adequately in Hong (1983) where it is reported to occur in the Guangdong, Yunnan and southern Fujian provinces. Typification: The holotype of S. tenellum var. minimum consists of the specimens on the upper half of the sheet only. The other specimens are labelled as originating from Dacca, and are therefore excluded. From the protologue of S. roseum, it seems clearly referrable to S. tenellum. Conservation status: Not evaluated. 28. Stylidium longissimum ARBeansp. nov. affinisY inconspicuo seddifferens foliis obtusis, corolla glandulosa purpurea (rosacea usque rosinea, HCC 6.29 usque 5.33), paracorolla prominenti, sepalis petalis columnisque longioribus et capsulis multo longioribus. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Smugglers track, Cape Melville National Park, north ofCooktown, [14° 17' S 144°26' E], 19 July 1998, A.R. Bean 13671 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA, K, L, MEL, NSW). Annual, 16-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 4-14 per plant, scattered along stems, elliptical, 3.5-9.5 mm long including petiole, 1.8- 5 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0-0.5 mm long. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 5-20 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or lanceolate, 1.5-4.5 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy at distal end only. Sepals debate or oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 2-3 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 2-2.3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous, thick, minutely papillose, 0.4-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate; 0.7-0.8 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.1-2.9 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, bilobed, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 4.1-5.4 mm long, 3-3.2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column 7-8 mm long, slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous; lateral lobes absent or present, 0-0.2 mm wide. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 26-48 mm long excluding sepals, 0.7-1 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.35 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate. Fig. 8E-H. Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 11 km S of beach at Bathurst Bay, Cape Melville N.P., Jul 1998, Bean 13688 (BRI); 33 km from Wakooka on the track to Bathurst Bay and Cape Melville National Park, June 1984, Clarkson 5382 (BRI, QRS). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 13671 (3 fls); Clarkson 5382 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium longissimum is known only from the Cape Melville area of Cape York Peninsula in north Queensland (Map 16). It grows in Melaleuca viridiflora woodland in sandy soil. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded for June. Affinities: S. longissimum is related to S. inconspicuum Slooten, based on the Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Fig. 7. A-C: Stylidium confertum. A. habit* 1; B. anterior view of flower*9; C. corolla, opened out*9. D-F: Stylidium diffusion. D. habit* 1; E. anterior view of flower and hypanthium*9; F. corolla, opened out*9. A-C: Lyons 194; D: Brass 19786; E-F: Forster 22992. 631 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia description and illustrations provided by Slooten (1954), but differs by its obtuse leaf apices, pink to mauve corolla (rosy for S. inconspiciium ), glandular-hairy corolla tube and petals (glabrous for S. inconspicuum ), longer sepals, anterior petals, posterior petals, column, and much longer capsules (26^18 mm long vs. c. 15 mm long for S. inconspicuum). The paracorolla in S. longissimum is much more prominent than in S. inconspicuum. Conservation status: S. longissimum has an extent of occurrence of about 30x30 kilometres, and the area of occupancy is only a small fraction of this. A Conservation status of “Vulnerable” is recommended, based on the IUCN CriteriaA2(e) and D2. Etymology: The species epithet is from the Latin longissimus meaning “very long”. This refers to the capsules of this species, which are perhaps the longest of the genus. 29. Stylidium inconspicuum Slooten, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg Ser. Ill, 14: 171 (1937). Types: Java. Plosokerep near halting- place Terisi, partition 7 and 56 of forest- section Indramajoe, [6°—’S 108°—’E],3 March 1935, C.GGJ. van Steenis 6719 (syn: ?BO,«.v.); Plosokerep near halting- place Terisi, partitions 7,3 and 5 of forest- section Indramajoe, [6°—’S 108°—’E],3 May 1936, C.GGJ. van Steenis 8214 & D.F. van Slooten (syn: ?BO, n.v.). Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate 56(1958). Annual, 5-20 cm high. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 5-30 per plant, scattered along stems, elliptical or obovate, 4—8 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 5-8 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts lanceolate or ovate, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear. Sepals oblanceolate or ovate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1-1.5 mm long, obtuse. Corolla pink or red, glabrous; tube 1-1.5 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous or continuous. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate, c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage usually present. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals c. 1 mm long, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 1.75-2 mm long, bilobed, obtuse. Column 3-3.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout; lateral lobes absent. Capsule linear, 15 mm long excluding sepals. Seeds not seen. Distribution and habitat: Stylidium inconspicuum is endemic to Java (Map 3), where it is apparently rare. It was recorded from “moist places of grass-fields at 20-30 metres”. Note: No material of this species was available for examination. The description is based on Slooten (1937). Conservation status: Not evaluated. D. Stylidium sect. Biloba A.R.Bean sect. nov. Folia in rosula basali vel caulina; calyx bilabiatus, integer, obtusus; inflorescentia cymosa; columna glabra, fine distali magnopere dilatata. Typus: S. rotundifolium R.Br. Leaves in basal rosette or cauline; calyx 2- lipped, entire, obtuse; inflorescences cymose; labellum attached at base of anterior sinus; column glabrous, strongly dilated at distal end. 3 species; northern Australia. 30. Stylidium rotundifolium R.Br., Prodr. 571 (1810); Candolle a rotundifolia (R.Br.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: East Coast, Port 1 [Queensland. Port Curtis District: Curtis Island or Facing Island, 23° 4- S 151° 1- ’ E], 5-9 August 1802,7?. Brown (Bennett No. 2600) (lecto: BM), here chosen. Stylidium irriguum W.Fitzg., J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. WesternAustralia 3:219(1918), syn. nov. Types: WesternAustralia. Messmate Creek, 1905-6, W. V. Fitzgerald (syn, n.v); Isdell & Charnley Rivers, 1905-6, W.V. Fitzgerald (syn, n.v ). Stylidium reductum Carlquist,Aliso 9: 313 (1978), syn. nov. Type: Queensland. North Kennedy District: Millstream Falls Park, along the Ravenshoe-Mt Garnet road, [17° 3-’S 145° 2- E], 5 July 1977, S. Carlquist 15230 (holo: RSA). 632 Annual, 4—18 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves 4-17 per plant, oblanceolate or obovate, 5-29 mm long including petiole, 3-10 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 1-12 mm long. Scapes 1-10 per plant, 0.2-0.4 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 4-18 cm long, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts debate or lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous, mucronate. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy at distal end only. Sepals ovate, fused into 2 entire lips, 1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide, sparsely glandular-hairy or glabrous, obtuse. Corolla white or pink, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 2-3 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0-0.1 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1-2 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 1.3-2 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Column 3.5-5 mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 12-30 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, strongly recurved or not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate. Selected specimens: Western Australia. Gibb River- Kalumburu road, 15.3 km N of Doggan River, May 1976, Beauglehole 51795 (DNA); Manning Gorge, c. 275 km SW of Wyndham, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52581 (DNA); Adcock Gorge, c. 180 km E of Derby, Jul 1974, Carr 4233 & Beauglehole 48011 (DNA); Mitchell River, Feb 1980, Dunlop 5275 (DNA). Northern Territory. UDP Falls, c. 80 km NE of Pine Creek, Aug 1978, Beauglehole 58538 & Errey 2238 (DNA); south of mouth of Daly River, Jul 1946, Blake 16548 (BRI); 9.5 km S of Twin Fall, May 1980, Craven 5856 (DNA); Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Dunlop 4897 (CANB, DNA); Caledon Bay, Jun 1972, Latz 2927c (DNA); South Bay, Bickerton Island, Jun 1948, Specht 465 (BRI). Queensland. Burke District : Westmoreland, Fagoon Creek, off track to Camp Ridgeway, May 1997, Forster PIF21025 & Booth (BRI); Murrays Springs, 12.1 km by road west of Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Musselbrook mining camp, 175 km N of Camooweal, Apr 1995, Thomas MRS32 & Johnson (BRI). Cook District: 13.8 km from Irvinebank towards Herberton, Aug 1997, Bean 12192 (BRI); One Hundred Mile swamp, near Undara resort, E of Mt Surprise, Jul 1998, Bean 13758 & Fox (BRI, MEF); c. 1 mile [1.6 km] south of Bamaga, Jul 1977, Carlquist 15250 (BRI, RSA); 0.5 km SE of Kimba HS, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3737 (BRI, DNA, K, MO, NSW, PERTH, QRS, RSA); Weipa, Vyse Crossing, Jul 1980, Morton 656 (BRI, MEL). North Kennedy District: Walkers Creek, Mount Elliot, S of Townsville, Aug 1991, Bean 3616 (BRI); Mt Garnet-Wairuna road, 4.8 km S of Princess Hills T/0,Aug 1997, Bean 12168 (BRI). Leichhardt District: Mt Rose, Taroom district, Jan 1996, Fensham 2500 (BRI). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 12100 (2 fls); Bean 12114 (2 fls); Bean 12168 (2 fls); Bean 12192 (2 fls); Clarkson 3737 (2 fls); Fensham 2500 (1 fl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium rotundifolium is widespread (though sporadic) from the Kimberley region ofWesternAustralia to north-eastern Queensland, with a remarkable disjunct occurrence near Taroom (Map 18). It occurs in damp sandy soil, on receding waterholes, on creekbanks or in Melaleuca woodlands. The occurrence near Taroom is associated with mound-springs, locally known as “boggomosses”. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from April to October, with one record for January and one for February. Affinities: S. rotundifolium is closest to S. dunlopianum. See notes under that species. Notes: Specimens of this species collected by Banks and Solander were available to Robert Brown when drawing up his description, hence the need to choose a lectotype. The lectotype locality for S. rotundifolium is Curtis or Facing Island near Gladstone but it has not been found there, nor indeed in the Port Curtis Pastoral District, since Brown’s collection in 1802. Fitzgerald (1918) did not explain why he considered S. irriguum to be specifically distinct from S. rotundifolium , but by comparing the description given under both names, it seems that the distinction was based on: the pale yellow to white corolla for S. irriguum (vs. pink with red blotches for 633 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia S. rotundifolium ) and a shorter capsule. However pale yellow to white is the usual flower colour for S. rotundifolium , and the capsule length given for S. irriguum (to nearly 0.75 inches [19 mm]) is within the normal range for S. rotundifolium. S. reductum represents juvenile forms of S. rotundifolium which are only 1-flowered. There is continuous variation between this form and typical S. rotundifolium. Conservation status: S. rotundifolium is a widespread species, and not considered to be rare or threatened. 31. Stylidium dunlopianum Carlquist, Aliso 9: 431 (1979). Type: Northern Territory. Cultivated in Darwin, ex pennanent spring near Munmarlary Station, [ 12° 2- S 132° 3-Tf|, 21 July 1978, C.R. Dunlop 4998 (holo: RSA; iso: ?CANB,w.v., DNA, ?K, n.v.). Perennial, 15-50 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base thickened. Stems elongate or leaves in basal rosette, glabrous. Leaves 6-12 per plant, scattered along stems, obovate, 20-60 mm long including petiole, 7-19 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 8-35 mm long. Scapes 1-5 per plant, 0.5-0.9 mm in diameter, glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 13-40 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, glabrous, acute ormucronate. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals ovate, fused into 2 entire lips, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 1.1- 1.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 4.5-6 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.7-0.9 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0.4—0.5 mm long. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1.1-2.1 mm long, 1.1-2 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals 1.3-2.1 mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Column 7-8.5 mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 20-32 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate. Specimens examined: Western Australia. Gibb River-Kalumburu road, Ngolalah Creek, 38.6 km NE of Mitchell River turnoff, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52145 (DNA); King Edward River, c. 50 km NE of Mitchell River HS., Aug 1978, Beauglehole 29112 & Errey 2853 (DNA). Northern Territory. Edith Falls, Jul 1965, Beauglehole 43214 (DNA); 2 km W of East Alligator River crossing, Aug 1978, Beauglehole 58648 & Errey 2348 (DNA); Horn Billabong, Sep 1946, Blake 17009 (BRI); Docherty Ck, Sep 1967, Byrnes NB497 (DNA); 47 miles [75 km] N of Oenpelli, Jul 1961, Chippendale 8115 (DNA); Ningalaye Brook, 30 km WNW of Cannon Hill Ranger Station, May 1980, Craven 6172 (CANB, DNA); 65 km NE of Pine Creek, Nov 1980, Dunlop 5615 (DNA); Maxwell Creek, Melville Island, Nov 1983, Dunlop 6547 & Wightman (DNA); Point Stuart, Swim Creek, May 1987, Dunlop 7012 (DNA); S of Koolpinyah Stn., Sep 1995, Harwood B153 (DNA); 26 km E of Goomadeer River at Nungbalgari Creek, Oct 1981, Henshall 3816 (DNA); Katherine Gorge N.P., amphitheatre, Jun 1981, King s.n. (DNA); headwaters of Florence Creek, May 1989, Leach 2583 & Dunlop (DNA); Oenpelli, Oct 1948, Specht 1313 (BRI); Old Oenpelli road, just N of Lonely Rock, Magela Ck, Sep 1980, Waterhouse 11210/1 (BRI). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Beauglehole 29112 & Errey 2853 (2 fls ), Dunlop 7012(1 f[)-Leach2583 &Dunlop(\ fl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium dunlopianum is distributed from the Mitchell River area of Western Australia to Kakadu Natonal Park in the Northern Territory (Map 19). It inhabits seepage areas in Melaleuca leucadendra swamps or near rainforest, or on creekbanks, in sand or black organic soil. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from May to November. Affinities: S. dunlopianum is closely related to S. rotundifolium but differs by its perennial habit with thickened stem base (annual with unthickened stem base for S. rotundifolium ), scapes 0.5-0.9 mm wide (0.2-0.4 mm wide for S. rotundifolium ), sepals 1.9-2.5 mm long (1.0- 1.8 mm long for A rotundifolium ), corolla tube 4.5-6 mm long (2-3 mm long for S. rotundifolium ), labellum 0.7-0.9 mm long (0.4- 634 0.6 mm long for S. rotundifolium) and column 7-8.5 mm long (3.5-5 mm long for S. rotundifolium). Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 32. Stylidium fimbriatum Lowrie & Kenneally, Nuytsia 10: 425 (1996). Type: Western Australia. Peter Lacy’s camp, 73 km WNW of Mount Elizabeth homestead, 16° 00’S 125° 20’E, August 1993, M.D. Barrett230 (holo: PERTH, fide Lowrie & Kenneally (1996) n.v.\ iso: MEL,w.v.). Annual, 15-30 cm high. Stem base not thickened. Stems compressed (with leaves in basal rosette). Leaves c. 16 per plant, oblanceolate, 5-20 mm long including petiole, 2-7 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse; base cuneate; margins entire. Scapes c. 2 per plant, glabrous; sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 15-30 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or lanceolate, 1-2 mm long, acute or mucronate. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular- hairy at distal end only or glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals ovate or elliptical, fused into 2 entire lips, 1.5-2 mm long, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous, thick, glabrous, c. 1.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 13-17, all similar, acute, none opposite the anterior petals, 13-17 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, lanceolate, c. 0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous, acuminate, terminal appendage usually present. Petals all free,Al+A2+Pl+P2. Anterior petals c. 3.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Posterior petals c. 5.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, bilobed, obtuse. Column c. 10 mm long, conspicuously dilated near distal end forming a pouch for the stigma and anthers, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 25-50 mm long excluding sepals, 0.6-0.7 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs. Seeds c. 0.2 mm long, yellow or brown; surface convex. Distribution and habitat: Stylidium fimbriatum is reportedly confined to the Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Bachsten Creek area in the Kimberley region of We stern Australia (Map 19), where it grows in seasonally wet herbfields (Lowrie and Kenneally 1996). Note: No material of this species was available for examination. The description above is based on Lowrie & Kenneally (1996). E. Stylidium sect. Alsinoida (Mildbr.)A.RBean comb, et stat. nov. S. subg. Alsinoida Mildbr. in Engl., Pflanzenr. 35: 40 (1908), as ‘Alsinoides ’ . Type: S. alsinoides R.Br. Leaves cauline, alternate. Scapes absent. Bracts opposite, often leaf-like. Petals laterally fused (i.e. adjacent posterior and anterior petals fused), often acute. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at top of corolla tube. Capsules coherent at apex, shedding medially; seeds ridged or lacunose, colliculate. 5 species; Malesia, New Guinea, northern Australia. 33. Stylidium alsinoides RBr., Prodr. 572 (1810); Candollea alsinoides (R.Br.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: [Queensland. Cook District:] Endeavour River, [15°2-’S 145° l-’E, June- July 1770], J. Banks & D. Solander (holo: ?BM,«.v.). Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plates 51,56(1958). Annual, 18-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.05- 0.1 mm long; glands globose or capitate, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 20-100 per plant, scattered along stems, elliptical or obovate, 5.5-14 mm long including petiole, 3-8 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0-2.5 mm long. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 5-15 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 5.5-9 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals deltate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.3-2 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, acute. Corolla white, 635 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia glabrous, or sparsely glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 0.6-0.9 mm long, without sinus. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at top of corolla tube, ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous, obtuse or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals laterally fused, (A1 &P 1 )+(A2&P2). Anterior petals 1.7-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1.2 mm wide, entire, acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 2-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, entire, acute or obtuse. Column 2.5-3 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona extending beyond anthers. Capsule linear, 16-30 mm long excluding sepals, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.4-0.5 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, colliculate. Selected specimens: Philippines. Philippine Islands, 1906, Loher 6478 (K); Neuva Vizcaya, Luzon, [16°N 121°E], Jan 1913, McGregor 20136 (BM, P); Mt Irig, Rizal Province, Luzon, [14°N 121°E], Feb 1923, Ramos 41978 (BM, BRI, L); Mt Marayep, Zambales province, Luzon, [15°N 120°E], Dec 1924, Ramos & Edano 44782 (BM, P); Setio, Apulul, Barrio Amungan Iba, Zambales, [15°N 119°E], Dec 1954, Santos 6105 (L). Sulawesi. Lepo Lepo pr. Kendari, SE Celebes, [4°S 122°E], Jun 1874, Beccari (L); Lombasang, SW Celebes, [5°S 119°E], Apr 1921, Bunnemeijer 11091a (L). Irian Jaya. Merauke, [8°S 140°E], Jul 1923, Vertenten (BRI, L, P). New Guinea. Wuroi, Oriomo River, [8°S 143°E, Jan-Mar 1934, Brass 6070 (BRI, L); Wassi Kussa River, Morehead subdistrict, 8S 141E, Jul 1968, Henty & Katik NGF38734 (BRI, L); c. 3 miles [5 km] S of Morehead Patrol post, along road to Tonda, 9S 141E, Sep 1967, Pullen 7242 (L). Queensland. Cook District: 20.4 km from Peninsula Development road, towards Iron Range, Jul 1998, Bean 13606 (BRI, MEL); Yarrabah, Jun 1935, Blake 9642 (BRI); Isabella Falls near Cooktown, May 1970, Blake 23433 (BRI); Chester River campsite, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2418 (BRI, K, L, MO, NSW); Scrubby Creek, N of Silver Plains, Aug 1978, Clarkson 2444 (BRI, K, NSW); 16.4 km S of aboriginal settlement at Mapoon, on the road to Weipa, Aug 1983, Clarkson 4943 (BRI, PERTH, QRS); Finch Bay, Cooktown, May 1993, Clarkson 10084 & Neldner (BRI, DNA, K, MBA, PERTH); Endeavour River, Jun-Jul 1819, Cunningham 277 (BM, BRI); west Claudie River falls, 2.5 km NE of Mt Tozer, May 1992, Fell DF2613 (BRI); Fred’s Creek, 2.5 km SE of Kennedy Hill, Jul 1991, Forster PIF8813 (BRI, DNA, MEL); Badu Island, Torres Strait, Oct 1979, Garnett 220 (BRI); 2 km S of Cooktown, Jul 1991, Sharpe 5100 8c Levine (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). North Kennedy District: Dunk Island, E of airstrip, Aug 1959, Adams 20012 (BRI); Travelling Dairy Creek, 9 km W of Tully, Sep 1992, Bean 4996 (BRI); Hinchinbrook Is., S of Kirkville Hills, Aug 1970, Everist 9662 (BRI); 50 km NNW of Ingham and 3.5 km E of Bruce Highway, Aug 1976, Lazarides 8125 (BRI, CANB); 3 km W of Cardwell, Sep 1976, Williams 76074 (BRI). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Clarkson 2444 (2 fls); Clarkson 4943 (2 fls); Clarkson 10084 8cNeldner{ 2 fls);/W/DF2613 (lfl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium alsinoides is widespread, being recorded from the island of Luzon in the Philippines, southern parts of Sulawesi, southern New Guinea and north Queensland (Map 1). In Australia, it typically grows in sandy soil in swamps dominated by Melaleuca quinquenervia , which are moist even in the dry season. It may also grow on creekbanks withM leucadendra , or in rock crevices where water seepage is available. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded mostly from April to September for Australia; throughout the year for Malesia. Affinities: S. alsinoides is most closely related to S.fluminense. See notes under that species. Note: The bracts of S. alsinoides and its relatives are very large and resemble the leaves. In fact the transition from stem to inflorescence can sometimes only be determined by the phyllotaxis; the leaves are alternate while the bracts are opposite. The seemingly solitary axillary inflorescences are in fact cymose and monochasial as in most other species. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 34. Stylidium fluminense F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis, Victorian Naturalist 83: 108 (1965). Type: Western Australia. Dales Gorge, Hamersley Range, [22° 30’S 118° 36’E], 3 July 1958, F.L. Erickson (holo: MEL; iso: K, MEL, PERTH). Illustration: J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. of Kimb. Region 876, t. 270D(1992). Annual, 15-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025- 0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 10^10 per plant, scattered along stems, elliptical, 5-19 mm long including petiole, 1.5- 636 6 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute; base cuneate; margins entire. Petioles 0-2 mm long. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 5-11 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear or lanceolate, 2.5-10 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 3-4.1 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, acute. Corolla pink or mauve or red, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.1-1.5 mm long, without sinus. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at top of corolla tube, ovate, 0.6-0.7 mm long, thick, glandular- hairy, obtuse or acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0-0.1 mm long. Petals laterally fused, (A 1&P1)+(A2&P2). Anterior petals 5.2- 5.5 mm long, 1.9-2.3 mm wide, entire, acute. Posterior petals 5.2-5.5 mm long, 1.9-2.3 mm wide, entire, acute. Column 5.5-6 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 11-16 mm long excluding sepals, 0.7-0.9 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds globose or ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.3 mm long, brown; surface convex, colliculate. Specimens examined: Western Australia. Dales Gorge, near Fortescue Falls, Hamersley Range, Aug 1965, Beauglehole 11496 (DNA, MEL); Wittenoom Gorge, c. 10 km S of Wittenoom P.O., Aug 1974, Beauglehole 48874 (DNA); Exmouth Gulf, 1895, Cusack s.n. (MEL); Harding River, 1895, Cusack 140 (MEL); Dale’s Gorge, 40 miles [64 km] E of Wittenoom Gorge, Jul 1956, Meston s.n. (MEL); Dale’s Gorge, Hamersley Range, Oct 1989, Nordenstam & Anderberg 331 (MEL). Northern Territory. 50 km NNW of Inverway homestead, Jun 1974, Latz 5419 (DNA). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Beauglehole 11496 (2 fls); Beauglehole 48874 (lfl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium fluminense is known from the Hamersley Ranges in We stern Australia and from one site in Northern Territory, and there are historical collections from the Harding River (near Karratha) and from the Exmouth Gulf (Map 17). It grows in sheltered sites with permanent moisture in sandstone gorges. Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from June to October Affinities: S.fluminense is most closely related to S. alsinoides , but differs by the oblanceolate, acute sepals 3.0-4.1 mm long (debate, obtuse, 1.3-2.0 mm long for S. alsinoides ); corolla tube 1.1-1.5 mm long (0.7-0.8 mm long for S. alsinoides ); anterior petals 5.2-5.5 mm long (1.7-2.5 mm for S. alsinoides)., column 5.5-6 mm long (2.5-3 mm for S. alsinoides ); capsule 11-16 mm long (16-30 mm for S. alsinoides) and seeds 0.25-0.3 mm long (0.4-0.5 mm for S. alsinoides). Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 35. Stylidium tenerrimum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 150 (1859); Candollea tenerrima (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 86 (1883). Type: [NorthernTerritory], between Providence Hill and Macadam’s Range, [14°—’S129°—’E], October 1855, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL [MEL 1061526]), here chosen. Stylidium mitrasacmoides F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 150 (1859). Type: [Northern Territory], banks of Victoria River, near Palm Island, [15°—’S 129°—’E, 1855-6], Flood, n.v. (not located). Stylidium evolutum Carlquist, Aliso 9: 309 (1978), syn. nov. Type: Northern Territory, road west from Stuart Highway, opposite juncture with the Shoal Bay road, [12° 3- ’S 131° O-’E], 25 June 1977, A Carlquist 15190 (holo:RSA). Annual, 4-30 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025- 0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 5-24 per plant, scattered along stems, linear or oblanceolate or debate, 1.2-4.8 mm long, 0.3-0.8 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base truncate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 4-11 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts linear, 2-4.5 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary or present, 0-5 mm long, glabrous. Hypanthium linear, glabrous 637 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia throughout or glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals oblanceolate or ovate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 2.1-2.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, acute. Corolla white and red, glandular-hairy on tube and petals or glandular-hairy on petals only; tube 0.5-0.7 mm long, without sinus. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at top of corolla tube, ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long, thick, glabrous, obtuse or acuminate, terminal appendage usually present; 0-0.1 mm long. Petals laterally fused, (A1&P1)+(A2&P2). Anterior and posterior petals entire, acute or obtuse. A1 and PI 2-2.6 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide; A2 and P2 3.3-44 mm long, 1.7-2.3 mm wide. Column 4-4.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule ellipsoidal or linear, 4.5- 9 mm long excluding sepals, 1-1.6 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.45-0.5 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, colliculate. Specimens examined: Northern Territory. 2 km W of Stuart Highway on road opposite the juncture of Shoal Bay road with Stuart Highway, Jun 1978, Carlquist 15479 (DNA); between Elizabeth River and RAAF base, 23 miles [37 km] S of Darwin, Jun 1978, Carlquist 15455 (DNA); Melville Island, McClear Creek T/O, Jun 1987, Clark 1237 (DNA); Howard Springs, May 1995, Egan 4984 (DNA); Port Darwin, 1885, Holtze 489 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1885, Holtze 506 (MEL); Port Darwin, 1888, Holtze s.n. (MEL); near Darwin, undated, Holtze 1170 (MEL); RAAF Base, swamp off Amy Johnson Drive, Darwin, Apr 1983, King 323 (DNA); 1 mile [1.6 km] SE of McMinns Lagoon, Aug 1971, Must 758 (DNA); Ironstone Knob area, behind Holmes Jungle, Jun 1982, Rankin 2598 (CANB, DNA); Point Stuart, Swim Creek, Jun 1987, Russell-Smith 5568 & Lucas (DNA); Port Darwin, undated, Schultz 349 (MEL); North Australia, 1886, Tenison-Woods & Holtze 489 (MEL). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Egan 4984 (3 fls ), Russell-Smith 5568 (3 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium tenerrimum is apparently reasonably common around Darwin, as there are numerous collections (both old and new) from that area. However, it has not been recollected from the type area near the Victoria River (Map 14). It grows in sandy soils which remain moist after the wet season, amongst grasses and sedges. Associated trees include Pandanus spp., Melaleuca spp. and Grevillea pteridifolia. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from April to August Notes: S. tenerrimum is related to S. alsinoides. S. tenerrimum is distinctive because of the asymetrical petals (A1 andA2 of different sizes; PI and P2 of different sizes), comparatively broad capsules, and the sometimes pedicellate flowers and capsules (pedicels up to 4 mm long). Two specimens of S. tenerrimum collected by Mueller have been seen, one at MEL and one at BM. It is uncertain whether these were both from the same collection. The MEL specimen is chosen as lectotype, as it is the better specimen. The type of S. mitrasacmoides could not be found, and the application of the name is somewhat uncertain. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). 36. Stylidium javanicum Slooten, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg Ser. Ill, 14: 173 (1937). Types: Java. Plosokerep near halting- place Terisi, partitions 7,3 and 5 of forest- section Indramajoe, [6° —* S 108° —’E], 3 May 1936, C.G.G.J. van Steenis 8213 & D.F. van Slooten (syn: ?BO, n.v., MEL!); Soemba. East-Soemba, Lea plain, [9°—’S 120°—’E], 28 May 1936, C.AET de Voogd 2512 (syn: ?BO,«.v.). Illustration: R. Erickson, Triggerplants, plate 56(1958). Annual, 5-21 cm high. Glandular hairs 0-0.05 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 10-30 per plant, scattered along stems, elliptical or obovate, 1.7-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2.1 mm wide, glabrous; apex obtuse, or acute; base obtuse, or cuneate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 5-9 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 2-4 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate or elliptical, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 1.6-2.5 mm long, 0.2-04 mm wide, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Corolla pink 638 or mauve, glandular-hairy on tube only; tube 0.7-0.8 mm long, without sinus. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at top of corolla tube, ovate or orbicular, 0.7-0.8 mm long, thin, glabrous, obtuse or acute, terminal appendage absent. Petals laterally fused, (A1 &P1 )+(A2&P2). Anterior petals 2.4-2.8 mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide, entire, acute. Posterior petals 2.4-2.8 mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide, entire, acute. Column 3.5-4 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 10-16 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.3 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, colliculate. Specimens examined: Java. Plosokerep near halting- place Terisi, partitions 7, 3 and 5 of forest-section Indramajoe, May 1936, van Steenis 8213 & van Slooten (MEL). New Guinea. Rubulogo Creek c. 18 miles [29 km] N of Port Moresby, [9°S 147°E], Apr 1967, Pullen 6631 (BRI, CANB, L). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Pullen 6631 (2 fls). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium javanicum has been found in Java, East Soemba Island and from eastern New Guinea (Map 2). It is recorded from open boggy depressions or wet grass-fields, from 20-500 metres altitude. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded for April and May. Affinities: S.javanicum is most closely related to S. cordifolium , but differs by the leaves being 1-1.7 mm wide (2.9-8 mm wide for S. cordifolium ); leaf base cuneate (cordate for S. cordifolium ); sepals 2. l-2.5x0.2-0.3 mm (2.6- 3.5x0.4-07 mm for S. cordifolium ); capsules 0.5-0.8 mm wide (1-1.5 mm for S. cordifolium) and seeds 0.25-0.3 mm long (0.4-0.5 mm long for S. cordifolium ). Conservation status: Not evaluated. 37. Stylidium cordifolium W.Fitzg., J. Proc. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 3: 217 (1918). Types: Isdell and King Rivers, 1905-6, W. V. Fitzgerald (syn, n.vf Messmate Creek, 1905-6, W.V. Fitzgerald '(syn, n.v.); between Isdell Range, 1905-6, W.V. Fitzgerald (syn, n.v ). Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Stylidium alsinoides var. cordifolium Ewart, Jean White & B.Wood, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria ser. 2,23:299 (1911). Types: Port Darwin, 1890, M. Holtze 1171 (syn: MEF); Isdell River; Graces Knob; Messmate Creek in Packhorse range; between Isdell Range and Mt Bartlett (syn, n.v.). Annual, 15—45 cm high. Glandular hairs 0.025- 0.1 mm long; glands globose, dark. Stem base not thickened. Stems elongate, glabrous. Leaves 8^10 per plant, scattered along stems, obovate or orbicular, 3.5-8 mm long, 3.0-8 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute; base cordate; margins entire. Petioles absent. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 4-13 cm long, determinate, monochasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 2-5 mm long, glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels absent or rudimentary. Hypanthium linear, glabrous throughout or glandular-hairy at distal end only. Sepals oblanceolate, with 3 free and 2 fused for more than half their length, 2.6-3.5 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, sparsely glandular- hairy or glabrous, acute. Corolla pink or red, glandular-hairy on tube and petals, or on petals only; tube 0.7-1.3 mm long, without sinus. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at top of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick or thin, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse or acuminate, terminal appendage absent. Petals laterally fused, (A1&P1)+(A2&P2). Anterior petals 3.3—4.5 mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide, entire, acute. Posterior petals 3.4-5 mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide, entire, acute. Column 3.5-5 mm long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent. Corona absent. Capsule linear, 7.5-18 mm long excluding sepals, 1-1.5 mm wide, without raised longitudinal ribs; halves coherent distally. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.4-0.5 mm long, brown; surface lacunose, colliculate. Fig. 8A-D. Specimens examined: Western Australia. Chapman River, 55 km by road WSW of Karungi Station HS, May 1976, Beauglehole 51509 (DNA); Barnett Gorge, c. 250 km SW of Wyndham, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52341 (DNA); Gibb River road, 1.5 km W of Lennard River Gorge turnoff, Jul 1974, Carr 4108 & Beauglehole 47886 (DNA); Vansittart Bay, north Kimberley, May 1984, Chesterfield 352 & Forbes (DNA, MEL); c. 12 km W of Mt Hann, Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 639 Fig 8. A-D: Stylidium cordifolium. A. habit><0.7; B. anterior view of flower and hypanthiumx5; C. developing capsulex3; D. seedx20. E-H. Stylidium longissimum. E. habitx0.5; F. anterior view of flowerx5; G. developing capsulex4; H. seedx40. A-D: Bean 12181; E, G-H: Bean 13671; F: Clarkson 5382. 640 Gardner Plateau, May 1993, Cowie 4313 & Stewart (DNA); unnamed creek running into Pauline Bay, north Kimberley, May 1984, Forbes 2169 (MEL). Northern Territory. Berrimah Lagoon, S of Darwin, May 1978, Carlquist 15384 (BRI, DNA); Site 55, Mary River, May 1989, Clark 1753 (DNA); Melville Island, Soldier Point road camp, Jun 1987, Clark 1209 & Orr (DNA); Berrimah, Darwin, Apr 1976, Dunlop 4140 (DNA, NSW); Kakadu N.P, Mar 1982, Dunlop 6234 (DNA); c. 8 km NNE of Jabiru, Apr 1995, Egan 4846 & Knox (DNA); Howard Springs, May 1995, Egan 4985 (DNA); Port Darwin, 1890, Holtze 1171 (MEL); Nabarlek, Apr 1979, Rankin 2035 (BRI, DNA, K); Adelaide River, Arnhem Hwy, Apr 1980, Rankin 2248 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District: 4.8 km N of Kennedy River crossing on Peninsula Development road, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3685 (BRI, K, MO, NSW, PERTH, QRS, RSA); Bulleringa NP, 80 km NW of Mt Surprise, track to Red River past Donkey Spring, Apr 1998, Forster PIF22595 & Booth (BRI); Granite Creek road, below Walsh Bluff, Apr 1981, Gray 1948 (BRI, QRS); Dixie station. Cook shire, Jun 1979, Weaver 33 (BRI). North Kennedy District: 4 km west of Nymbool, via Mt Garnet, Aug 1997, Bean 12181 (BRI). Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean 12181 (2 fls); Clarkson 3685 (2 fls );Egan 4985 (3 fls); Gray 1948 (1 fl). Distribution and habitat: Stylidium cordifolium is distributed across tropical Australia (Map 20). It often grows in or on the margins of Melaleuca viridiflora swamps, in moist sand. It can sometimes occur on moist sandy creekbanks with Pandanus spp., grasses and sedges. Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been recorded from March to August Affinities: S. cordifolium is closest to S. javanicum. See notes under that species. Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN 1994). Acknowledgements I am grateful to the Directors of the following Herbaria for the loan of specimens: AAU, BM, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, P and RSA; to Laurie Jessup for assisting me in mastering the DELTA program; to Neil Snow and Wayne Harris for guidance with cladistic analysis; to Jian Wang for translating Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) descriptions of Chinese Stylidium species; to Keith McDonald for taking me to Cape Melville to find ‘pink bits’; to Chris Lyons for collecting the excellent type material of S. confertum\ to Paul Forster for collecting numerous stylidia from various parts of Queensland; to Will Smith for the illustrations and distribution maps; and to Peter Bostock for the Latin diagnoses. References Barua, I.C. & Gogoi, A.K. (1995). Stylidium kunthii Wallich ex DC. - a new record for Assam. Journal of Economic and Taxonomic Botany 19(3): 501-4. Bentham, G (1868). Stylidiaceae. In Flora Austral iensis 4: 1-37. London: L. Reeve & Co. Bhaskar, V & Kushalappa, C.G. (1992). Stylidium tenellum Swartz (Stylidiaceae) - a new record for South India. Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society 88: 465-6. Britten, J. (1901). Illustrations of the Botany of Captain Cook’s First Voyage, Part 2. London: Trustees of the British Museum. Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae van Diemen. Candolle, A.P. de (1839). Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis 7(2). Paris: Treuttel & Wurtz. Carlquist, S. (1979). Stylidium in Arnhem Land: New species, Modes of speciation on the sandstone plateau, and comments on floral mimicry. Aliso 9(3): 411-61. Craven, L.A. (1980). A review of the genus Calytrix Labill. (Myrtaceae) in northern Australia. Brunonia 3: 217-46. Dallwitz, M.J., Paine, T.A., Zurcher, E.J. (1993). DELTA User’s Guide, A General System for Processing Taxonomic Descriptions, 4th ed. East Melbourne: CSIRO. Erickson, R. (1958). Triggerplants. Perth: Paterson Brokensha Pty Ltd. Farris, J.S. (1983). The logical basis of phylogenetic inference. In N.I. Platnick & V.A.Funk (eds). Advances in Cladistics Vol. 2\ Proceedings of the second meeting of the Willi Hennig Society. New York: Columbia University Press. Felsenstein, J. (1985). Confidence limits on phylogenies: an approach using the bootstrap. Evolution 39: 783-91. 641 Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia Fitzgerald, W.V. (1918). The botany of the Kimberleys, north-west Australia. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia 3: 102-212 Haridasan, K., Kumar, Y, & Rao, R.R. (1983). Two interesting plant records from Meghalaya. Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society 79: 708-11. Hong, D.Y. (ed.) (1983). Stylidiaceae. In Flora Reipublicae Popularis Sinicae , Tomus 73 (2). Beijing: Science Press. Huq, A.M. (1986). Stylidiaceae. In M.S. Khan (ed.), Flora of Bangladesh No 32. Bangladesh National Herbarium: Bangladesh Agricultural Research Council. Lowrie, A & Kenneally, K.F. (1996). Stylidium fimbriatum (Stylidiaceae), a new tropical species of triggerplant from the Kimberley, Western Australia. Nuytsia 10(3): 425-7. Maddison, W.P. & Maddison, D.R. (1992) MacClade Version 3 - Analysis of Phytogeny and Character Evolution. Sinauer Associates: Massachusetts, U.S.A. Mckee, H.S. (1963). The Bleeser Botanical Collection from Northern Australia. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium 3(4): 233-4. Mildraed, G.W.J. (1908). in A. Engler (ed.). Das Pflanzenreich Heft 35, Stylidiaceae. Leipzig: Engelmann. Slooten, D.R. van (1937). The Stylidiaceae of the Netherlands Indies. Bulletin du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg , Series III, Volume 14: 169-74. Slooten, D.R.van(1954). Stylidiaceae. in Flora Malesiana Ser. 1, 4: 529-32. Djakarta: Noordhoff-Kolff N.V. Swofford, D.L. (1993). PAUP: Phylogenetic Analysis Using Parsimony. Version 3.1.1 Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution. Vallance, T.G. (1990). Jupiter Botanicus in the bush: Robert Brown’s Australian Field-work. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 112: 49-86. Wadhwa, B.M. (1997). Stylidiaceae. in M.D. Dassanayake (ed.), A Revised Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon, Volume XI. A.A. Rotterdam: Balkema. 642 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Map 2. Distribution of O# Stylidium uliginosum, A A S.javanicum. Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 643 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 Map 4. Distribution of O# Stylidium tenerum, A S.divergens. 644 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Map 5. Distribution of O# Stylidium muscicola, A A S.ensatum. Map 6. Distribution of • Stylidium accedens. Map 7. Distribution of O# Stylidium capillare.and AS.simulans. Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 645 Map 8. Distribution of O# Stylidium lobuliflorum. Map 9. Distribution of O# Stylidium schizanthum 646 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Map 10. Distribution of O • Stylidium pachyrrhizum, and A S.stenophyllnm. Map 11. Distribution of O • Stylidium claytonioides, and AS.candelabrum. Map 12. Distribution of O • Stylidium pedunculatum, and AS.perizostera. Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 647 Map 13. Distribution of O# Stylidium ericksoniae, and A S.confertum. Map 14. Distribution of O • S.tenerrimum, and A A S.trichopodum. Map 15. Distribution of O# Stylidium oviflorum, and A A S.fissilobum. 648 Austrobaileya 5(4): 589-649 (2000) Map 16. Distribution of + Stylidium longissimum% S.prophyllum,and AS.aquaticum. Map 17. Distribution of O • Stylidium diffusion A A S.fluminense,and it S.nomination. 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 Map 18 Distribution of O • Stylidium rotundifolium. Bean, Stylidium subgen. Andersonia 649 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 Map 19. Distribution of • Stylidium dunlopianum. 'kS.fimbriatum. Map 20. Distribution of • S. cor difolium. Chromosome numbers of some Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea Thomas F. Daniel Summary Daniel, Thomas F. (2000). Chromosome numbers of some Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea. Austrobaileya 5(4): 651-659. Meiotic chromosome numbers are reported for nine species representing eight genera of Acanthaceae from Madang and Morobe provinces in Papua New Guinea. Chromosome numbers of five species are reported for the first time and two new numbers are reported for the widely cultivated species Graptophyllum pictum (L.) Griff. Chromosome numbers obtained in Calycacanthus K.Schum. (n = 16) and Jadunia Lindau (n = ca 16) are the first reported for these genera. Subfamilial relationships are discussed with respect to the chromosome numbers now known for these and other Acanthaceae. Keywords: Acanthaceae, chromosomes, Papua New Guinea, Aphelandra, Calycacanthus, Graptophyllum, Hypoestes, Jadunia, Lepidagathis, Ruellia,Thunbergia T.F. Daniel, Department of Botany, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118, U S A Introduction The pantropical family Acanthaceae comprise more than 4000 species in some 230 genera. Major concentrations of species occur in the following regions: Mexico-Central America, Andean South America, Brazil, tropical Africa, Madagascar, India, southeastern mainland Asia, and insular Malesia. Two subfamilial classifications of Acanthaceae are currently in use. That of Lindau (1895) includes all genera of the family recognized up to its publication but is now largely out of date and contains many errors. Bremekamp’s 1965 revised classification made some improvements on Lindau’s, but did not assign all genera to suprageneric taxa. An updated subfamilial classification, based on both morphological and DNA sequence data, is being formulated (e.g., McDade et al. 2000, Manktelow et al. in review, McDade et al. submitted). Like many large and predominantly tropical families of flowering plants, the Acanthaceae remain relatively little-studied cytologically. In 1982, Saggoo and Bir reported that chromosome numbers had been determined for only about 219 species in the family, and Daniel and Chuang (1998) noted that only 62 of the Accepted for publication 5 January 2000 228 genera of Acanthaceae (i.e., 27%) recognized in Brummitt (1992) have received any cytological investigation. Whereas Acanthaceae occurring in India and Mexico- Central America have received the most cytological attention, those in Madagascar and insular Malesia have received little, if any, such studies. Barker (1986) noted that no cytological studies had been carried out on Australian species either. In 1992,1 had the opportunity to collect cytological samples of Acanthaceae in Papua New Guinea. Chromosome number determinations based on acanthaceous plants growing in Papuasia had not previously been made. In the discussions that follow, Papuasia refers to New Guinea and the Solomon Islands; New Guinea refers to the nation of Papua New Guinea (including the archipelagos of New Britain and New Ireland) and the province of Irian Jaya of the nation of Indonesia. Hoft (1992) recognized 129 species in 30 genera (incorrectly totaled as 32) of Acanthaceae in Papuasia. At least 23 of these genera are native and four of them are endemic there. Unfortunately, there is no comprehensive systematic treatment of the Acanthaceae of either Papuasia or the Malesian region. The recognition of 129 species of the family in Papuasia by Hoft (1992) is likely a 652 conservative estimate; for example, the genus of at least one species that I observed as naturalized in Papua New Guinea ( Blechum pyramidatum (Lam.) Urb.) was not listed by Hoft. For comparison, about 60 species of Acanthaceae have been recognized from Australia (Barker 1986, 1996), about 160 (including many cultivated ornamentals) were treated as occurring in Java (Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink 1965), and 168 were recognized earlier this century on the Malay Peninsula (Ridley 1923). In this study, meiotic chromosome numbers are reported for nine species of Acanthaceae occurring in Papua New Guinea (Table 1). Six of these species ( Calycacanthus magnusianus K.Schum .,Graptophyllwn pictum (L.) Griff., Hypoestesfloribunda R.Br., Jadunia biroi (Lindau & K.Schum.) Lindau, Lepidagathis royenii Bremek., and Ruellia repens L.) are indigenous to the region, three (C. magnusianus, G. pictum, and J. biroi ) are presumed to be endemic there, and three {Aphelandra sinclairiana Nees, Ruellia tuberosa L., and Thunbergia grandiflora Roxb.) are naturalized introductions. Chromosome counts have been reported previously for at least 20 acanthaceous species that occur in Papuasia. None of these counts, with the probable exception of Graptophyllum pictum (see discussion below), was based on plants from New Guinea or the Solomon Islands. They encompass either widespread species that occur indigenously in Papuasia (e.g., Acanthus ilicifolius L.) or species that are native elsewhere but which have become naturalized in Papuasia (e.g., Ruellia tuberosa). Materials and Methods During July and August of 1992, buds, seeds, and herbarium vouchers of Acanthaceae were collected in Madang and Morobe provinces of northeastern Papua New Guinea. Other Acanthaceae were grown in a greenhouse in San Francisco from seed collected in Madang province. Voucher specimens of the latter were made from the cultivated plants and the letters “gh” follow the field-collection numbers for them. Floral buds for chromosomal studies were fixed in absolute ethanol:glacial acetic acid Austrobaileya 5(4): 651- 659 (2000) (3:1) for 24 hours and subsequently washed and stored in 70% ethanol until processed. Anthers were macerated in 1% ferric acetocarmine and subsequently squashed on a microscope slide. Chromosomes were studied under oil immersion using a phase contrast microscope at a magnification of 1 OOOx. Counts from at least two cells were made for most collections and all counts were verified by at least three persons. Camera lucida drawings were made of preparations from which counts were obtained. Voucher specimens are deposited at CAS and LAE. Camera lucida drawings are attached to the vouchers at CAS. Representative drawings for each of the species native to Papua New Guinea are illustrated. In the following discussions, all previously published chromosome counts are listed as n numbers irrespective of whether they were originally reported as sporophytic or gametophytic numbers. Voucher specimens, if they exist, that document previous counts by other workers have not been examined. Results and Discussion Chromosome numbers obtained from these studies are summarized in Table 1. The significance of each count is presented in the following discussions of the genera studied. AphelandraRBr. Aphelandra is a neotropical genus of about 175 species. The genus is represented in New Guinea by A. sinclairiana Nees, a native of southern CentralAmerica. This showy species with orange bracts and large, pink corollas is sometimes cultivated for ornament and has become naturalized in Madang Province. Our count of n = 14 for this species agrees with previously published counts for it based on plants from neotropical habitats (McDade 1984). This number is also the most widely known number in Aphelandra and likely represents the basic number for the genus (Daniel et al. 1990). Close relatives of Aphelandra in Lindau’s (1895) Aphelandreae (i.e., Holographis Nees and Stenandrium Nees) both appear to have a basic number of = 13 (Daniel et al. 1984, 1990; Piovano and Bemardello 1991) Daniel, Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea Table 1. Meiotic chromosome numbers of someAcanthaceae from Papua New Guinea. 653 Species n Voucher Aphelandra sinclairiana 14 Madang: Daniel & Forster 6523 Calycacanthus magnusianus 16 Madang: Daniel & Jebb 6518 Graptophyllum pictum 21 Madang: Daniel et al. 6525 G. pictum 20 Madang: Daniel etal. 6530 G. pictum ca 20 Madang: Daniel 6611 G. pictum 21 Madang: Daniel 6624 Hypoestes floribunda 15 Madang: Daniel et al. 6551 Jadunia biroi ca 16 Morobe: Daniel et al. 6603 Lepidagathis royenii 21 Madang: Daniel & Forster 6522 L. royenii ca 21 Madang: Daniel et al. 6538 L. royenii 21 Madang: Daniel et al. 6607 L. royenii ca 21 Madang: Daniel et al. 6609 Ruellia repens 12 Madang: Daniel 6610gh Ruellia tuberosa 17 Madang: Daniel 6626gh Thunbergia grandiflora 28 Madang: Daniel 6627 Several authors have suggested that x = 7 is primitive for Acanthaceae (Grant 1955; Raven 1975; Piovano and Bemardello 1991; Daniel and Chuang 1993). If so, x = 14 likely represents a tetraploid derivative of this primitive basic number, and * = 13 has evolved via both polyploidy and dysploidy. Calycacanthus K.Schum. Calycacanthus is a unispecific genus endemic to Papuasia. The count of n = 16 (Fig. 1) for C. magnusianus is the first report of a chromosome number in the genus. Calycacanthus was included in tribe Odontonemeae subtribe Odontoneminae by Lindau (1895) and would be included in Bremekamp’s (1965) tribe Justicieae subtribe Odontoneminae. Chromosome numbers reported for other genera of Lindau’s subtribe comprise n= 11, 12, 14, 22, 23, and 28 (for Siphonoglossa Oerst., now treated as congeneric with Justicia L. of subtribe Justiciinae); n — 15 (for Rhinacanthus Nggs, a genus best treated in subtribe Justiciinae according to Daniel and Chuang, 1998; for information on a dubious and unconfirmable report of n= 16 in this genus, see Daniel and Chuang, 1998); n = 18 (for Streblacanthus Kuntze and Razisea Oerst., the latter best treated in subtribe Isoglossinae according to Daniel, 1999); n = 20 (for Ecbolium Kurz); n = 21 (for Odontonema Nees, Oplonia Raf., and Psender anthemum Radik.); and n = 42 (for Mackaya Harvey). Thus, n = 16 is newly reported for the subtribe as delimited by Lindau (1895). Graptophyllum Nees. Graptophyllum comprises between 10 and 15 species occurring primarily in the southwestern Pacific region. Barker (1986) noted three species in New Guinea whereas Hoft (1992) listed five as occurring in Papuasia. The only previous reports of chromosome numbers in the genus are for the widely cultivated species G. pictum (L.) Griff., which has been reported to have been probably derived from Papuasian plants (e.g., Bailey 1949, Barker 1986). My counts from wild population of this species do not agree with previous reports for it, all of which appear to have been based on cultivated plants. Grant (1955) and Govindarajan and Subramanian (1983, without citation of voucher) reported/? = 30 and Lakshmi and Bapa Rao (1977, without citation of voucher) reported n = 18 for G pictum. 654 Austrobaileya 5(4): 651- 659 (2000) Fig 1. Camera lucida drawings of meiotic chromosome preparation. Calycacanthus magnusianus ( Daniel & Jebb 6518), metaphase I, n = 16. During my studies, chromosome counts were obtained from several cells at various stages of meiosis in each of Daniel 6624 ( n = 21 ), Daniel 6525 (n = 21, Fig. 2A), and Daniel 6530 (;n = 20, Fig. 2B). Similar differences in meiotic chromosome numbers among different collections of the same taxon are uncommon but not without precedent in the Acanthaceae. For example, both n = 11 and n— 12 have been reported for Elytraria imbricata (Vahl) Pers. (Daniel et al. 1990) and Siphonoglossa ramosa Oerst. (Hilsenbeck 1983), and both n- 22 and n = 23 have been reported for 5. sessilis (Jacq.) Oerst. (Hilsenbeck 1983). The single cell with nearly countable chromosomes in Daniel 6611 can only be estimated to be n = ca 20 because of dark cytoplasmic staining, overlapping of the irregularly shaped chromosomes, and the presence of dark granules. Lindau (1895) incl uded Graptophyllum in his tribe Graptophylleae along with a diverse array of other genera, many of which subsequently have been shown to be more closely related to genera in other tribes. Graptophyllum is similar in numerous morphological features (e.g., presence of staminodes, pollen type) to Pseuderanthemum and its relatives (see Daniel 1995). This latter assemblage also shares a chromosome number of n = 21. Based on numbers so far reported for G. pictum , a basic number of x = 10 is suggested for Graptophyllum ; however, I Fig 2. Camera lucida drawings of meiotic chromosome preparation. A.Graptophyllum pictum {Daniel et al. 6525), metaphase I, n = 21. B. G pictum {Daniel et al. 6530), metaphase I, n = 20. 655 Daniel, Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea this number is not currently known in the genus. Determinations of chromosome numbers for other species of Graptophyllum will be necessary in order to confirm this or establish another number as basic in the genus. Graptophyllum pictum has long been assumed to be native, and probably endemic, to New Guinea (see discussion by Barker 1986). My collections of the species from forest habitats in Papua New Guinea differ from cultivated plants (based on collections from Hawaii, Panama, Papua New Guinea, and the West Indies at CAS) by lacking variegated coloring in the leaves, having narrower (less than 1 mm wide vs. usually more than 1 mm wide) and more attenuate calyx lobes, and having fruits present. The cytological and morphological differences between wild and cultivated plants suggest either significant alteration of plants through domestication or the provenance of cultivated plants from another region. Indeed, Fosberg et al. (1993) suggest that G. pictum may be native to the Moluccas rather than New Guinea. HypoestesSol. exR.Br. This genus consists of about 70 species occurring in the tropics and subtropics of the Old World. Two species of Hypoestes are known from New Guinea. The count of n = 15 (Fig. 3) for H. floribunda R.Br., native to Australia and New Guinea, is the first report of a chromosome number for this species. It agrees with most previously reported counts for other species of Hypoestes (Daniel and Chuang 1993,1998). Using the key to varieties of H. floribunda provided by Barker (198 6), Daniel et al. 6551 would appear to be affiliated with var. varia R.M.Barker. This variety was not reported from New Guinea by Barker (1986). Hypoestes floribunda var. neoguineensis R.M.Barker was reported by Barker (1986) to occur in the same general region of northeastern Papua New Guinea where Daniel et al. 6551 was collected. The pubescent filaments and glandular corolla with a tube 8 mm in length and lobes 11 mm in length readily distinguishDawz'e/etal. 6551 from that taxon. Fig 3. Camera lucida drawing of meiotic chromosome preparation. Hypoestes floribunda ( Daniel et al 6551), late telophase II, n = 15. 656 Austrobaileya 5(4): 651- 659 (2000) The recent report by Daniel and Chuang (1998) of n = 30 for the African species H aristata R.Br. suggests a basic number of x = 15 for the genus. Meiotic complements of n = 15 are also known in both Dicliptera Juss. and Peristrophe Nees (Daniel and Chuang 1993, 1998), close relatives of Hypoestes in Lindau’s (1895) tribe Odontonemeae subtribe Diclipterinae. JaduniaLindau. This genus of two species is endemic to New Guinea. Chromosome numbers have not been reported for either of them. Few buds were available for study and only an approximate count of n = ca 16 (Fig. 4A) could be obtained based on a single cell from J. biroi. In the preparations from this species, the cytoplasm stained darkly and the chromosomes were not as clearly defined as illustrated. Jadunia was treated by Lindau (1895) in his subtribe Odontoneminae and he noted affinities with Calycacanthus. A chromosome count of n = 16 is noted above for the latter genus. LepidagathisWilld. This genus of 100 or fewer species is mostly paleotropical in distribution. Five species were noted by Hoft (1992) as occurring in Papuasia. Previous chromosome counts of n = 9-12, 21, 22, or 42 have been reported for nine species (Daniel et al. 1990, see under Teliostachya Nees) of the genus. My counts of n = 21 (Fig. 4B) and n = ca 21 for L. royenii , a species known from New Guinea and Queensland, Australia (see Barker 1986), represent the first reports of chromosome numbers for this species. A chromosome number of n = 21 has also been reported for L. formosensis C. B. Cl ark e exHayata (Chuang et al. 1963), a species native to Taiwan and the Ryukyu Islands. Only approximate counts could be obtained for two other collections of L. royenii. Because of folded or possibly overlapping chromosomes in the single cells of Daniel et al. 6538 and 6609 with nearly countable chromosomes, the exact number of chromosomes (20 vs. 21 or 21 vs. 22 respectively) could not be resolved. In both instances, however, it is likely that 21 bivalents were present. Lindau (1895) V A Fig 4. Camera lucida drawings of meiotic chromosome preparation. A. Jadunia biroi ( Daniel et al. 6603), diakinesis, n = ca 16. B. Lepidagathis royenii ( Daniel et al. 6607), metaphase I, n = 21. C. Ruellia repens ( Daniel 6610gh), metaphase I, n = 12. Daniel, Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea included Lepidagathis in his tribe Barlerieae and Bremekamp (1965) placed the genus “and its nearest allies” into his tribe Lepidagathideae. The only potential relative of Lepidagathis for which a chromosome number has been reported is Barleria. Daniel et al. (1990) noted that n— 12, 15-21 had been reported for that genus with n = 20 most prevalent. Given the diversity of chromosome numbers so far reported for Lepidagathis , the basic number of the genus is not readily evident. Morphological variation among collections of this species was noted by Barker (1986). Among the collections from which chromosome counts were determined, Daniel & Forster 6522 and Daniel et al. 6609 have bracts and bracteoles 3-5 mm long with the abaxial surfaces pubescent with two layers of trichomes (a dense layer of glandular trichomes and a subtending layer of eglandular trichomes); Daniel et al. 6607 has bracts and bracteoles 6-6.5 mm long with the abaxial surfaces pubescent with three layers of trichomes (an upper layer of eglandular trichomes, a middle layer of sparse glandular trichomes, and a lower layer of eglandular trichomes); and Daniel et al. 6538 has bracts and bracteoles 7.5-9 mm long, apically caudate-awned, and abaxially pubescent with three layers of trichomes (as in Daniel et al. 6607). RuelliaL. In the broad sense in which this genus is often interpreted, it comprises some 250 species occurring worldwide. Hoft (1992) noted that 13 species of Ruellia are known from Papuasia. A meiotic complement of n = 17 is known for more than 50 species in this morphologically diverse genus (Daniel and Chuang 1998). My count of n = 17 for R. tuberosa, native to the West Indies and northern South America and naturalized in New Guinea, agrees with the majority of previous counts for this species (e.g., Grant 1955; De 1966;VermaandDhillon 1967; Gill 1971; Long 1976; Valsala Deri and Mathew 1982) and for other species of the genus (Daniel et al. 1990). However, occasional reports of n = 16 have been published for R. tuberosa (e.g., Sugiura 1936, without citation of voucher; Ellis 1962, without citation of 657 voucher; SubramanianandGovindarajan 1980; Govindarajan and Subramanian 1983, without citation of voucher). The chromosome number of R. repens L., native to southeastern mainland Asia and insular Malesia, is reported here for the first time as n = 12 (Fig. 4C). This number has not been reported previously in Ruellia and is the lowest number known for any species of the genus. Recently, Daniel and Chuang (1998) reported n = 24 for the Brazilian species R. macrantha (Nees) Mart, ex B.D.Jacks, and the paleotropical species R. prostrata Poir. The latter species is morphologically similar to R. repens and both are sometimes treated in Dipteracanthus Nees (e.g., Bremekamp and Nannenga-Bremekamp 1948). It is increasingly apparent that chromosome numbers in Ruellia are somewhat more diverse than previously suspected. Based on chromosome numbers now known for this genus, probable basic numbers for it includex = 12 andx = 17. Ruellia was treated by Lindau (1895) in his tribe Ruellieae and by Bremekamp (1965) in his subtribe Ruelliinae. Chromosome numbers reported for other genera included in these taxa are n = 25 in Lankesteria Lindl. (Mangenot and Mangenot 1962) and n = 15,17,19,21,22, and 42 (e.g., Grant 1955, Kaur 1970) in Eranthemum L. Thunbergia Retz. Thunbergia comprises about 100 species native in the Paleotropics. Numerous species are widely cultivated and some have become naturalized. At least three, and perhaps five, species of Thunbergia are known from New Guinea. All but one (i.e., T. papuana Bremek., which according to Barker (1986) might be synonymous with T. arnhemica F.Muell.) appear to be naturalized there. My count of n = 28 for T. grandiflora Roxb. (native to southern Asia and apparently introduced and naturalized in New Guinea) agrees with most previous counts for the species (e.g., Daniel and Chuang 1989, 1998; Grant 1955; Kaur 1970, without citation of voucher). Older counts of n = 14 (Nanda 1962, without citation of voucher) and n = ca 14 (Darlington and JanakiAmmal 1945, without citation of voucher) have also been reported for the species. If these latter counts 658 are accurate, then the population I sampled in New Guinea would appear to be tetraploid within the species. Discussions of chromosome numbers in Thunbergia were provided by Daniel and Chuang (1989,1998). Conclusions Some of the same chromosomal patterns that were summarized by Daniel and Chuang (1993, 1998) and Daniel et al. (1984, 1990) were observed among Acanthaceae occurring in Papua New Guinea: widely divergent chromosome numbers within a genus ( Ruellia ), dysploidy within a species ( Graptophyllum pictum ), and relatively high (i.e., n— 14 or more) haploid numbers for most species. Such chromosomal rearrangements among Acanthaceae have probably led to some of the proliferation in numbers of taxa in this large family. Four of the genera studied here (Calycacanthus, Graptophyllum, Hypoestes, and Jadunia) would be included within Bremekamp’s (1965) tribe Justicieae subtribe Odontoneminae. The diversity of chromosome numbers encountered among them reflects that reported for other genera of the subtribe from other geographic regions (Daniel and Chuang 1993). Daniel and Chuang (1993) indicated that some of these numbers correlate with other characters and should be useful in recognizing natural groupings within the Odontoneminae. The importance of knowledge of chromosome numbers for discerning systematic relationships among taxa of Acanthaceae has been demonstrated previously (Daniel and Chuang 1993,1998; Daniel etal. 1984,1990). Further determinations of chromosome numbers among Papuasian and Australian Acanthaceae should assist in the elucidation of their taxonomy and phylogeny. Acknowledgements My fieldwork in Papua New Guinea was made possible by a fellowship from the Christensen Research Institute. I am most thankful to that institute and its then director, Matthew Jebb, for facilitating my studies and for providing a hospitable research environment. I am grateful to M. Jebb, P. Forster, and D. Liddle for Austrobaileya 5(4): 651- 659 (2000) assistance in the field; to D. Liddle for arranging for shipment of bud samples; and to T.I. Chuang, F.M. Chuang, and F. Almeda for assistance with chromosome preparations and interpretations. References Backer, C.A. & Bakhuizen Van Den Brink J.R., R.C. (1965). Flora of Java, vol. II. Groningen: N.V.P. Noordhoff. Bailey, L.H. (1949). Manual of Cultivated Plants. New York: MacMillan Publishing Co. Barker, R.M. (1986). A taxonomic revision of Australian Acanthaceae. J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 9: 1-286. -(1996). Additional species, new combinations and other notes on Acanthaceae of Australia. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 17: 137-152. Bremekamp, C.E.B. (1965). Delimitation and subdivision of the Acanthaceae. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 21-30. Bremekamp, C.E.B & Nannenga-Bremekamp, N.E.(1948). A preliminary survey of the Ruelliinae (Acanthaceae) of the Malay Archipelago and New Guinea. Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk., Tweede Sect. 45: 1-39. Brummitt, R. (1992). Vascular plant families and genera. Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens. Chuang, T.I., Chao, C.Y., HU, W.W.L. & Kwan, S.C. (1963). Chromosome numbers of the vascular plants of Taiwan. I. Taiwania 8: 51-66. Daniel, T.F. (1995). Revision of Odontonema (Acanthaceae) in Mexico. Contr. Univ. Michigan Herb. 20: 147-171. - (1999). Revision of Stenostephanus (Acanthaceae) in Mexico. Contr. Univ. Michigan Herb. 22: 47-93. Daniel, T.F. & Chuang, T.I. (1989). Chromosome numbers of some cultivated Acanthaceae. Baileya 23: 86-93. -(1993). Chromosome numbers of New World Acanthaceae. Syst. Bot. 18: 283-289. -(1998). Chromosome numbers of cultivated Acanthaceae and systematic implications. In Mathew, P. & Sivadasan, M. (eds.), Diversity and Taxonomy of Tropical Flowering Plants. Calicut: Mentor Books. Daniel, T.F., Chuang, T.I. & Baker, M.A. (1990). Chromosome numbers of American Acanthaceae. Syst. Bot. 15: 13-25. Daniel, Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea Daniel, T.F., Parfitt, B.D. & Baker, M.A. (1984). Chromosome numbers and their systematic implications in some North American Acanthaceae. Syst. Bot. 9: 346-355. Darlington, C.D. & Janaki Ammal, E.K. (1945). Chromosome Atlas of Cultivated Plants. London: George Allen & Unwin. De, A. (1966). Cytological, anatomical and palynological studies as an aid in tracing affinity and phylogeny in the family Acanthaceae. I. Cytological Studies. Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 29: 139-175. Ellis, J.L. (1962). Chromosome numbers in some members of Acanthaceae. Sci. & Cult. 28: 191— 192. Fosberg, R.F, Sachet, M.-H. & Oliver, R.L. (1993). Flora of Micronesia, 5: Bignoniaceae- Rubiaceae. Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 81: 1-135. Gill, L.S. (1971). Chromosome numbers in certain West-Himalayan bicarpellate species. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 98: 281. GoVINDARAJAN, T. & SlJBRAMANIAN, D. (1983). Karyomorphological studies in South Indian Acanthaceae. Cytologia 48: 491-504. Grant, W.F. (1955). A cytogenetic study in the Acanthaceae. Brittonia 8: 121-150. Hilsenbeck, R.A. (1983). In IOPB chromosome number reports LXXX. Taxon 32: 505-506. Hoft, R. (1992). Plants of New Guinea and the Solomon Islands, Dictionary of the genera and families of flowering plants and ferns. Wau Ecology Institute Handbook 13: 1-169. Kaur, J. (1970). Chromosome numbers in Acanthaceae-V. Sci. & Cult. 36: 103-106. Lindau, G. (1895). Acanthaceae. Pp. 274-354 in H.G.A. Engler and K.A.E. Prantl (eds ). Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 4 (3b). Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. Long, R.W. (1976). Biosystematics of Ruellia tuberosa L. (Acanthaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 63: 951-959. Mcdade, L.A. (1984). Systematic and reproductive biology of the Central American species of the Aphelandra pulcherrima complex (Acanthaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 104-165. 659 Mcdade, L.A., Masta, S.E., Moody, M.L. & Waters, E. (2000). Phylogenetic relationships among Acanthaceae: evidence from two genomes. Syst. Bot. 25: 105-120. Mcdade, L.A., Daniel, T.F., Masta, S.E. & Riley, K.M. (submitted). Phylogenetic relationships among the tribe Justicieae (Acanthaceae): evidence from molecular sequences, morphology, and cytology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. Mangenot, S. & Mangenot, G. (1962). Enquete sur les nombres chromosomiques dans une collection d’especes tropicales. Rev. Cytol. Biol. Veg. 25: 411-447. Manktelow, M., Mcdade, L.A., Oxelman, B., Furness, C.A. & Balkwill, M.-J. (in review). The enigmatic tribe Whitfieldieae (Acanthaceae): delimitation and phylogenetic relationships based on molecular and morphological data. Syst. Bot. Nanda, P.C. (1962). Chromosome number of some trees and shrubs. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 41: 271— 277. Poivano, M.A. & Bernardello, L.M. (1991). Chromosome numbers in Argentinean Acanthaceae. Syst. Bot. 16: 89-97. Raven, P.H. (1975). The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: cytology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 724-764. Ridley, H.N. (1923). The Flora of the Malay Peninsula , vol. II.London: L. Reeve & Co. Saggoo, M.I.S. & Bir, S.S. (1982). Cytological studies of certain Acanthaceae from Central India. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 91: 479-486. SUBRAMANIAN, D. & GOVINDARAJAN, T. (1980). Cytotaxonomy of some species of Acanthaceae. J. Cytol. Genet. 15: 90-92. Sugiura, T. (1936). Studies on the chromosome numbers in higher plants, with special reference to cytokinesis, I. Cytologia 7: 544-595. Valsala Devi, G. & Mathew, P.M. (1982). In IOPB chromosome number reports LXXVII. Taxon 31: 773. Verma, S.C. & Dhillon, S.S. (1967). In IOPB chromosome number reports XI. Taxon 16: 215-222. Wahlenbergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from central Queensland Paul I. Forster Summary Forster, Paul I. (2000). Wahlenbergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from central Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4): 661-665. Anew species Wahlenbergia celata P.I.Forst. is described and illustrated. It belongs to the group of fleshy-rooted, lithophytic Wahlenbergia species that is endemic in Queensland and the extreme north-east of New South Wales. Four species are now recognised in this group with new distributional data presented for the previously described species. An identification key to the species in this group is provided. Keywords: Campanulaceae, Wahlenbergia- Australia; Wahlenbergia celata , Wahlenbergia glabra , Wahlenbergia islensis , Wahlenbergia scopulicola Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia Introduction A comprehensive revision of the genus Wahlenbergia in Australia was provided by Smith (1992) wherein some twenty-six species were recognised, including several new taxa. Smith (1992) did not formalise an infrageneric classification for Wahlenbergia but did recognise a number of informal groups based on shared character states. The first of these groups he called the “W. scopulicola Group” and defined it by the shared characters of being “Densely tufted perennials with much-branched stems and short inflorescences, typically with only solitary flowers..."with “deeply campanulate corollas and hemispherical capsules”. Three species were included in this group, namely W. glabra P.J.Sm., W. islensis P.J.Sm. and W. scopulicola Carolin ex P.J.Sm., all endemic to southern Queensland, although W. scopulicola occurs in New South Wales by about 50 m at Mt Lindesay. An additional shared character state for these three species is the fleshy, tuberous tap-root that anchors the plant into crevices in the rocky substrates inhabited by all of them. Unlike the remaining, generally wide- ranging species of Australian Wahlenbergia , the species of this group are restricted endemics in cliffline microsites. Ongoing fieldwork in Queensland has revealed a number of additional populations of Wahlenbergia that can be assigned to Smith’s Group 1. One undescribed species is present in this material and is described in this paper. There are now a number of additional collections of the previously described species from new localities not seen by Smith (1992) and data is also presented on these. Taxonomy Materials and methods This revision is primarily based on collections held at BRI (as at early 1999) and CANB (examined prior to 1993). All species have been examined in the field. Description format is derived from that of Smith (1992). l.Wahlenbergia celata P.I.Forst., sp. nov. W. scopulicola Carolin ex P.J.Sm. afFmis, sed sepalis lineari-lanceolatis 2.5^1 mm longis (adversum sepala angusti-triangularia 1.5-2.2 mm longa), corollae Accepted for publication 5 January 2000 662 lobis multo brevioribus angustioribusque, 2-3 mmx2-2.2 mm (adversum lobos ellipticos ad ovatos et 5-9 mmx2.5-3.5 mm) et lobis stigmaticis longioribus ab eadifferens. Typus: Queensland. Leichhardt District: Bluebell Rock, State Forest 34, Ruined Castle Creek catchment, 7 Nov 1998, P.I.Forster PIF23930 & R.Booth & R.Crane (holo: BRI; iso: BRI, K, MEL). Perennial herb with a thickened taproot, tufted, many-stemmed. Stems 5-25 cm long, decumbent or pendent, crowded, much- branched, sparsely hirsute; hairs to 0.5 mm long. Leaves alternate, rarely subopposite, elliptic, obovate or oblanceolate, becoming predominantly oblanceolate towards the top of the stems, 4-30 mm long, 0.8-7 mmm wide, apex obtuse to acute, base cuneate, petiolate for up to 2 mm, sparsely hirsute; margins entire or irregularly toothed, slightly recurved. Flowers solitary; pedicels 10-50 mm long, hirsute in lower half, + glabrous in upper half, without bracteoles. Hypanthium hemispherical, 1.5-2.2 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals 5, erect to slightly spreading, linear-lanceolate, 2.5^1 mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide at base, with scattered indumentum. Corolla deeply campanulate, blue; puberulous inside at base, otherwise glabrous; tube 4-5 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter, longer than the sepals; lobes 5, triangular, the apex acute, 2-3 mm long, 2- 2.2 mm wide at the base. Stamens 5, filaments 1-1.2 mm long, white; anthers 2-2.5 mm long. Austrobaileya 5(4): 661-665 (2000) Ovary 3-locular. Style 4-5 mm long, 3-fid, indistinctly constricted 1/2 to 2/3 below from the stigmatic lobes and covered with pollen presenting hairs above the constriction; 0 or 1 gland below each stigmatic cleft; stigmatic lobes 1.2-1.5 mm long. Capsule hemispherical, 3-5 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter, glabrous. Seeds oblong, 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter, tan-brown. Fig. 1. Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Leichhardt District: [all NW of Taroom] Palmgrove N.P., Nov 1998, Forster PIF23734 & Booth (BRI, MEL, NSW); S.F.35 [now S.F.50], upper reaches of Sandy Creek, Nov 1998, Forster PIF23900 & Booth (BRI); Ralphs Big Rock, S.F.34 [now S.F.50], Ruined Castle Creek catchment, Nov 1998, Forster PIF23934 et al. (AD, BRI, K, MEL, NSW); Glenhaughton Gorge, Expedition N.P., Sep 1999, Forster PIF24792 et al. (AD, BRI, MEL); Glenhaughton Gorge, Expedition N.P., Sep 1999, Forster PIF24829 et al. (BRI, MEL). Distribution and habitat: Wahlenbergia celata has been found to date at five localities with four in close proximity in the Bigge Range north-west of Taroom. Plants grow on heavily weathered sandstone clifflines on large isolated monoliths or in deeply incised gorges. The surrounding eucalypt dominated woodland comprises admixtures of Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) KD.Hill & L.A.S Johnson,C. watsoniana (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L. A. S. Johnson, Eucalyptus apothalassica L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, E. fibrosaF.Mudl , E. tenuipes (Maiden & Blakely) Blakely & C.T.White and Lysicarpus angustifolius (Hook.) Druce. Species in close Key to the fleshy-rooted, lithophytic species of Wahlenbergia in Queensland and New South Wales 1. Leaves hairy, petiolate .2 Leaves glabrous, sessile.3 2. Sepals linear-lanceolate, 2.5^1 mm long; corolla lobes triangular with acute tip, 2-3 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide at base; stigmatic lobes 1.2-1.5 mm long.W. celata Sepals narrow-triangular, 1.5-2.2 mm long; corolla lobes elliptic to ovate with acute tip, 5-9 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide at base; stigmatic lobes 0.5-1.3 mm long. W. scopulicola 3. Corolla lobes 5.5-9 mm long; leaves subopposite, narrowly elliptic, 2.5^1 mm wide. W. glabra Corolla lobes 3.5-5.5 mm long; leaves all alternate, linear, < 1.5 mm wide. W. islensis Forster, Wahlenbergia celata association on the rockfaces include Conospermum sphacelatum Hook., Leptospermum sericatum Lindl., Logania cordifolia Hook, and Mitrasacme oasena Dunlop. At one locality W. celata is closely sympatric with W. islensis but seems to be restricted to moister microsites. Notes: Wahlenbergia celata is perhaps most closely allied to W. scopulicola that is endemic to the Scenic Rim of south-east Queensland (Forster 1994). The two species are disjunct by c. 500 km and differ primarily in floral characters. W. celata has sepals that are linear-lanceolate and 2.5-4 mm long; corolla lobes that are triangular with an acute tip, 2-3 mm long and 2-2.2 mm wide at the base; and stigmatic lobes 1.2-1.5 mm long. By comparison W. scopulicola has sepals that are narrow-triangular and 1.5- 2.2 mm long; corolla lobes that are elliptic to ovate with an acute tip, 5-9 mm long and 2.5- 3.5 mm wide at the base; and stigmatic lobes 0.5-1.3 mm long. Smith (1992) stated that W. scopulicola has sepals up to 3 mm long, but I have not seen this extreme on the available material. Wahlenbergia celata also has considerably less hairy foliage than plants of W. scopulicola from the type locality (Mt Lindesay) and an additional site at Mt Cougal. A population of W. scopulicola at Bushrangers Cave near Numinbah has only sparsely hairy foliage and was initially segregated as a separate entity (Henderson 1997), but does not differ in other characters from the type material. Hence the density of foliage indumentum does not appear to be a useful character to differentiate between W. celata and W. scopulicola. Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from the Latin word celatus (concealed) and refers to the primary habitat of this species in incised sandstone gorges. Conservation status: The known localities are contained within two National Parks and one State Forest at pristine sites unlikely to be disturbed in the forseeable future. On present knowledge the species is restricted in occurrence but locally abundant. The area is poorly explored and contains many hectares of such habitat and it is highly likely that the 663 species will be found to be quite common in the area. No conservation coding is recommended. 2. Wahlenbergia glabraP.J.Sm.,Telopea 5:113 (1992). Type: Queensland Moreton District: near the summit of Mt Cordeaux, Dec 1973 ,PJ. Smith 55 (holo: NSWn.v.). Recent (post 1990) specimens examined: Queensland. Darling Downs District: The Steamers, E of Emu Vale, May 1990, Bean 1539 (BRI, NSW); Mt Huntley, western slopes, Oct 1992, Forster PIF11841 et at. (BRI, MEL); Condamine Gorge, near Paddys Knob, Mar 1993, Sparshott KS41 & Sparshott (BRI). Moreton District: Mt Mitchell, Cunningham’s Gap, Aug 1992, Forster PIF11097 & Reilly (BRI, MEL, NSW); Mt Cordeaux, Aug 1992, Forster PIF11181 & Reilly (BRI); Wilson’s Peak, Main Range N.P., Oct 1992, Halford Q1537 (BRI); Southern summit of Mt Doubletop, Main Range S of Cunninghams Gap, Aug 1994, Leiper AQ632132 (BRI). Notes: W. glabra has been found at a number of additional localities within the range as previously described by Smith (1992). It is endemic to the “Scenic Rim” of south-east Queensland (Forster 1994). Wahlenbergia glabra does not co-occur with W. scopulicola and is found in more westerly parts of the Scenic Rim on trachyte substrates. 3. Wahlenbergia islensis P.J.Sm., Telopea 5: 114 (1992). Type: Queensland. Leichardt District: near Isla Gorge, 13 Sep 1974, P.J. Smith 132 (holo: NSWn.v.). Recent (post 1990) specimens examined: Queensland. Leichardt District: Robinson Gorge N.P [now Expedition N.P], Sep 1992, Forster PIF11290 & Sharpe (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW); Robinson Gorge, Expedition N.P, Sep 1995, Forster PIF17787 & Figg (BRI); Bluebell Rock, S.F.34 [now S.F.50], Ruined Castle Creek catchment, NW of Taroom, Nov 1998, Forster PIF23927 et al. (AD, BRI, MEL, NE, NSW); Bat Cave Gorge, Palmgrove N.P., Sep 1999, Forster PIF24728 & Booth (BRI, MEL); Turpentine Gorge, Palmgrove N.P., Sep 1999, Forster PIF24770 & Booth (BRI, MEL). Notes: W. islensis is now known from several more easterly localities in the Expedition and Bigge Ranges than known to Smith (1992). This species has been found only on sandstone clifflines. At Bluebell Rock the species is closely sympatric with W. celata but occurs in drier microsites. 664 Austrobaileya 5(4): 661-665 (2000) Fig. 1 . Wahlenbergia celata. A. habit of flowering and fruiting plant. x0.5. B. single leaf showing indumentum. x5. C. flower.x5. D. expanded corolla.x5. E. fruit.x5. F. style.xlO. A,B,E from Forster PIF23930 et al.(BRI); C,D,F from Forster PIF23934 et al. (BRI). Del. W. Smith. Forster, Wahlenbergia celata 4. Wahlenbergia scopulicola Carolin ex P. J. Sm., Telopea 5: 111 (1992). Type: Queensland/ New South Wales. Moreton/North Coast: Mt Lindesay, 31 May 1959, R.C. Carolin 964 (holo: NSWn.v.). Wahlenbergia sp. (Numinbah P.I.Forster +PIF13868) (Henderson 1997). Recent (post 1990) specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton District: The Cougals, Springbrook N.P., Mt Cougal section, Oct 1994, Forster PIF15854 & Leiper (BRI); Above the “Bushrangers” cave, lower slopes of Mt Wagawn, Nov 1992, Leiper AQ548270 (BRI); Bushrangers Cave, 1 km W of Numinbah Border gate, Sepl993, Forster PIF13868 & Leiper (BRI). New South Wales. S. face of Mt Lindesay, Nov 1990, Halford 369 (BRI, MEL, NSW). Notes: W. scopulicola is endemic to the Scenic Rim of south-east Queensland (Forster 1994). This species was known to Smith (1992) only from Mt Lindesay, but has now been found at two more easterly localities in the Scenic Rim. Wahlenbergia scopulicola occurs on rhyolite substrates and is more easterly in its distribution than W. glabra. 665 Acknowledgements This paper is dedicated to the late Ralph Crane who was present when this species was first discovered. Thanks to W. Smith (BRI) for the illustrations and PBostock (BRI) for translation of the diagnosis into Latin and comments on the manuscript. Fieldwork in the “Scenic Rim” of Queensland in 1992 was facilitated with a National Estate grant to study montane heathland. Assistance with fieldwork on which materials pertinent to this paper were collected, was provided by R.Booth (BRI), F.Carter (QPWS - Taroom), R.Crane, S.Figg (formerly BRI), GLeiper, R.Reilly (formerly BRI) and PR Sharpe. References Forster, P.I. (1994). Bill Tullock Memorial Lecture 1994. “Flora of the Scenic Rim”. SGAP Qld. Region Bulletin 33: 29-36. Henderson, R.J.F. (1997). Campanulaceae. In Henderson, R.J.F. (ed ), Queensland Plants Names and Distribution , pp. 41-42. Brisbane: Department of Environment. Smith, P.J. (1992). A revision of the genus Wahlenbergia (Campanulaceae) in Australia. Telopea 5: 91-175. The Identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia (Rutaceae): Evidence from DNA sequences Kirsten D. Scott, Wayne K. Harris and Julia Play ford. Summary Scott, Kirsten D., Harris, Wayne K. & Playford, Julia. (2000). The Identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia (Rutaceae): Evidence from DNA sequences. Austrobaileya 5(4): 667-669. Nucleotide sequencing of two independent genomic regions has shown that two Flindersia species, F. oppositifolia F.Muell and F. pimenteliana F.Muell were genetically indistinguishable. This coupled with supporting morphological observations by Hartley (1969) and Whiffin (1982) has lead us to reassess the taxonomic status of the two species. The new recombination is Flindersia pimenteliana F.Muell. forma oppositifolia (F.Muell.) K. D. Scott, W. K. Harris & J.Playford, comb. & stat. nov. Key words: Rutaceae, Flindersia pimenteliana, Flindersia oppositifolia DNA sequences, systematics, Australia Kirsten D.Scott: Centre for Plant Conservation Genetics, Military Rd, PO Box 157, Fismore 2480. Corresponding author; email: kscott@zen.uq.edu.au Wayne K.Harris: Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong QFD 4066 Julia Playford: Department of Botany and the Co-operative Research Centre for Tropical Rainforest Ecology and Management, The University of Queensland, St. Fucia, Queensland 4072 Introduction The genus Flindersia R.Br. is a predominantly Australian group with one species in the Moluccas, one in New Caledonia and four in New Guinea (Hartley 1969). The genus has 17 species in total, and they are found from rainforest through to semi-arid habitats. During a study on the molecular phylogeny of the genus (Scott et al. , in press) it became apparent that F. oppositifolia and F. pimenteliana were anomalous, in that their nucleotide sequences in two different genomic regions were identical. This coupled with the observations and conclusions of Hartley (1969) that the two species were very closely related andWhiffin’s (1982) conclusion that F. oppositifolia (F.Muell.) was a ‘highly derived montane form’ of F. pimenteliana F.Muell. has lead us to reassess the taxonomic status of the two species. Accepted for publication 7 April 2000 Methods DNA was extracted from 3 individuals of F. oppositifolia and F. pimenteliana from both fresh and herbarium material, using the extraction protocol of Scott and Playford (1996). PCR of both the chloroplast and the nuclear DNA fragments was in a 25pi volume containing: 1.5 mM MgCl 0 ,10 mM KC1,20 mM Tris-HCl (pH8.7), 10 mM (NH 4 ), S0 4 , 5 pi of Qmix (Qiagen, Clifton Hill), 0.2 mM each dNTP, 0.25 pM each primer (chloroplast primers e and f; Taberlet et al. 1991: nuclear ITS-1 primers; GN1 - Scott and Playford 1996, and C1-5’ TAC GTT CTT CAT CGA TGC GA 3’ G.Graham personal communication), 1.25 U Taq polymerase (Qiagen, Clifton Hill) and 20 ng DNA. Thermal cycling was in a FTS-1 Thermal Sequencer (Corbett Research, Mortlake) on a program of 94°C for 20 s, 55°C for 20 s, and 72°C for 90 s, for 35 cycles. 3 pi of each reaction were run on a 1% TBE agarose gel to confirm amplification. The remaining PCR product was purified by the addition of an equal volume of 668 PEG buffer (30% Polyethylene Glycol 8000,30 mM MgClQ, followed by a 10 min centrifugation at 15 000 g. The pellet was rinsed with 70% ethanol, dried and resuspended in 10 pi of sterile MQ water for sequencing. Sequencing was in a 20 pi volume containing 8 pi of ABI dye terminator chemistry (Perkin Elmer, Melbourne), 0.05 pM of primer and 50 ng of PCR product. The sequencing reaction was in a FTS-1 Thermal sequencer (Corbett Research, Mortlake) with a program of 96°C for 10 s, 50°C for 15 s and 60°C for 4 min, for 25 cycles. Sequences were run on an ABI 373A DNA sequencer. Sequences were aligned using Sequence Navigator (Applied Biosystems Inc, Verl 1994). Results Two gene fragments were sequenced in both directions for the construction of a molecular phylogeny of Flindersia (Scott et al. , in press). The two fragments were the ITS-1 spacer (including 68 bp of 18S rRNA gene and 20 bp of 5.8S rRNA) which is nuclear, and the intergenic spacer between trnL-trnE of the chloroplast. The ITS-1 being nuclear is biparentally inherited, while the chloroplast trnL-trnE would be maternally inherited, as chloroplasts are maternally inherited in most plants. Both DNA fragments were able to differentiate every species within the genus, with the exception of F. pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia (Scott et al. in press). The ITS-1 fragment in A pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia was 311 base pairs long. Sequence divergence for ITS-1 ranged from 1.2-13.4% between species pairs, with the exception of F. pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia that were identical. Similar studies using ITS-1 have reported sequence divergences of 5-48.9% between species in the genus Gentiana (Yuan et al. 1996), and 0.7-21 % between species pairs in Fraxinus (Jeandroz et al. 1997). Given that the resolution of the ITS sequence data has in this case defined all other species within the genus, in addition to describing intraspecific variation in five of the 17 species of Flindersia, it would support the assertion that F. pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia do not constitute discrete taxa. Austrobaileya 5(4): 667- 669(2000) The second fragment that was sequenced, was from the chloroplast, and was 372 base pairs long. The trn fragment, like the ITS fragment was able to distinguish all other species within Flindersia , with the exception of differentiating F. pimenteliana from F. oppositifolia. The chloroplast fragment was less variable than the nuclear fragment with 0.25-4.2% sequence divergence between Flindersia species pairs. Sequence divergence between species pairs of Alnus have ranged from 0.87-1.52% with divergence values in Fraxinus ranging from 0.65-1.14% (Gielly and Taberlet 1994). The genetic evidence provided from two independent gene fragments, would suggest that F. pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia do not show a level of genetic diversity which would be indicative of species recognition within Flindersia. Systematics Whilst different in habit and adult leaf form, both Hartley (1969) and Whiffin (1982) pointed out the similarities between F. pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia in the characters of the fruit, seed and seedlings and regarded both as being closely similar and Whiffin (op. cit .) suggested that F. oppositifolia (as unifoliata ) was a ‘highly derived montain form of F. pimenteliana ’ and his figure four showing the phylogeny of the genus places the two species in the one clade. Based on the observations of these authors and the molecular evidence presented above, we believe that the status of F. oppositifolia should be reassessed and make the following recombination. Flindersia pimenteliana F.Muell. forma oppositifolia (F.Muell.)K. D. Scott,W. K. Harris & J.Playford, comb. & stat. nov.; Hypsophila oppositifolia F.Muell., Viet. Nat. 9:11 (1892). Type: [Queensland, Cook District]: Mt Bartle Frere, 1892, Johnson (lecto: MEL fide Hartley & Jessup (1982)) n.v. Flindersia oppositifolia (F.Muell.) Hartley & Jessup, Brunonia 5:109 (1982). Flindersia unifoliata Hartley, J. Arnold Arb. 50:498 (1969); Type: [Queensland, Cook District]: Mt Bellenden Ker, Sayer 136, (holo: MELw.v.). 669 Scott, Harris, Playford, Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia Acknowledgements This research project was supported by a grant from the Co-operative Research Centre for Tropical Rainforest Ecology and Management. We would like to thank the Queensland Herbarium, Australian National Botanic Gardens, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, and Trevor Whiffin for providing plant material. References Gielly, L., and Taberlet, P. (1994). Chloroplast DNA polymorphism at the intrageneric level and plant phylogenies. C.R. Academy of Science Paris, Sciences de la vie 317: 685-692. Hartley, T. G. (1969). A revision of the genus Flindersia (Rutaceae). Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 50: 481-523. Jeandroz, S., Roy, A. and Bousquet, J. (1997). Phylogeny and phylogeography of the circumpolar genus Fraxinus (Oleaceae) based on Internal Transcribed Spacer sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 7: 241-251. Scott, K.D., McIntyre, C. L., and Playford, J. (in press) Molecular analyses suggest a need for a significant rearrangement of Rutaceae subfamilies and a minor reassessment of species relationships within Flindersia. Plant Systematics and Evolution Scott, K., and Playford, J. (1996). A DNA extraction technique for PCR in rainforest plant species. Biotechniques 20: 974-978. Taberlet, P, Gielly, L., Pautou, G, and Bouvet, J. (1991). Universal primers for amplification of three non-coding regions of chloroplast DNA. Plant Molecular Biology 17: 1105-1109. Whiffin, T. (1982). Variation and evolution in the genus Flindersia (Rutaceae). 1 review of the genus. Australian Journal of Botany 30: 635- 643. Yuan, Y-M., KUpfer, P., and Doyle, J. J. (1996). Infrageneric phylogeny of the genus Gentiana (Gentianaceae) inferred from nucleotide sequences of the internal transcribed spacers (ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA. American Journal of Botany 83: 641-652. Table 1: Genbank and herbarium accession numbers for ITS-1 smdtrnL-tmF Taxon Herbarium Accessions ITS-1 Genbank trnL-trnF Genbank or sample origin Accessions Accessions Flindersia oppositifolia BRIAQ 522053 BRIAQ 484238 BRI AQ 459477 AF025500* AF026021* Flindersia pimenteliana BRIAQ 522064 BRIAQ 522058 Australian National Botanic Gardens AF025501* AF026022* * Note that there is only a single genbank submission for the herbarium accessions, as the sequences for each species were identical. Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence in Queensland, Australia Paul I. Forster & Miriam Schmeider Summary Forster, P.I. & Schmeider, M. (2000). Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence in Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 5(4):671-677. The first records of Cereus uruguayanus Ritt. ex Kiesl. as a naturalised weed in Australia are reported. Several populations occur in western Queensland on heavy clay soils in natural and disturbed woodland of brigalow (Acacia harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth.) and belah ( Casuarina cristata Miq.). Endozoochorial dispersal is thought to be responsible for the spread of this species in natural vegetation and eradication is recommended. It is estimated that at least 3240 individuals occur at one locality near Glenmorgan. Size class structure of this population is described which shows a preponderance of seedling juveniles and large mature plants. The stand is also notable for the high proportion of fasciated (10.9%)and monstrous (20.2%) individuals that occur. This represents the first numerical data on fasciation and monstrousity in a population, albeit naturalised, of Cactaceae. Keywords: Cereus uruguayanus, fasciation, monstrousity, naturalised weeds P.I. Forster & M. Schmeider, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong QLD 4066 Introduction Species of Cactaceae have been remarkably successful in colonising the Australian continent with thirty species currently considered as being naturalised (Forster 1996). The majority of naturalised species are from the genus Opuntia, although taxa from the genera Acanthocereus , Epiphyllum , Harrisia (syn. Eriocereus ), Hylocereus, Nyctocereus, Pereskia and Selenicereus are also present (Telford 1984; Hosking etal. 1988; Forster 1996). The majority of these naturalised species are shrubby to arborescent, spiny succulents with Opuntia tomentosa Salm-Dyck attaining a height of 7 m in some situations. To date, cacti with globular (eg. Echinopsis or Mammillaria ) or candelabra habits (eg. Cereus and related genera) have been largely absent from the Australian naturalised cactus flora. Naturalisations of species such as Echinopsis multiplex (Pfeiff) Zucc. have been localised adventives and easily contained (Mann 1970; Hosking et al. 1988) and were excluded from recent listings of naturalised cacti (eg. Telford 1984; Forster 1996). In this paper we document an extensive naturalisation of Cereus Accepted for publication 5 January 2000 uruguayanus Ritt. ex Kiesl. encountered during a visit in February 1997 to the property “Myall Park” near Glenmorgan. An additional naturalisation has also been found near Tara and another reported from the gemfields at Anakie (J.Higgins pers. comm. 1999). Cereus uruguayanus is native to Argentina, Brazil and Uruguay but has been widely cultivated around the world since the early 1800’s, usually under the name C.peruvianus Mill. Kiesling (1982) established that the name C. peruvianus was misapplied and renamed the species as C. uruguayanus Ritt. ex Kiesl. Hunt (1992) has referred without justification, both the names C. peruvianus auct. and C. uruguayanus to the synonymy of C. hildmannianus and Taylor (1998) has recently recombined C. uruguayanus as a subspecies of C. hildmannianus. This latter combination was made in a privately published journal series that specialises in automatic tranfers of names with often no justification to support them. In the case of Taylor’s new combination there is no explanation offered and until such time as a comprehensive revision of the genus is provided it is more appropriate to follow the nomenclatural lead of Kiesling (1982), a recognised authority on Argentinian cacti. 672 In his classic work on the cultivation of cacti, Borg (1937) stated that the species [as C. peruvianus ] was “Long known in cultivation”. Despite its ubiquity in cultivation, there is little ecological or taxonomic information available about this species. Britton & Rose (1920) in their monograph of Cactaceae provide a brief account of both C. hildmannianus and C. peruvianus, stating that the former occurs in Brazil and the latter in south-eastern South America. Benson (1982) commented that the species (as C. peruvianus) was commonly naturalised on Kauai in Hawaii where it was sometimes a pest of pastures. Most contemporary books on cacti omit mention of the species (eg. Barthlott 1979; Andersohn 1983) and accurately identified illustrations are scarce and generally incomplete lacking flowers and fruit (Taylor 1968; Hunter 1988a; Glass & Foster 1989; Innes & Glass 1991; Silva & Sazima 1995). At a locality in south¬ eastern Brazil, C. uruguayanus is stated to occur on rocky outcrops in both forested and deforested areas (Silva & Sazima 1995, as C. peruvianus ). These authors found that this cactus was predominantly pollinated by hawkmoths and that seasonal flowering coincided with an activity peak for these insects. Fasciation and monstrosity of the stem is common in naturalised Australian populations ofC. uruguayanus , hence we also report on its numerical occurrence at one locality. Fasciation in cacti occurs when the apical meristem divides in an abnormal manner forming unusual fan-shaped stems (Synder & Weber 1966; Boke & Ross 1978; Gibson & Nobel 1986) and is thought to be due to several factors, such as external stimuli, disease or heredity (Synder & Weber 1966). Monstrosity in cacti occurs where each shoot loses its vegetative point after producing a few areoles with new growth points produced in an irregular manner. Such fasciated and monstrose clones of cacti are often popular as ornamentals. To the best of our knowledge, there are no detailed studies of fasciation and monstrosity in natural populations of cacti, although the occurrence of isolated individuals in the wild is occasionally reported as a curiosity (eg. Graham 1962; Lindsay 1962; Foster 1965; Synder & Austrobaileya 5(4): 671 - 677 (2000) Weber 1966; Hunter 1984; Sauleda & Sauleda 1984) and often formally named (eg. Borg 1937; Lindsay 1963; Backeberg 1976). We believe our study to be the first that details the numerical occurrence of fasciation and monstrosity, albeit in a naturalised population. Materials and Methods Site Description & History. The study site is situated on the property “Myall Park” (27°12’S, 149° 39’E), near Glenmorgan some 330 km west of Brisbane. “Myall Park” is the site of a private botanic garden “Myall Park Botanic Garden Ltd.” that is primarily devoted to Western Australian species and was established in the 1940’s by the redoubtable David Gordon (McKenzie 1995). Up until the introduction of the moth Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg) in 1933, the area around Glenmorgan was severely infested with 'prickly pear’ ( Opuntia stricta (Haw.) Haw.) and would appear to be suitable for the persistence of different sorts of cacti. Several other species of cacti were believed to have been cultivated at the “Myall Park” homestead by the late 1940’s (N.Lester, pers. comm. 1997) and it is assumed that the population of C. uruguayanus originates from this time. C. uruguayanus was semi- commercially available from nurseries by 1936 (Swinbourne 1982) and by the late 1950’s was commonly cultivated inAustralia (Fuaux 1957; Hayes 1958 [all as C. peruvianus]). At “Myall Park” individuals of C. uruguayanus (Voucher: Forster 20334 & Watson: BRI) are concentrated (27° 12' 16 M S, 149° 39’ 35"E) in c. 6 ha of disturbed, but reasonably intact woodland dominated by Casuarina cristata Miq. (belah) and Acacia harpophylla F.Muell. exBenth. (brigalow) on heavy clay alluvium. Brigalow often occurs as ‘clumps’ as a result of the formation of‘gilgai’, which are depressions in the soil that hold water after heavy rain (Johnson, 1980). The cacti are predominantly concentrated in these clumps of brigalow. Scattered individuals occur outside of this area, nearly always in clumps of natural vegetation, and the furthest individual observed was about 1 km away from the main naturalisation (27°12'40"S, 149 o 40'14"E). A similar distribution of individuals was also Forster, Schmeider, Cereus uruguayanus in Queensland 673 Fig. 1 . Cereus uruguayanus. A. budding ‘normal’ stem. B. ‘monstrous’ stem. C. ‘cristate’ stem. D. fruit (whole). E. fruit cross-section. F. seedling. All from Forster 20334 & Watson (BRI). Del. W. Smith. 674 observed in the population nearTara (Voucher: Forster PIF24959 & Booth, BRI), except that the brigalow community is more disturbed being mainly regrowth. Methodology : Ten quadrats of 10 x 5 m were placed deliberately within the main concentration of cacti. All individuals of cacti in a quadrat were scored for several features of size class and stem form. Four size (age) classes of plants were designated - 0-50 cm (classified as juveniles) (Fig. IE). 50-100 cm (classified as mature as they are capable of flowering and several showed evidence of this). 1 -2 m (generally unbranched if with normal stem morphology). > 2m (generally branched and with a candelabra habit). Three classes of stem organisation were recognised - ‘normal’ stems (Fig. 1 A) where the 5-7 ribs are not sinuately indented between areoles and are more or less straight. ‘monstrous’ stems (Fig. IB) where 7 or more ribs are present with marked indention between areoles and the ribs are rarely straight. ‘cristate’ stems (Fig. 1C) where it is not possible to accurately ascertain the rib number due to the form of apical cell division where many areoles are densely concentrated and the ribs are never straight. Spiral stems as illustrated by Hunter (1988a) were not observed nor were cristate flowers as described and illustrated by Muller (1988). Results: Two hundred and sixty-seven individuals of C. uruguayanus were recorded from the 10 quadrats with an average of twenty- seven individuals per plot. Based on this average it is estimated that the total population could be in excess of 3240 individuals. Collectively there was a preponderance of immature seedlings and large (> 1 m) individuals (Fig. 2). Austrobaileya 5(4): 671 - 677 (2000) ‘NormaF individuals make up the bulk of the total population surveyed (68.9%), followed by those with cristate stems (20.2%) and monstrous stems (10.9%) (Fig. 3). ‘Cristate’ individuals are more frequent in the smaller size classes and for plants over 2 m in height make up only 9.3% of the population (Fig. 2). Discussion Natural History There are few detailed studies available of size class structure in cacti and none for natural populations of Cereus uruguayanus. As indicated in the materials and methods, the cacti were noticeably concentrated in natural vegetation of brigalow clumps. In South Africa, Taylor & Walker (1984) found that the closely related C. jamacaru DC. [as C.peruvianus but see Glen 1997 for correct nomenclature] could only establish on fine-textured soils with a high density of shade trees. The requirement of “prey refugia” and “nurse” plants that create a suitable microclimate for establishment of succulent plants is now well known (Steenbergh & Lowe 1969; Nobel 1988; McAuliffe 1984). The clumped distribution of C. uruguayanus at “Myall Park” indicates that a similar process is occurring, but it is likely to be mainly due to “nurse” plant availability rather than “prey refugia”. Most of the seedlings observed were not hidden in dense natural vegetation, and predation was noticeably absent on individuals that were otherwise readily accessible. Brigalow clumps may act as a “nurse” plant for C. uruguayanus by providing microclimatic conditions suitable for seedling establishment and by acting as foci for seed dispersal. This cactus is dependent on cross¬ pollination between different individuals for fruit to be produced (Silva & Sazima 1995). The resultant fleshy fruit with numerous seeds (Fig. ID) appears suited for endozoochorial dispersal by birds (Bregman 1988). Most of the cacti that are serious pests in Australia are thought to have fruit (and hence seed) that are eaten and dispersed by birds and mammals (Hosking et al. 1988). If this is the case forC. uruguayanus , it would be worth observing birds that utilise 675 Forster, Schmeider, Cereus uruguayanus in Queensland Size classes Fig. 2. Total size class distribution for 267 individuals of C. uruguayanus in 10 quadrats at “Myall Park”. brigalow clumps for roosting to determine those that feed on these fruit and whether they disperse seed over any distance. As yet this naturalisation is relatively localised, but isolated plants up to a kilometre away would indicate successful endozoochorial dispersal is occurring. The brigalow belt, although widespread in eastern Australia, is now endangered due to clearing for intensive agriculture and cattle grazing and has about 2.2% of its original occurrence conserved in reserves (Young et al. 1999). Given the scale of the naturalisation of C. jamacaru in South Africa by 1984 (c. 3000 ha), and the success of other cacti as agricultural and environmental weeds in Australia (Hoskingef al. 1988; Forster 1996), particularly in brigalow communities (McFadyen 1984), it is important that it be successfully controlled. The size class distribution of individuals at “Myall Park” is different to that found by Taylor & Walker (1984) for C. jamacaru as there is a greater preponderance of seedlings and large mature individuals in relation to intermediate sized plants. Such a ‘bell’ shaped distribution was implied by Taylor & Walker (1984) to indicate unstable populations where stand structure had not yet stabilised and competition between individuals was not restricting seedling establishment. At “Myall Park”, seedlings were generally well scattered, although in instances where they were closely situated competition for resources would had to have been a factor. Once established, growth of seedlings of C. uruguayanus is rapid and maturity is reached within 3 or 4 years (pers. obs. 1978-1997 on cultivated plants at Didcot). Prior to 1996 the area near Glenmorgan had experienced over 5 years of periodic drought and this may have been responsible for a lack of intermediate sized plants that would have established in that period. The only way to determine these sorts of trends would be to establish permanent plots with tagged individuals; however, in the current situation it would be better if the population was eradicated. monstrous cristate 11% Fig. 3. Total percentage of ‘normal’, ‘cristate’ and ‘monstrous’ individuals of 267 C. uruguayanus plants in 10 quadrats at “Myall Park”. 676 Fasciation Fasciation and monstrosity in C. uruguayanus was first documented by de Candolle in 1800 for cultivated material and various infraspecific taxa have been named to encompass these forms (Britton & Rose 1922, Borg 1937; Kiesling 1982). These infraspecific taxa have been mainly described under C. peruvianus and none have been transferred to C. uruguayanus to date and most discussion of the species still persists under the misapplied name (eg. Hunter 1988a,b; Muller 1988, Machado et al. 2000). This current study demonstrates that fasciation and monstrosity may arise continuously within a population indicating a genetic tendency for this to occur. It has been speculated that somatic cross-overs are a possible mechanism for inducing this variation (Machado et al. 2000). Some ‘normal’ individuals of C. uruguayanus were also noted as having the occasional ‘monstrous’ or ‘cristate’ branch, hence there is no justification for recognition of such teratological forms as infraspecific taxa as undertaken by Britton & Rose (1922) or Backeberg (1976). Rather, if such forms have to be provided with a name, then selected clones should be designated as cultivars. Given the confused history and doubtful typification of the infraspecific taxa for fasciated individuals described under C. peruvianus (Kiesling 1982), it would be wise to arrive at a totally new set of names for such forms of C. uruguayanus if so required. Fasciated individuals of cacti occur rarely in nature (eg. Graham 1962; Lindsay 1962,1963; Synder & Weber 1966) or cultivation, but seem to be very commonly recorded for C. uruguayanus^ Kiesling 1982; Hunter 1988a; Muller 1988; Glass & Foster 1989, Machado et al. 2000). In the case of the monstrous forms of Lophocereus schottii (Englem.) Britt. & Rose described by Lindsay (1963), both were thought to be clones that reproduced vegetatively. Both Graham (1962) and Lindsay (1962) stated or inferred that some populations of cacti tended to have a greater tendency for fasciation than others, but apart from mentioning some localities, did not document numerical occurrence in the wild. This Austrobaileya 5(4): 671 - 677 (2000) naturalised population of C. uruguayanus is probably unusual for the relatively high percentage of such plants but may be a result of the founding individual or individuals carrying genes for this abnormality. Hunter (1988b) stated that seedlings from fruit of the ‘monstrose’ form of C. uruguayanus will be nearly 100% true to fonn. In the current example, juveniles or small adults of both ‘cristate’ and ‘monstrous’ individuals were more common than large mature individuals over 2 m in height. Acknowledgements Thanks are due to W. Smith for the drawings in Fig. 1, to A.Wood for translation of Kiesling (1982), to N.Lester and D.Gordon for snippets of Myall Park history, to C.C.Walker for a copy of Taylor (1998) and to G.N.Batianoff and P.D.Bostock for reviewing the manuscript. References Andersohn, G. (1983). Cacti and Succulents. Wakefield: EP Publishing Limited. Backeberg, C. (1976). Cactus Lexicon. 3rd ed. Poole: Blandford Press Ltd. Barthlott, W. (1979). Cacti. Cheltenham: Stanley Thornes (Publishers) Ltd. Benson, L. (1982). The Cacti of the United States and Canada. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Boke, N.H. & Ross, R.G. (1978). Fasciation and dichotomous branching in Echinocereus (Cactaceae). American Journal of Botany 65:522-530. Borg, J. (1937). Cacti. London: Macmillan & Co. Ltd. Bregman, R. (1988). Forms of seed dispersal in Cactaceae. Acta Botanica Neerlandica 37:395-402. Britton, N.L. & Rose, J.N. (1920). The Cactaceae. Descriptions and Illustrations of Plants of the Cactus Family. The Carnegie Institute of Washington, Publication 248, Vol. 2. Washington. Forster, PI. (1996). Naturalised succulents in the Australian flora. Haseltonia 4:57-65. Foster, R. (1965). A tortuous form of Machaerocereus gummosus. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 37:158-159. 677 Forster, Schmeider, Cereus uruguayanus in Queensland Fuaux, L. (1957). Questions & Answers. Cactus & Succulent Journal of New South Wales 1(3):32. Gibson, A.C. & Nobel, P.S. (1986). The Cactus Primer. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Glass, C. & Foster, R. (1989). Dear Abbey Garden Press. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 61:39-40. Glen, H.F. (1997). Cactaceae. In Smith, G.F. et al. (eds.): List of Southern African Succulent Plants, pp. 49-50. Pretoria: Umdaus Press. Graham, D. (1962). In quest of crests. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 34:156-158. Hayes, R. (1958). Editor’s Medallion. Cactus & Succulent Journal of New South Wales 1(7):91. Hosking, J.R., Mcfadyen, R.E. & Murray, N.D. (1988). Distribution and biological control of cactus species in eastern Australia. Plant Protection Quarterly 3:115-123. Hunt, D.R. (1992). Cites Cactaceae Checklist. Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens. Hunter, M. (1984). Another look at fasciating cacti. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 56:40-42. Hunter, M. (1988a). Spiralling cactus. Cactus & Succulent Journal 60:87-88. Hunter, M. (1988b). Collecting crested and monstrose Euphorbias. Euphorbia Journal 5:20-25. Innes, C. & Glass, C. (1991). Cacti. New York: Portland House. Johnson, R.W. (1980). Studies of a vegetation transect through brigalow ( Acacia harpophylla) forest in central Queensland. Australian Journal of Ecology 5:287-307. Riesling, R. (1982). Problemas nomenclaturales en el genero Cereus (Cactaceae). Darwiniana 24:443-453. Lindsay, G (1962). Giant crests. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 34:172-174. Lindsay, G. (1963). The genus Lophocereus. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 35:176-192. Machado, M.F.P.S, Mangolin, C.A. & Collet, S.A.O. (2000). Somatic crossing-over can induce isozyme variation in somaclones of Cereus peruvianus Mill. (Cactaceae). Haseltonia 7:77- 80. Mann, J. (1970). Cacti naturalised in Australia and their control. Brisbane: Department of Lands. Mcauliffe, J.R. (1984). Prey refugia and the distributions of two Sonoran Desert cacti. Oecologia (Berlin) 65:82-85. Mcfadyen, R.E. (1984). Alien weeds. In A.Bailey (ed.): The Brigalow Belt of Australia, pp. 177-182. Brisbane: The Royal Society of Queensland. Mckenzie, B. (1995). One Man’s Dream. David Gordon and Myall Park Botanic Garden. Glenmorgan: B.McKenzie & Myall Park Botanic Garden Ltd. Muller, H. (1988). Cristata-blute bei Cereus peruvianus (Linne) Miller. Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 39:111. Nobel, P.S. (1988). Environmental Biology of Agaves and Cacti. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Sauleda, R.P. & Sauleda, D.K. (1984). A crested form cf Echinocereus chloranthus (Engelm.) Rumpler var. chloranthus from Texas. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 56:243. Silva, W.R. & Sazima, M. (1995). Hawkmoth pollination in Cereus peruvianus , a columnar cactus from south-eastern Brazil. Flora 190:339-343. Swinbourne, R.F.G. (1982). The history of cacti and succulents in Australia, 1787-1981. Calandrinia 2: 36-41. Synder, E.E. & Weber, D.J. (1966). Causative factors of cristation in the Cactaceae. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 38:27-32. Taylor, N.P (1998). Nomenclatural adjustments in various genera of Cactaceae (subfam. Cactoideae). Cactaceae Consensus Initiatives 6: 15-16. Taylor, R. (1968). Cactus growers guidelines. Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 40:131. Taylor, S.E. & Walker, B.H. (1984). Autecology of an invading population of the cactus Cereus peruvianus (Queen of the night) in the central Transvaal. South African Journal of Botany 3:387-396. Telford, I.R.H. (1984). Cactaceae. In A S.George (ed.): Flora of Australia 4:62-80. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. Young, P.A.R., Wilson, B.A., Mccosker, J.C., Fensham, R.J., Morgan, G. & Taylor, P.M. (1999). Brigalow Belt. In P.Sattler & R. Williams (eds.): The Conservation Status of Queensland’s Bioregional Ecosystems. Brisbane: Environmental Protection Agency, Queensland Government. A revision of Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage (Myrtaceae) and its allies A.R. Bean Summary Bean, A.R. (2000). A revision of the Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage (Myrtaceae) and its allies. Austrobaileya 5(4): 679-685. Descriptions, distribution maps and an identification key are provided for the four species comprising the E. normantonensis group, including one new species (E. provecta) and one new combination (E. tardecidens). All species occur in northern Queensland, with one extending to the Northern Territory. Keywords: Eucalyptus, Eucalyptus normantonensis, Eucalyptus provecta , Myrtaceae, Queensland, taxonomy, new species, key A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland, 4066 Introduction The box-group of eucalypts, i.e. species with scaly, short-fibred, persistent bark, reniform cotyledons, petiolate juvenile leaves, adnate anthers and tenninal, paniculate inflorescences was distinguished by Blakely (1934) as Eucalyptus ser. Buxeales Blakely This natural grouping is still recognised today. Within the box-group, members of theft, normantonensis group share the following characteristics: rough grey bark at least on lower stems; adult leaves narrow-lanceolate, concolorous, green to grey-green; juvenile leaves ovate to lanceolate, grey-green; fruits 3-5.5 mm long, hemispherical, ovoid or cylindrical, valves included. E. normantonensis was named by Maiden and Cambage in 1919, and was initially known only from Normanton in north-western Queensland. Subsequently, the name was applied to a wide range of trees and mallees extending from near the east coast of Queensland to the extreme east of Western Australia (Hall & Brooker 1974). Johnson & Hill (1991) recognised the distinctiveness of some of these populations by naming E. persistens with two subspecies, from eastern Queensland. The closest affinity of E. normantonensis , and hence of the group as a whole, has never been Accepted for publication 17 February 2000 clear. Maiden originally considered it to be a form of E. gracilis F.Muell., a species from southern Australia, which differs fundamentally because of its bisected cotyledons and smaller sub versatile anthers. Blakely (1934) placed ft. normantonensis close to E. microtheca F.Muell. and E. rummeryi Maiden. Pryor and Johnson (1971) placed it next to E. largeana Blakely and E. lucasii Blakely. Chippendale (1988) placed it next to E. tectifica F.Muell. and E. chlorophylla Brooker & Done. A phylogenetic analysis of the ‘box’-group will be necessary to determine more precisely, the relationships between the constituent taxa. Herbarium material of the E. normantonensis group is very similar to E. largiflorens F.Muell., however E. largiflorens is readily distinguished in the field by the linear juvenile leaves, completely rough almost-black bark and alluvial soil habitat. Furthermore, the distribution of E. largiflorens does not overlap with any member of the E. normantonensis group. Of the species occurring in the same geographic area, herbarium material of E. microtheca and E. chlorophylla has been misidentified as E. normantonensis , and vice- versa. E. microtheca differs by its smaller and thinner-walled fruits, while E. chlorophylla differs by the larger obconical fruits and very glossy leaves. 680 The individual members of the E. normantonensis group (E. normantonensis, E. persistens, E. tardecidens and E. provecta) often cannot be distinguished in the herbarium if material is incomplete. Nevertheless the differences between the taxa are significant and not merely quantitative (as outlined in the key). All taxa are allopatric, allowing placement of incomplete specimens with accompanying locality data. Taxonomy Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 52:489 (1919). Type: Queensland. Burke District: Normanton, [17°4-‘ S 141° 0-‘ E],August 1913, R.H. Cambage 3930 (holo: NSW; iso: BRI). E. bicolor var. xanthophylla Blakely, Key Eucalypts 232 (1934); E. largiflorens var. xanthophylla (Blakely) Cameron, Victoria Naturalist 63: 42 (1946). Types: Camooweal, Qld, 26 June 1922, S.A. White s.n. (syn: ?, n.v.); Barrow Creek, N.T., 3 May 1922, S.A. White 244 (syn: NSW; isosyn: AD). Mallee 2-8 metres high, lignotuberous. Bark box-type on lower stems, mottled light and dark grey, closely adhering; smooth, grey to bronze- coloured above. Juvenile leaves alternate, petiolate, broadly lanceolate to ovate, up to 8x3 cm, dull (internally glaucous). Adult leaves narrowly lanceolate, 8-11.5x0.6-1.4 cm, alternate, leathery, concolorous, dull-yellow to shiny-green; penninerved, lateral veins at 35- 50° to the midrib; reticulation dense, incomplete, oil glands intersectional; petioles 0.6-1.0 cm long. Inflorescences pseudo-terminal, paniculate, umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles thick, more or less terete, 4.5-8 mm long at anthesis. Mature buds obovoid to ellipsoidal, 3.0-4.0 mm long, 2-2.5 mm in diameter, pedicels 1.5-4 mm long. Hypanthium unribbed; operculum scar present; outer operculum shed long before anthesis; inner operculum hemispherical, with or without umbo, smooth, thin; stamens white, in about 4 whorls; inner whorls inflexed, fertile, 0.8-2.0 mm long; outer whorls irregularly flexed, 2.0-3.0 mm long, without anthers. Anthers ovoid, adnate, Austrobaileya 5(4): 679-685 (2000) basifixed, opening by pores. Style terete, 1.6- 2.0 mm long, stigma blunt. Ovary 3-4-locular, ovules in 4 longitudinal rows. Fruits hemispherical, hemispherical or shortly cylindrical, 3.0-4.0(-4.5) mm long, 3.0-4.0 mm in diameter, thick-walled, disc annular, descending, valves obtuse, enclosed. Seeds ellipsoidal, finely and evenly reticulate, 0.9-1.2 mm long, not toothed, dark brown; chaff irregular in shape, smaller than seeds, pale brown. Selected specimens: Queensland. Burke District: Normanton, Aug 1936, Blake 12477 (BRI); 27.9 km S of Croydon turnoff on Cloncurry road, S of Normanton, Mar 1990, Brooker 10425 (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW); 14.9 km from Mt Isa on Camooweal road. Mar 1990, Brooker 10433 (BRI, CANB, MEL); 40 km W of Mt Isa on Barkly Highway, Aug 1984, Hill 1041 et al. (BRI, CANB, NSW); 20 miles [32 km] SW of Normanton, Aug 1953, Perry 3944 (BRI, CANB); 64 miles [102 km] SE of Burketown, Jul 1954, Speck 4774 (BRI) Gregory North District: 7.7 km W of Dajarra, on road to Mt Isa, Jul 1988, Bean 890 (BRI); 122 km W of Winton, W of Cadell Creek, Mar 1990, Brooker 10435 (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW); Bladensburg N.P., S of Winton, Opalton road. Mar 1998, Forster PIF22187 & Booth (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); on Standish Ranges, 1 km W of Ibis Bore, 13 km SW of The Monument, Oct 1984, Neldner 1524 (BRI); 28 km NNW of ‘Pathungra’, Sep 1977, Purdie 1032 (BRI). Mitchell District: 32 km S of Stonehenge on road to Jundah, Aug 1978, Dick WQ187 (BRI). Northern Territory. 20 km SW of Barrow Ck, May 1994, Albrecht 5864 (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW, NT); NW of Mt Strezleckii, May 1952, Bateman 327 (BRI); 16 miles [26 km] E of Coniston HS„ Feb 1955, Chippendale 1236 (BRI); near Redbank Gorge, Macdonnell Ranges, Sep 1958, Chippendale 4884 (BRI, DNA); Ormiston Gorge, north ridge, Jun 1972, Dunlop 2627 (BRI, DNA); Central Mt Stuart, Jun 1969, Maconochie 714 (BRI, DNA); 7 miles [11 km] N of Tennant Creek, Apr 1948, Perry 570 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: E. normantonensis is distributed in parts of western Queensland as far south as Jundah, and in central parts of the Northern Territory (Map 1). It grows on ridges (sometimes lateritised) with shallow gravelly soil. Phenology: Flowers are recorded mainly from March to August. Notes: E. normantonensis has the ability to produce flowers and fruits while the leaves are still in an intermediate stage of ontogeny. This accounts for the small proportion of disparately broad-leaved specimens in herbaria. Bean, Eucalyputus norm ant onensis and allies Buds and fruits of some Northern Territory material are larger than the Queensland material, but the difference is not considered to be sufficient to warrant any taxonomic recognition. Similarly for difference in leaf colour; in plants from the type area they are green and rather glossy, while from inland areas they are glaucous or yellowish and not as glossy. 681 throughout, grey, mottled light and dark grey, closely adhering. Juvenile leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate to broadly lanceolate, up to 12x3.5 cm, dull (internally glaucous). Adult leaves lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate, 8- 13x0.8-1.7 cm, alternate, leathery, concolorous, dull; penninerved, lateral veins at 35-50°to the midrib; reticulation dense, incomplete, oil glands intersectional; petioles 1.0-1.7 cm long. Inflorescences pseudo-terminal, paniculate, Fig. 1. Eucalyptus provecta. A. mature bud, with operculum scar x 5. B. fruit, showing enclosed valves x 5. C. longitudinal section of flower, showing inner fertile stamens and outer staminodes x7. D. seed x 20. All from Bean 12245. Conservation status: Not considered to be rare or threatened. Eucalyptus provecta A R Beansp. nov. afFinis E. normantonensi a qua habitu arboris, cortice ubique persistenti, petiolis longioribus, filamentis staminalibus in verticillo extimo 4.5-5.5 mm longis differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 4.8 km south of ‘Wirra Wirra’, via Forsayth, 18° 38’S 143°43’E, 7August 1997 ,A.R.Bean 12245 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW, QRS). Tree to 12 metres high, rarely a mallee, lignotuberous. Bark box-type, persistent umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles thick, more or less terete or somewhat flattened, 4-8 mm long at anthesis. Mature buds ovoid to obpyriform, 3.5-5.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm in diameter, pedicels 3-6 mm long. Hypanthium unribbed; operculum scar present; outer operculum shed long before anthesis; inner operculum hemispherical, with or without umbo, smooth, thin; stamens white, inner whorls inflexed, fertile, 1.5-2 mm long, outer whorls irregularly flexed, 4.5-5.5 mm long, without anthers. Anthers ovoid, adnate, basifixed, opening by pores. Style terete, 1.7-2 mm long, stigma tapered. Ovary 3^1-locular, ovules in 4 longitudinal rows. Fruits ovoid- 682 truncate to obconical, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 3.5-5.0 mm in diameter, thick-walled, disc annular, valves obtuse, enclosed. Seeds ellipsoidal, finely reticulate, 0.9-1.5 mm long, not toothed, dark brown; chaff irregular in shape, smaller than seeds, pale brown. Fig. 1. Specimens examined: Queensland. Burke District: Chudleigh Park station, upper reaches of Stawell River, May 1995, Forster PIF16503 & Figg (BRI, CANB, NSW). Cook District: 21.8 km from Forsayth towards Einasleigh, Jun 1987, Bean 606 (BRI); Bulleringa N.P., 80 km NW of Mount Surprise, Oct 1992, Bean 5119 (BRI, CANB, MEL); 0.5 km E of ‘Wirra Wirra’ FIS., east of Forsayth, Aug 1997, Bean 12249 (BRI); just S of Beverley Hills HS, SW of Einasleigh, Aug 1998, Bean 13765 & Fox (BRI, CANB); crest of Newcastle Range, Jul 1954, Blake 19525 (BRI); Gulf Development road, c. 15 km W of Mt Surprise, Aug 1979, Clarkson 2534 & Byrnes (BRI); Mopata H ‘Beverley Hills’, edge of Red plateau, W of head of Robertson River, Sep 1994, Godwin EU589C (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW); c. 20 km S of Robin Hood station on track to Percy Vale, Aug 1982, Hill 1062 & Johnson (BRI, CANB, NSW); NW of Werrington Stn, NW of Hughenden, Oct 1978, Martens r 1246 (BRI, CANB); 12 miles [19 km] E of Forsayth township, Jul 1953, Perry 3848 (BRI); 39 miles [62 km] S of Forsayth township, Jul 1953, Perry 3852 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: E. provecta extends from Bulleringa National Park (north of Mt Surprise) to Chudleigh Park station north of Hughenden (Map 1). Phenology: Flowers are recorded from May to August. Affinities: E. provecta is most closely related to E. normantonensis, but differs by the tree habit, bark persistent throughout, petioles 1.0- 1.7 cm long (0.6-1 cm for normantonensis ), filaments in outer whorl 4.5-5.5 mm long (2-3 mm fox normantonensis) and the mostly larger fruits. E. provecta differs from E. tardecidens by the flowers with staminodes, the often shorter buds, and slightly longer style. E. provecta differs from E. persistens by the flowers with staminodes, the style 1.7-2 mm long (2.5-3 mm long for persistens ) and the larger fruits. Conservation status: Not considered to be rare or threatened. Austrobaileya 5(4): 679-685 (2000) Etymology: From the Latin provecta - advanced, carried forward, extended; in reference to the rough bark extending throughout, in contrast to E. normantonensis. Eucalyptus persistens L A S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, Telopea 4(2): 336 (1991); Eucalyptus persistens L. A.S. Johnson & K.D.Hill subsp .persistens, Telopea 4(2): 336 (1991). Type: Queensland. South Kennedy District: 4.8 km NE of Shuttleworth bore, ‘Lou Lou Park’ Station, 22° 15’S 146°09’E, 21 August 1984, K.D. Hill 1182 & LA.S. Johnson (holo: NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, MEL). Tree to 12 metres high, or sometimes a mallee, lignotuberous. Bark box-type, mottled light and dark grey, closely adhering; persistent throughout. Juvenile leaves alternate, petiolate, ovate, up to 10x4 cm, dull. Adult leaves narrowly lanceolate, 7.5-13x0.9-2 cm, alternate, leathery, concolorous, somewhat shiny; penninerved, lateral veins at 35-50° to the midrib; reticulation dense, incomplete, oil glands intersectional; petioles 0.8-1.7 cm long. Inflorescences pseudo-terminal, paniculate, umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles thick, more or less terete, 4-8 mm long at anthesis. Mature buds ovoid to obovoid, 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm in diameter, pedicels (2-)4-6 mm long. Hypanthium unribbed; operculum scar absent; inner operculum conical, smooth, thin; stamens white, inner whorls inflexed, fertile, 1-2 mm long; outer whorls irregularly flexed, 4-5 mm long, fertile. Anthers ovoid, adnate, basifixed, opening by pores. Style terete, 2.5-3 mm long at anthesis, stigma blunt to tapered. Ovary 3- 4-locular, ovules in 4 longitudinal rows. Fruits ovoid-truncate to cylindrical, 3—4.5 mm long, 3-3.5 mm in diameter, thick-walled, unribbed; disc annular; valves obtuse, enclosed. Seeds ellipsoidal, finely reticulate, 1.2-1.5 mm long, not toothed, dark brown; chaff irregular in shape, smaller than seeds, pale brown. Selected specimens: Queensland. Burke District: W of “Warang”, White Mountains N.P., Jun 1992, Bean 4624 (BRI, MEL). North Kennedy District: “Upsan Downs”, 2.5 km S of Greenvale, Apr 1990, Batianoff 900428 (BRI, CANB, NSW); near Bogie River at “Etonvale”, WSW of Bowen, Mar 1992, Bean 4245 (BRI, NSW); Flinders Highway, 18.4 km W of Charters Towers, Aug 1997, Bean 12291 (BRI, CANB); Valley Bean, Eucalyputus normantonensis and allies of Lagoons, 57 km SW of Mt Garnet, May 1989, Brooker 10186 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); between Wairuna and Minnamoolka, Sep 1996, Cumming 15124 (BRI); 2 miles S of Middle Ck, Mt Garnet, Jun 1971, Hyland 5073 (BRI, QRS); Charters Towers-Clermont road, 45 miles [72 km] from Charters Towers, May 1960, Johnson 1855 (BRI); 1 mile [1.6 km] S of Niall Station, Jul 1954, Lazarides 4632 (BRI, CANB); 6 miles ESE of Conjuboy Station, Jul 1953, Perry 3745 (BRI). South Kennedy District: 19 miles [30 km] WNW of “Scartwater” station. May 1964, Adams 977 (BRI, CANB); 1.5 miles [2.4 km] W of Carmichael Station, Jul 1964, Adams 1175 (BRI, CANB); “Cairo”, c. 35 miles [56 km] N of Clermont, Feb 1962, Besset E322 (BRI); NNW of Clermont, between Miclere and Brown Creeks, Apr 1945, Blake 15688 & Webb (BRI); Mt Coolon-Collinsville road, 0.7 km SW of Caves Ck, Jan 1996, Champion 1302 & Pollock (BRI, CANB, NSW); near the homestead on Moonoomoo Station, Oct 1983, Henderson H2788 et al. (BRI); 12.4 km W of Eungella Dam, Aug 1976, Kleinig DK297 (BRI, CANB); 3 miles [5 km] S of Cape River on Charters Towers-Clermont road, Jun 1966, Pedley 2128 (BRI); Mitchell District: 137 km S of Torrens Creek on road to Aramac, May 1994, Brooker 11918 (BRI, CANB); Berricania, Apr 1919, White s.n. (BRI); S of Mannya N.P., Aug 1994, Fensham 1796 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: E. persistens extends from the White Mountains area to just north of Clermont, and east to Woodstock and Collinsville (Map 2). It often grows on the slopes of lateritic ridges, on pale infertile soils. It may also grow in deep sands or loams in undulating terrain. Phenology: Flowers are recorded mainly from May to October. Affinities: It differs from the rest of the group by the persistent outer operculum. Conservation status: Not considered to be rare or threatened. Eucalyptus tardecidens (L A S. Johnson & K. D.Hill) A.R.Bean comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus persistens subsp. tardecidens L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, Telopea 4(2): 337 (1991). Type: Queensland. Cook District: 5.0 km S of Mt Carbine on Mareeba road, 16°33’ S 145° 09’E, 12 August 1984, K.D. Hill 1066, L. A.S.Johnson & D.F. Blaxell (holo: NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, MEL). Mallee or tree to 7 metres high, lignotuberous. Bark box-type, mottled light and dark grey, 683 closely adhering, persistent throughout. Juvenile leaves alternate, petiolate, broadly lanceolate, c. 8.5x3.0 cm, dull. Adult leaves lanceolate or narrowly lanceolate, 7.5-15x0.8- 2.1 cm, alternate, leathery, concolorous, green, dull to shiny; penninerved, lateral veins at 35- 50° to the midrib; reticulation dense, incomplete, oil glands intersectional; petioles 1.0-1.5 cm long. Inflorescences pseudo-terminal, paniculate, umbellasters 7-flowered; peduncles thick, more or less terete or somewhat flattened, 4-9 mm long at anthesis. Mature buds obovoid to obpyriform, 4.5-6 mm long, 2.5-3 mm in diameter, pedicels 3.5-6 mm long. Hypanthium ribbed; operculum scar present; outer operculum shed long before anthesis; inner operculum conical to almost hemispherical, smooth, thin; stamens white, inner whorls inflexed, 1-2 mm long, fertile; outer whorls irregularly flexed, 4.5-5 mm long, fertile. Anthers ovoid, adnate, basifixed, opening by pores. Style terete, 2-2.5 mm long at anthesis, stigma blunt. Ovary 3-4-locular, ovules in 4 longitudinal rows. Fruits ovoid-truncate to cylindrical, 4.5-5.5 mm long, 4-4.5 mm in diameter, thick-walled, faintly longitudinally ribbed; disc annular; valves obtuse, enclosed. Seeds ellipsoidal, finely reticulate, 0.9-1.2 mm long, not toothed, dark brown; chaff irregular in shape, smaller than seeds, pale brown. Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: 9.4 miles [15 km] by road N of Palmer River towards Cooktown, Aug 1973, Brooker 4023 (BRI, CANB); 25.3 km from Mt Molloy towards Mt Carbine, Nov 1992, Brooker 11330 (BRI, CANB, NSW); 11.7 km SE of Mt Janet, on survey road along the Dividing Range, Sep 1984, Clarkson 5508 (BRI, CANB, NSW, QRS); 7.2 km E of the Peninsula Development road on a track to the West Normanby River, Sep 1984, Clarkson 5532 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); 14.7 km N of Lakeland Downs on track to Bob’s Hut, Oct 1993, Clarkson 10151 & Neldner (BRI, CANB, NSW); 2 km S of Mt Carbine on Mareeba road, Nov 1995, Forster PIF18126 & Spokes (BRI, QRS); Campbell Creek on Curraghmore Holding, Nov 1971, Hyland 5694 (BRI, QRS); 16 km S of Lakeland Downs, Nov 1989, Jobson 986 & Lum (BRI, DNA, CANB, MEL); Mt Carbine, Oct 1976, Knowlton 58 (BRI, QRS); 16 miles WNW of Mt Carbine, Jun 1968, Pedley 2601 (BRI); near Kelly St George River, c. 58 miles [93 km] NW of Mareeba, Oct 1962, Smith 12053 (BRI); Desailly Range, Jun 1971, Stocker 745 (BRI, QRS). Distribution and habitat: E. tardecidens has a restricted distribution in northern 684 Austrobaileya 5(4): 679-685 (2000) Map 1. Distribution of Eucalyptus provecta A, E. normantonensis • Map 2. Distribution of Eucalyptus tardecidens A, £. persistens • Bean, Eucalyputus normantonensis and allies Queensland, extending from Lakeland Downs to south of Mt Carbine (Map 2). Phenology: Flowers are recorded mainly from October to February. Affinities: E. tardecidens has the largest fruits of the group. It differs from E. persistens by its ribbed hypanthium, shorter style, longer and broader fruits and presence of an operculum scar. 685 Conservation status: Although the geographical extent of this species is small, it is very common within its area of occurrence. No conservation coding is recommended. Key to the species in the Eucalyptus normantonensis group 1. Stamens all fertile. 2 Outer whorl of stamens without anthers.3 2. Outer operculum shed very early; fruits 4.5-5.5x4-4.5 mm. E. tardecidens Outer operculum retained until anthesis; fruits 3-4.5x3-3.5 mm. E. persistens 3. Mallees; bark rough at base, smooth above; outer filaments 2-3 mm long; petioles 0.6-1.0 cm long. E. normantonensis Trees; bark rough throughout; outer filaments 4.5-5.5 mm long; petioles 1.0-1.7 cm long. E. provecta Acknowledgements I am grateful to Will Smith for the illustrations, to Les Pedley for the Latin diagnosis, and to the Director of NSW for access to that Herbarium. References Blakely, W.F. (1934). Sydney: A Key to the Eucalypts. 1st edition. Sydney: The Worker Trustees. Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Myrtaceae - Eucalyptus, Angophora in Flora of Australia , Volume 19. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. Hall, N. & Brooker, M.I.H. (1974). Forest Tree Series Leaflet No. 160. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. Johnson, L.A.S. & Hill, K.D. (1991). Systematic studies in the eucalypts - 4. New taxa in Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae), Telopea 4(2): 321-49. Pryor, L.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1971). A Classification of the Eucalypts. Canberra: Australian National University. Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland A.R. Bean Summary Bean, A.R. (2000). Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4): 687-689. A new and rare species of Homoranthus with black petals is described and illustrated, and compared to related species. Key words: Homoranthus, Homoranthus coracinus , taxonomy, Queensland flora, Myrtaceae A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Qld, 4066 Introduction Byrnes (1981) named a number of new taxa in Darwinia Rudge and Homoranthus A.Cunn. ex Schauer, distinguishing Homoranthus mainly by the presence of laciniate sepals. The circumscription of Homoranthus was changed by Craven and Jones (1991), who placed an emphasis on placentation and ovule number. The species described here conforms to their concept of Homoranthus. Because of the laciniate sepals, it also fits into Homoranthus sensu Byrnes. The genus contains a high proportion of rare species of restricted distribution, on acidic substrates with little or no soil development. Two such species were described by Hunter (1998) from New South Wales. Homoranthus coracinus A.R.Bean sp. nov. afifinis H. darwinioidi autemconflorescentia 3-6 flora, foliis applanatis, petalis atris, stylo infra stigma pilis tantum aliquot praedito differt. Typus: Queensland. Leichhardt District: Mt Mooloolong, Ka Ka Mundi National Park, via Springsure, 7 May 1999,A.R. Bean 14843 (holo: BRI (1 sheet + spirit); iso: CANB, MEL, NSW, distribuendi). Prostrate to semi-prostrate shrub, to 0.3 m high and to 1.2 m diameter. Bark grey, fibrous, slightly furrowed. Leaves narrowly-obovate to Accepted for publication 11 January 2000 obovate (as seen when viewed perpendicular to branchlet axis), 3.0-5.5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide, and 1.0-1.6 mm thick, mucronate, green or grey-green, margins entire; oil glands scattered, rather obscure. Petioles c. 0.5 mm long. Conflorescence terminal, anauxotelic, 3- 6-flowered. Bracteoles cymbiform, 6-7 mm long, 2.4-2.7 mm wide, gland-dotted, apex obtuse, persistent at least until anthesis, enclosing hypanthia; pedicels (anthopodia) absent; peduncles thick, 2-3 mm long. Hypanthium cylindrical, 5.3-6 mm long, 2.8-3.3 mm diameter; puncticulate, yellow, with 4 indistinct longitudinal ribs basally; smooth, pink to red and unribbed distally. Sepals 5, laciniate, 3.2- 4.3 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, erect, white, with 2-5 acute linear lobes, each 1.0-1.9 mm long. Petals broadly obovate, 2.7-3.0x2.2-2.7 mm, black, margin entire. Stamens 10, alternating with staminodes. Staminodes scarcely adnate to the adjacent stamen. Filaments c. 0.8 mm long, terete, tapering. Anthers globose, white, basifixed, dehiscing by small pores. Style 13- 16 mm long, glabrous except for a few spreading hairs below the stigmatic area; stigma unexpanded, papillose. Ovules 7-8, collateral in two vertical rows. Fruit indehiscent, not enlarging after anthesis. Fig. 1. Additional specimen examined: Queensland. Leichhardt District: Ka Ka Mundi section of Carnarvon N P., Apr. 1999, Neill, Bouchard & Neill s.n. (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Known only from the north-western slopes of Mt Mooloolong Austrobaileya 5(4): 687-689 (2000) Fig. 1. Homoranthus coracinus. A. flowering branchxl. B. exterior view of flower at anthesis with one bracteole removedx4. C. longitudinal section of flowerx8. all from Bean 14843. in Ka Ka Mundi National Park, SW of Springsure. It grows on a sloping shelf of quartzose sandstone with skeletal soil, supporting only scattered shrubs and stunted trees. The associated species include Eucalyptus trachyphloia F.Muell., Leptospermum lamellatum Joy Thomps., Leucopogon flexifolius R.Br. and Homoranthus zeteticorum Craven & S.R. Jones. Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in April and May. Affinities: H. coracinus differs from all other Homoranthus spp. (and perhaps from all other Bean, Homoranthus coracinus Myrtaceae) by its petals, which are quite black in both fresh and dried material. It is most closely related to H. darwinioides and H. porteri , both of which also have large persistent bracteoles and laciniate sepals. H. coracinus differs from H. darwinioides by its 3-6-flowered conflorescence, flattened leaves, black petals and style with only a few hairs below the stigma. H. coracinus differs from H porteri by the much shorter leaves, the fewer sepal laciniae, the black petals and the longer hypanthia. 689 Conservation status: Less than 100 plants are known from the type locality. It is possible that more populations will be found, but its habitat (extensive treeless areas on sandstone slopes) is not common. Applying the guidelines of the IUCN (Anon. 1994), a status of‘endangered’ is recommended (Criterion D). Etymology: From the Latin ‘ coracinus ’ meaning raven-black, in reference to the petals. To accommodate H. coracinus , the key given in Craven & Jones (1991) should be adjusted as follows: 4. Leaves 3-5.5 mm long Conflorescence 3-6-flowered; petals black; sepals with 2-5 laciniae.H. coracinus Conflorescence 2-flowered; petals white; sepals with 6-10 laciniae.H. darwinioides 4. Leaves 4.5-17 mm long (if less than 6 mm long then sepals with fewer than 5 laciniae) Acknowledgements I am grateful for the assistance of Bob Campbell, Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service, to Will Smith for the illustration and to Les Pedley for the Latin diagnosis. Thanks also to Greg Neill and David Bouchard for directions to the site. References Anonymous (1994). IUCN Red List Categories. International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources: Switzerland. Byrnes, N.B. (1981). Notes on the genus Homoranthus (Myrtaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 1(4): 372-5. Craven, L.A. & Jones, S.R. (1991). ATaxonomic review of Homoranthus and two new species of Darwinia (both Myrtaceae, Chamelaucieae). Australian Systematic Botany 4: 513-33. Hunter, J.T. (1998). Two new rare species of Homoranthus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae) from the Northern Tablelands of New South Wales. Telopea 8(1): 35-40. Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivray (Celastraceae) from Queensland A.R. Bean and L.W. Jessup Summary Bean A.R. & Jessup L.W. (2000). Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivray (Celastraceae) from Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4): 691-697. Apatophyllum teretifolium and A. flavovirens, both endemic to Queensland, are newly described and illustrated. The distribution, habitat and conservation status of each is discussed. Generic distinctions between Apatophyllum and Maytenus are discussed, including a comparison of the stomatal types possessed by the two genera. A key to all known species of Apatophyllum is presented. Keywords: Apatophyllum, Maytenus , Gymnosporia , Apatophyllum teretifolium , Apatophyllum flavovirens, Celastraceae, key, taxonomy, stomata, new species, Australian flora, Queensland. A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia L.W. Jessup, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia Introduction The genus Apatophyllum was described by McGillivray (1971), comprising two species, both rare, from easternAustralia. Since then, a further species has been named from Western Australia (Cranfield & Lander, 1992). Apatophyllum is closely related to both Psammomoya Diels & Loes. and Maytenus Molina. Apatophyllum has been adequately compared and contrasted with Psammomoya (McGillivray loc. cit.; Cranfield & Lander, loc. cit.). However, no previous comparisons have been made between Apatophyllum and Maytenus Molina, except McGillivray’s report of an examination of wood structure by C.R. Metcalfe (loc. cit.) where he states that “a comparison [of Apatophyllum ] with two sclerophyllous Australian species of Maytenus did not reveal any ... significant similarities”. Apatophyllum has been distinguished from Maytenus (Jessup 1984) by its solitary inflorescence. The discovery of a species with cymose 1-3 flowered inflorescence has therefore somewhat blurred the generic boundary between these genera. Maytenus Accepted for publication 7 April 2000 Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha road. undoubtedly contains a rather heterogeneous assemblage of species, and this is evidenced by the recent reinstatement of Gymnosporia (Wight &Arn.) Hook.f. by Jordaan & vanWyk (1999). A review of the whole of Maytenus and its allies is needed to establish the phylogenetic relationships of the group, but we feel that the maintenance of Apatophyllum as a genus is justified, because of differences in inflorescence structure, leaf venation and stomatal type. C.R. Metcalfe (in McGillivray loc. cit.) reported paracytic stomata for Apatophyllum and Psammomoya, which was the first recorded occurrence of that type of stoma for the family Subsequently Den Hartog & Baas (1978) reported paracytic stomata from several Celastraceae genera, but from only two Australian species ( Hedraianthera porphyropetala F.Muell. and Euonymus globularis Ding Hou). We have examined the stomata of several species of Apatophyllum and Maytenus s.L. The results are reported below. Apatophyllum differs from Australian Maytenus by its inflorescences formed strictly in the axils of true leaves, usually solitary; the well developed peduncles and the greatly 692 Austrobaileya 5(4): 691 - 697 (2000) reduced primary inflorescence axis; paracytic stomata; and the parallel leaf venation and pungent leaf apices. Maytenus, by contrast, often has inflorescences borne in the axils of small bracts or prophylls; the primary axis is well-developed, giving rise to a pseudo- racemose inflorescence (or, in the case of M fasciculiflora Jessup, both peduncle and primary axis are greatly reduced), usually several-flowered; stomata laterocytic or cyclocytic; and the leaf venation reticulate, even in the narrowest leaves, and leaf apices never pungent. To accommodate the two new species described below, the generic description for Apatophyllum given in Jessup (1984) needs to be amended as follows: leaves opposite, subopposite or alternate, inflorescences 1-3 flowered, cymose, axillary, bisexual; sepals 4 or 5, petals 4 or 5, stamens 4 or 5; ovary + immersed in disc, 2 or 3-locular. Jordaan and van Wyk (1999) reinstated the genus Gymnosporia (Wight & Arn.) Hook.f. We accept this change and agree that the names Maytenus emarginata (Willd.) DingHou, Gymnosporia emarginata (Willd.) Theu. andG senegalensis(Lam.) Loss, should not be applied to Malesian and Australian specimens sensu Hou (1962) and Jessup (1984). We consider that these specimens (including Brass 6229 which was cited by Den Hartog & Baas (1978)), should rightly be called Gymnosporia inermis Merr. & Perry. Stomata Microscope slides of cleared cuticle were prepared for 4 species of Apatophyllum (A. teretifolium, A. flavovirens, A. constablei McGillivray, A. olsenii McGillivray) and 3 species of Maytenus (M silvestris Lander & L.A.S.Johnson, M. cunninghamii (Hook.) Loes., M. disperma (F.Muell.) Loes. and for G. inermis. Stomatal types were classified using the terminology given in Dilcher (1974), Den Hartog & Baas (1978) and Inamdar et al. (1986). All of the Apatophyllum species examined were found to possess paracytic stomata, characterised by the consistent presence of two subsidiary cells adjacent to the guard cells and with the same orientation (Fig. 3A-C). Maytenus silvestris and Gymnosporia inermis were found to possess laterocytic stomata, according to the terminology of Den Hartog & Baas (1978), where three or more subsidiary cells border onto the lateral sides of the guard cell pair. In Maytenus disperma and M cunninghamii the stomata are apparently cyclocytic, where the subsidiary cells are not all arranged laterally to the guard cells. In both the laterocytic and cyclocytic types examined, the subsidiary cells are partially submerged, so that they are not plainly visible when the rest of the epidermis is in sharp focus. Species Stomatal type Voucher Maytenus silvestris laterocytic Halford Q1551 (BRI) Maytenus cunninghamii cyclocytic GrimshawPG473 (BRI) Maytenus disperma cyclocytic Forster 3235 et al. (BRI) Gymnosporia inermis laterocytic Brass 6229 (BRI) Apatophyllum olsenii paracytic Forster 16341 & Thompson (BRI) Apatophyllum teretifolium paracytic Bean 1401 (BRI) Apatophyllum flavovirens paracytic Bean 2225 (BRI) Apatophyllum constablei paracytic Constable & McGillivray 3061 (BRI) Bean & Jessup, Apatophyllum in Queensland Taxonomy Apatophyllum teretifolium A.R.Bean & Jessup sp. nov. affinis A. constablei autem stipulis brevioribus, fructibus longioribus, floribus pro parte maxima 4- meris, petalis brevioribus differt. Typus: Queensland. Leichhardt District: Lonesome National Park, NNE of Injune, 6 May 1999, A.R.Bean 14832 (holo: BRI; iso: AD, K, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH, distribuendi) Apatophyllum sp. (Expedition Range E.J. Thompson AQ440723) in Henderson (1997). Densely branched rounded shrub 25-40 cm high, glabrous. Leaves sessile, opposite to sub¬ opposite or occasionally alternate, linear, (6-) 8-12 x 0.3-0.5 mm, elliptical in cross-section; venation obscure, longitudinal; apex acute to acuminate, pungent-pointed. Stipules linear, 0.9-1.5 mm long, brown, persistent, mostly broad-based and with 2 or 3 short lateral lobes; apex acute to acuminate. Inflorescence axillary, reduced to a single flower, with 1 or sometimes 2 pairs of empty pherophylls shortly distal to the base of the axis. Anthopodia 1.7-2.5 mm long. Pherophylls cymbiform, 0.9-1.5 mm long, apex acute, margins denticulate. Perianth 4 or 5-merous. Sepals debate, 0.6-0.7 mm long, persistent on mature capsule; apex acuminate, margins denticulate. Petals debate, 0.9-1.2 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide at base, white, somewhat persistent beyond anthesis; apex acute, margins entire. Stamens 4 or 5, equal in number to petals, inserted on margin of disc; filaments tapering, 0.4-0.5 mm long, somewhat persistent beyond anthesis; anthers basifixed, 0.3-0.4 mm long and c. 0.4 mm across. Disc fleshy, shallowly cupular. Ovary ovoid, 2-locular, almost completely immersed in disc; ovules 2 per loculus. Style 0.6-0.7 mm long. Capsule compressed obovoid, 2-valved, 5.2-6 x 2.0- 2.8 mm, surface smooth or minutely papillose. Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 3.2 mm long, c. 1.4 mm in diameter; testa dark brown, smooth but with fine transverse markings; aril white, clasping base of seed. Fig. 1, 3C. 693 Specimens examined: Queensland. Leichhardt District: Lonesome N.P., north-east of Injune, Mar 1990, Bean 1401 (BRI); Expedition Range, c. 30 km WSW of Bauhinia Downs, Mar 1984, Thompson s.n. (BRI). Burnett District: near Panda Lane, Waaje, NW corner of Barakula S.F., via Chinchilla, Mar 1998, Bean 13138 (BRI, CANB, NSW, MEL). Distribution and habitat: A. teretifolium is known from 3 localities; the Expedition Range, Lonesome National Park, and the Barakula State Forest near Chinchilla (Map 1). It grows in Eucalyptus dominated woodland to low open woodland with a heathy understorey, on shallow sandy soils. Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for March and May. Notes: A large proportion of seeds are evidently destroyed by caterpillars. Insect predation is likely to be a limiting factor for regeneration of this species. A. teretifolium differs from A. constablei by the shorter stipules, longer fruits, the predominantly 4-merous flowers and the shorter petals. Conservation status: Three populations of A. teretifolium have been recorded. Applying the IUCN guidelines (Anon. 1994), a category of ‘vulnerable’ is proposed (Criterion D2). Etymology: From the Latin teretifolius , meaning ‘withterete leaves’. Apatophyllum flavovirens A.R.Bean & Jessup sp. nov. affinis A. olsenii autem foliis latioribus, stipulis longioribus, inflorescentiis cymosis, pedunculis anthopodiis longioribus, ovario 3- loculari, petalis longioribus differt. Typus: Queensland. Leichhardt District: Bull Creek Gorge, 15 km W of ‘Castlevale’, W of Springsure, 4 September 1990, A.R. Bean 2225 (holo: BRI; iso: AD, DNA, MEL, NSW, PERTH). Apatophyllum sp. (Bull Creek A.R.Bean 2225) in Henderson (1997). 694 Austrobaileya 5(4): 691 - 697 (2000) Fig. 1. Apatophyllum teretifolium. A. fertile branchlet x 2. B. flower (with one petal removed) and prophylls 20. C. fruit x 10. D. seed x 10. A-C, Bean 14832; D, Bean 1401. Bean & Jessup, Apatophyllum in Queensland 695 Fig. 2. Apatophyllum flavovirens. A. fertile branchlet x 0.8. B. oblique view of flower x 8. C. fruit x 5. D. seed x 10. all from Bean 2225. 696 Branched rounded shrub 100 cm high, glabrous. Petioles 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves alternate, narrowly lanceolate, 9-21 x 1.6-3.0 mm, flat; venation parallel, longitudinal; apex acute to acuminate, pungent-pointed. Stipules linear, 0.3-0.7 mm long, white or yellowish, persistent, entire to obscurely lobed; apex acute. Inflorescence axillary, dichasially cymose with up to 3 flowers or reduced to a single flower, with 1-several pairs of pherophylls. Anthopodia 2.0-4.0 mm long at anthesis. Pherophylls cymbiform, 0.8-1.3 mm long, apex acute, margins entire. Peduncles 2-3.5 mm long. Perianth 5-merous. Sepals deltate, 0.6-0.9 mm long, persistent; apex acute, margins entire. Petals deltate, 1.7-2.0 mm long, 1.1-1.2 mm wide at base, yellow, persistent; apex acute, margins entire. Stamens 5, inserted on margin of disc; filaments tapering, c. 0.4 mm long; anthers dorsifixed, c. 0.3 mm long and c. 0.3 mm across. Disc fleshy, flat. Ovary ovoid, 3-locular, partially immersed in disc; ovules 2 per loculus. Style 0.5-0.6 mm long. Capsule obovoid, 3-valved, 8-9.5 x 6-7 mm, surface smooth. Seeds cylindrical, c. 4.0 mm long, c. 1.7 mm in diameter; testa brown, longitudinally striate; aril white, clasping base of seed. Fig. 2, 3B. Additional specimen examined: Queensland. Leichhardt District: Bull Creek Gorge, S of Springsure- Tambo road, Sep 1999, Bean 15370 (BRI, K, MO, NSW). Austrobaileya 5(4): 691 - 697 (2000) Distribution and habitat: A. flavovirens is known only from the type locality (Map 1), where it grows on a skeletal sandstone slope (west facing) in open woodland with Eucalyptus decorticans, Corymbia hendersonii and Acacia shirleyi. Associated understorey species include Micromyrtus leptocalyx, Triodia mitchellii, Grevillea longistyla and Acacia spp. Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for September. Affinities: A. flavovirens differs from A. olsenii by the leaves 1.6-3 mm wide (0.7-1.5 mm for A. olsenii ), stipules longer, 0.3-0.7 mm long (vs. 0.2-0.3 mm long for A. olsenii), cymose inflorescence, longer peduncles and pedicels, 3-locular ovary (2-locular for A. olsenii ) and the longer and wider petals. Conservation status: A. flavovirens is known from only 19 individuals at the type locality. No further plants were discovered during a three day field trip to the area in September 1999. Applying the IUCN guidelines (Anon. 1994), a category of‘critically endangered’ is proposed (Criterion D). Etymology: From the Latin flavovirens , meaning yellowish green, in reference to the leaf colour. Key to the species of Apatophyllum 1. Leaves linear, to 0.6 mm wide, terete or almost so .2 Leaves linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 0.7-3 mm wide, flat.4 2. Perianth 5-merous; petals 1.2-3.5 mm long.3 Perianth predominantly 4-merous; petals 0.9-1.2 mm long. A. teretifolium 3. Petals 1.2-1.5 mm long, margins entire.A. constablei Petals 2-3.5 mm long, margins fimbriate. A. macgillivrayi 4. Leaves 1.6-3 mm wide; inflorescence cymose; ovary 3-locular. A. flavovirens Leaves 0.7-1.5 mm wide; inflorescence solitary; ovary 2-locular. A. olsenii Acknowledgements We are grateful to Will Smith for the illustrations and map, to Wayne Harris for assistance in preparing the stomatal slides and for photographing them, to Phil Sharpe for a German translation, to Keith McDonald for assistance in the field, and to Les Pedley for the Latin diagnoses. Bean & Jessup, Apatophyllum in Queensland 697 Fig. 3. Stomatal patterns in Apatophyllum. A. Apatophyllum olsenii x 500. B. Apatophyllum flavovirens x 500. C. Apatophyllum teretifolium x 300. A, Forster 16341 & Thompson ; B, Retm 2225; C, iterw 1401 (all BRI). References Anonymous (1994). IUCN Red List Categories. International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources: Switzerland. Cranfield, R.J. & Lander, N.S. (1992). Apatophyllum macgillivrayi (Celastraceae), a new species from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 8(2): 191-4. Den Hartog, R.M. & Baas, P (1978). Epidermal Characters of the Celastraceae sensu lato. Acta Botanica Neerlandica 27: 355-88. Dilcher, D.L. (1974). Approaches to the Identification of Angiosperm leaf remains. The Botanical Review 40: 1-157. Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) (1997). Queensland Plants, Names and Distribution. Brisbane: Department of Environment. Inamdar, J.A., Mohan, J.S.S. & Subramanian, R.B. (1986). Stomatal Classifications - a review. Feddes Repertorium 97: 147-60. Jessup, L.W. (1984). Celastraceae, in Flora of Australia, Volume 22. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. Jordaan, M. & Wyk, A.E. van (1999). Systematic studies in subfamily Celastroideae (Celastraceae) in southern Africa: reinstatement of the genus Gymnosporia. South African Journal of Botany 65: 177-81. McGillivray, D.J. (1971). Apatophyllum'. An interesting new Australian genus in the family Celastraceae. Kew Bulletin 25: 401-6. Hou, D. (1962). Celastraceae I, in Flora Malesiana ser. 1, 6: 227-91. Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis (01eaceae),a new subspecies from north Queensland Wayne K. Harris & William J. McDonald Summary Harris, Wayne K. & McDonald, William J (2000). Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis (01eaceae),a new subspecies from north Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4):699-703. Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis from north Queensland is described as new and is illustrated and compared with other related species from Australia. Previous records of this species are from New Guinea where it occurs in similar habitats. This is the first reported occurrence from Australia. Notes are provided on its distribution, habitat and conservation status. A key to the Australian and New Guinea trifoliolate species of Jasminum is provided. Key words: Oleaceae, Jasminum domatiigerum, Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis , Queensland, New Guinea, systematics, ecology, distribution. Wayne K.Harris & William J.McDonald: Queensland Herbarium, Mt Coot-tha Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066 Introduction The genus Jasminum L. in Australia consists of ten species and a number of subspecies and was most recently revised by Green (1984).The genus is widely distributed throughout eastern and northern Australia and two species extend further westwards. J. calcareum F.Muell. extends from central Australia through to Western Australia. J. didymum subsp .lineare (R.Br.) P.S. Green is the most widespread extending west from the Great Divide in eastern Australia through central Australia and into the northern parts of Western Australia south of the Kimberley. Jasminum Section Trifoliolata DC. is represented by two species and three subspecies. Lingelsheim (1927) described nine species from Papua New Guinea of which two belong to section Trifoliolata and one of these is recorded from Australia. Jasminum domatiigerum Lingelsh. has a limited distribution in northern Queensland where it occurs as a scrambling climber in the wetter regions in complex notophyll and mesophyll vine forests. Jasminum domatiigerum Lingelsh. subsp. australis W.K. Harris & W. J.McDonald subsp. nov. Subspecies Jasminii domatiigeri a typo foliolis petiolulisque majoribus, pedicellis longioribus et Accepted for publication 5 January 2000 floribus majoribus (8-15 mm long.) differens; ad North Queensland restricta est. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Forrester Road Malanda, 17°2LS 145° 34’E; 20 Jul. 1998,7?. Jensen 0 0 8 8 8: (holo: BRI). Description: Evergreen scrambling or twining shrub to about 4 m; stem pubescent to tomentose with orange-brown simple hairs. Leaves opposite, trifoliolate; petioles 8-20 mm long channelled on the upper surface, pubescent; lamina coriaceous, ovate to broadly ovate, glabrous to sparsely pubescent on the adaxial surface, glossy, sparsely pubescent on the abaxial surface, slightly discolorous, terminal leaflet (5.5—)6.6—8.0(—8.5) cm long by (3.6-)4.0-5.0(-5.5) cm broad,petiolule(1.3-) 1.4-1.9(—2.2) cm long, lateral leaflets (2.6-)3.4- 4.0(-4.5) cm long and (1.7—) 1.8—2.6(—3.6) cm broad, petiolules (2-)3.0-5.0(-6.0) cm long; margins entire not thickened, slightly recurved; apex acute to acuminate; base cordate; venation simple, pinnate, on upper surface depressed, on lower surface prominently raised with 3 or 4 secondary veins each side of the midrib. Inflorescences to 90 mm long, on axillary side shoots, sub-umbellate, (1—) 3 (-7)-flowered, flowers perfumed, bracts linear subulate, puberulent 3-6 mm long; pedicels 2-9 mm long, pubescent. Calyx pubescent, tube 2-7 mm long 700 and 2-2.5 mm in diameter, with 4-5 linear to triangular teeth, 0.8-2.0 mm long. Corolla hypocrateriform, white to cream on the outside, white to cream internally, tube 8-15 mm long with 4-6 lanceolate or narrow lanceolate acute lobes, 5-7 mm long. Stamens 2; anthers 3.5^1 mm long, on filaments 1.5-2 mm long, attached about midway along the corolla tube, not exerted. Ovary 0.8-1.0 mm long; style about 10 mm long, not exerted, heterostyly not observed; stigma slightly bilobed about 1.5 mm long. Fruit spherical to slightly ovoid, often paired (or single by abortion), 8-10 mm long by 6-8 mm broad, purple-black. Fig 1,2. Phenology: Flowering occurs from May through to July, fruits appearing September to November. Flowers are sweetly fragrant. Specimens Examined : Queensland. Cook District: Daintree R headwaters. Black Mountain area, Daintree NP, [16°23’S 145°12’E], May 1998, P.I. Forster + PIF 22968 , (BRI); Herberton Range, SF 194, Mt Baldy, [17°18’S 145°24’E], Oct 1997, P.I. Forster PIF 21854 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Arthur Bailey Road S of Ravenshoe, [17°40’S 143°31’E], Jun 1995, P.I. Forster PIF 16749 , (BRI, QRS, MEL ,K); Mt Fox, [18°49’S 145°51’E], Oct 1949, F. Mull, s.n. [AQ 073283] (BRI); South Kennedy District: Broken River Track, Eungella NP, Nov 1998, W.J. McDonald + 4484 (BRI); Rd along Clarke Range, SF 679 Teemburra c. 8km S of Crediton township, Jun 1994, W.J. McDonald + 5970 (BRI); Diggings Road Eungella NP, 20°5-’S 148°3-’E, without date, S. Pearson SP465 (BRI); Broken River, Eungella NP, 21°1-’S 148°3-’E, May 1985, M.D. Pearson s.n. [AQ 398226] (BRI). Austrobaileya 5(4): 699-703 (2000) Distribution and habitat : J. domatiigerum subsp. australis has been recorded from the northern regions of Queensland from the Daintree River to the Eungella National Park in the south (Map 1). The species is associated with complex mesophyll and notophyll vine forests where it is a slender scrambling climber. Soil types are red and usually derived from granite. Diagnostic Features: J. domatiigerum subspecies australis is readily distinguished from the type of the species by its larger flowers (corolla tub 9-12 mm long), longer pedicels (up to 9 mm long), larger leaflets (up to 8 mm long) and longer petiolules (lateral petiolule up to 5 mm long). Affinities : J. domatiigerum has close affinities with J. didymum and J. dallachii. It differs from the former in having densely pubescent to tomentose branches, petioles and calyces and hairy domatia. J. dallachii has smaller leaflets, fewer flowers on a shorter inflorescence and domatia which are formed at the vein intersections by a flap of tissue between the primary and the secondary veins. Conservation Status: By IUCN (1994) criteria the taxon is Data Deficient (DD). Etymology : Latin meaning ‘of the south’ in reference to its occurrence in Australia. Key to Jasminum sect. Trifoliolata species in Australia and New Guinea 1. Stems, petioles and leaves pubescent-tomentose.2 Stems, petioles and leaves glabrous or minutely puberulent.5 2. Terminal leaflets mostly less than 6cm long, inflorescences short, less than 3 cm long mostly 1-5- flowered. J. dallachii Terminal leaflets greater than 6 cm long, inflorescence greater than 3 cm long, mostly 5-7- flowered.3 3. Leaves without domatia. J. gilgianum Leaves with domatia.4 4. Corolla tube 6-8 mm long . Corolla tube 9-12 mm long J. domatiigerum subsp. domatiigerum . . . J. domatiigerum subsp. australis Harris, McDonald, Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis 701 5. Terminal leaflet lanceolate to ovate.6 Terminal leaflet linear to narrow lanceolate. J. didymum subsp. lineare 6. Terminal leaflet more than 4 cm long Terminal leaflet less than 4cm long . . J. didymum subsp. didymum J. didymum subsp. racemosum Acknowledgements We thank Dr. G.P. Guymer for provision of facilities at BRI. Peter Bostock provided the Latin diagnosis. References Green, P.S. (1984). A revision of Jasminum in Australia. Allertonia 3(6): 403-438. Lingelsheim, A. (1927). 111. Die Oleaceen Papuasiens. in Lauterbach L., Beitrage zur Flora von Papuasien. ser. xiv: 1-22. Anon (1994). IUCN Red List Categories. International Union for Conservation and Nature, Gland, Switzerland. 2 lp. Map 1 . Distribution of J. domatiigerum subsp. australis in North Queensland Fig 1 . Adaxial leaf surface showing prominent domatia along major veins and at vein intersections. Leaf is c. 3.5 cm broad. PI. Forster PIF 16749 (BRI) 702 Austrobaileya 5(4): 699-703 (2000) QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI) Brisbane Australia 537154 AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL HERBARIUM ATHERTON (QRS) csmo d™ 0 m a „ t Jasminum dallachii NOT . fragrant. — • Queensland Herbarium (BRI) CC^ct ^ ^5, do^ah SSyt. £XLtS A-a.l/f nalc(-n iTKi> Fig 2. Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis W.K. Harris & W.J. McDonald. Photograph of holotype at BRI. (Approx, half natural size.) Harris, McDonald, Jasminum domatiigerum subsp.- australis 703 PLANTAE PAPUANAE Botanical Collections of the Department of Forests Papua and New Guinea J.S. Weiners ley .Q.F.9M+-9 April 1957 Jasminum HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW ENGLAND (HE) Jasmin-urn domatiigerum Lingelsh. Jet. R.Kiew 9.8.81 Mt. Kum, near Mt. Hagen Western Highlands, T.N.G. Alt. c. 7,000 ft. Lat.5 SO 5. Long. 144 IS E. OE&^CEril JASMINUM Climber over low shrub3 in montane forest. Flowero: white, scented. Collected Mt, Kuni, near Mt,Hagen, T.N.G. 6500'. J.S. WOMEESliEY. 9.5.57. ENGLAND Hj; i; [i A p | UM 272147 Fr is a a nF BRt LOAN ; Fig 3. Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. domatiigerum Lingelsh. J.S. Womersly N.G.F. 9449, Mt Kum, PNBG. (BRI). (Approx, half natural size) A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae DavidAlbrecht Summary Albrecht, D.E. (2000). A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae. Austrobaileya 5(4):705-709. Pratia puberula Benth. is lectotypified and Lobelia leucotos Albr. described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, habitat and relationships with other species of Lobelioideae. Keywords: Pratia puberula ; Lobelia leucotos ; Campanulaceae; Lobelioideae; Queensland. David Albrecht, Northern Territory Herbarium, Parks & Wildlife Commission of the Northern Territory, PO Box 1046, Alice Springs, N.T., Australia 0871 Introduction A taxonomic treatment of Australian Lobelioideae by the author is progressing. However, it may be some time before completion due to the unresolved problem of generic limits and to species complexes requiring further detailed study. Nevertheless, some undescribed taxa within this subfamily present few problems, and it seems sensible to expedite publication of names for them so that they are available for use. This paper validates the name of a new species from Queensland. A specimen of this taxon, apparently collected at Cooper’s Creek, South Australia was cited by Bentham (1868) as a syntype of Pratia puberula Benth. In order to extricate this specimen from Pratia puberula sensu stricto so that the entity that it represents can be described without confusion, Pratia puberula is here lectotypified. Floral measurements are based on fresh, spirit or rehydrated material. Typification of Pratia puberula Pratia puberula Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 133 (1868). Type: Victoria, marshes at Cobra [Cobberas Mountains],A Mueller (lecto: K, here selected); probable isolecto: Cobra, Jan 1854, F. Mueller (MEL [MEL 1592621]). Accepted for publication 10 March 2000 In the protologue of Pratia puberula , Bentham (1868) cited the following three collections: New South Wales, Glendon (Leichhardt); Victoria, moist, grassy, and marshy places at Cobra and Mount Barkly (F. Mueller); and South Australia, Cooper’s Creek (Bowman). Mueller’s cited collection from Victoria actually consist of three specimens, two from the Cobberas Mountains (K and MEL [MEL 1592621 ]) and one from Mount Barkly Ranges (MEL [MEL 1592622]). Bentham’s protologue includes a description of the fruit and seeds of this species, both critically diagnostic in the Lobelioideae, and as Mueller’s specimens from the Cobberas Mountains are the only syntypes with fruit and seed, albeit rather immature, one of them has been selected here as lectotype. Bentham does not appear to have examined Mueller’s specimen housed at MEL and must have based his fruit and seed description on the K specimen which is, therefore, here selected as lectotype. There have been various applications of the name Pratia puberula and much confusion between it and P. pedunculata (R.Br.) Benth. has resulted. The lectotypification of Pratia puberula as undertaken here maintains the prevailing concept of P. puberula in South Australia (Toelken, 1986) and in Victoria, where P. puberula is regarded as a synonym of P. pedunculata (Willis 1973, Albrecht 1999). Further study of the P. pedunculata - P. puberula complex is required to determine 706 whether or not more than a single taxon warrants recognition within it. Clarification of the typification of P. pedunculata is also required. Whilst all of Mueller’s specimens cited by Bentham represent the one entity here defined as Pratiapuberula, Bentham’s other syntypes of this name are not of this species. Leichhardt’s specimen from Glendon (MEL 1592620) is Pratia purpurascens (R.Br.) E.Wimm., while Bowman’s specimen is of the species described here as Lobelia leucotos. There is some uncertainty about the origin of Bowman’s collection as the specimen has two labels. The smaller of the two labels gives the location “Cooper Creek” and is numbered 228, while the larger label gives the location “Capes River” in Mueller’s hand with a further annotation by J.H. Willis indicating the collector as ‘Bowman’. It is highly unlikely that Bentham’s citation “South Australia, Cooper’s Creek” is correct for this specimen as Lobelia leucotos is not known to occur in this part of Australia. There is a Cooper Creek, west-south-west of Mackay, Queensland, which is closer to, but still slightly to the south of, the known range ofZ. leucotos. The most likely location of collection of Bowman’s specimen is Cape River, Queensland. This location is to the south of Charters Towers and within the known range of Lobelia leucotos (Cumming9589 (BRI) is from near this location). Bowman collected specimens of other species (e.g. Eremophila debilis (Andrews) Chinnock and Rhynchospora pterochaeta F. Muel 1.) from the Cape River area of Queensland (J. Clarkson pers. comm.). Taxonomy Lobelia leucotos Albr., sp. nov. Lobeliae stenophyllae Benth. affinis sed floribus unisexualibus, lobis corollae in latitudine subequalibus, tubo corollae fisso profundiore, hypanthio puberulo dense, alveolis seminibus elongata plerumque differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Mareeba on the property of J. Clarkson on La Spina Road, 17°01’S, 145°24’E, 9 March 1993, J.R. Clarkson 9788 (holo (functionally male): BRI [AQ 580063]; iso: DNA, K, L, MBA, MEL; para (functionally female): ditto, J.R. Clarkson 9787, BRI Austrobaileya 5(4): 705-710 (2000) [AQ 580062]; iso para: DNA, K, L, MBA, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH). Herbaceous dioecious perennial. Stems prostrate or decumbent, puberulous, rarely almost glabrous, rooting at the nodes. Leaves distichous, sometimes purple-tinged below, lanceolate or elliptic to ovate or obovate, 4^14 mm long, 2-15 mm wide, puberulous, with margins toothed, apex acute to obtuse, and base cuneate or occasionally obtuse; petiole ill-defined or rarely to 3mm long. Flowers solitary, axillary. Bracteoles 0.1-0.6 mm long. Pedicels 3-35 mm long, puberulous or rarely almost glabrous. Hypanthium obconic, ellipsoid or obovoid and 1-2.5 mm long in functionally male flowers, ovoid to obovoid and 2-4.5 mm long in functionally female flowers, puberulous externally. Calyx lobes erect, triangular, 1-2.2 mm long, puberulous, at least some toothed towards base. Corolla zygomorphic, 2-lipped, 4.5-8 mm long, generally slightly smaller on female plants, white throughout or occasionally with a slight green or purplish tinge externally, + puberulous externally; lobes lanceolate-triangular to narrowly elliptic, glabrous on inner surface, acute; upper lobes two, 3.5-5 mm long, 0.6-1.2 mm wide, slightly more deeply cut than the lower lobes, erect; lower lobes three, 2.5-4 mm long, 0.6-1.3 mm wide, spreading or recurved, with a green zone at the base; tube 2-4 mm long, split to within 0.8-1.5 mm of the base, puberulous internally. Stamens with filaments 2.5-4 mm long, adnate to the corolla tube for 0.5-1.5 mm above the distal edge of the hypanthium, distally connate for up to c. 0.5 mm, the dorsal three evenly tapered, green becoming purplish distally, glabrous or puberulous on inner surface, the ventral two distally broad, thickened and white tinged purple (these features less pronounced in functionally female flowers), tapering rather abruptly to a narrower green lower part, puberulous on inner surface. Anther tube 1.4- 2 mm long in functionally male flowers, 0.8-1.4 mm long in functionally female flowers, glabrous on the exterior surface, two ventral anthers each with a seta 0.15-0.3 mm long, dorsal anthers lacking apical setae. Style glabrous to puberulous; stigma protruding from the orifice of sterile anther tube in mature Albrecht, Lobelioideae functionally female flowers. Capsule ovoid to ellipsoid, slightly compressed, 4-9.5 mm long, 3-5 mm diameter, puberulous; apical valves raised 0.5-1.5 mm above base of calyx lobes. Seeds brown, ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid, sometimes asymmetrical, slightly compressed, 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide; testa reticulate, alveolae all elongate or elongate and + isodiametric. Fig. 1A-G Specimens examined: Queensland. Burke District 16.4 km N of Hughenden, Sep 1988, Ingleby QHW 38 (NSW). Cook District: c. 50 m N of Barron Falls railway station, Jan 1993, Albrecht 5210 & Jobson (MEL); E Side of Kennedy Hwy, c. 1.5 km S of Mareeba, Jan 1993, Albrecht 5211 & Jobson (MEL); Black Rock (Lynd), Apr 1988, Horsup 89 (BRI); Mareeba, Apr 1962, McKee 9066 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Goldmine Creek, 19 km from Mareeba towards Kuranda along Hwy, May 1972, Wrigley & Telford NQ 272 (CBG). North Kennedy District: Cape River, no date. Bowman [MEL 1592619](MEL); Mt Fox, Dec 1949, Clemens [AQ 417048] (BRI); 22 km N of Burra microwave tower, towards Poison Valley, W of Pentland, Apr 1990, Cumming 9589 (BRI); Herberton, Jan 1936, Flecker 1317 (AD); Hellhole Creek, near Taravale Homestead, 15km along Taravale road from Ewan road turnoff. May 1994, Jobson 2990 & Dixon (MEL); Herberton, Jan 1912, Kenny [AQ 27373] (BRI); Nigger Creek, Herberton, no date, Kenny [AQ 27374] (BRI); c. 45 miles SE of Mt Garnet, Jan 1968, Morain 282 (BRI); Herberton, Jun 1905, Ringrose [AQ 27380] (BRI); “Lansdown”, c. 25 miles S of Townsville, Mar 1971, Robertson T211 (BRI); Townsville, no date, Simmons 283 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Lobelia leucotos is endemic in north Queensland. The species is known from scattered populations in the Cook and North Kennedy Pastoral Districts and from a single collection in the Burke Pastoral District. The known latitudinal range of the species is from approximately 16 °S to 21°S. Most collections have been made in grassy woodlands on heavy basalt-derived soils, with fewer collections on sandy or skeletal substrates. Some populations are likely to experience regular burning (J. Clarkson pers. comm.). Phenology: Flowering specimens have been collected between January and June. Fruiting specimens have been collected in March and April. Notes: Without supplementary water plants die back during dry periods and resprout after 707 rains. Plants are known to occur in gardens and under such conditions will remain leafy throughout the year (J. Clarkson pers. comm.). Lobelia leucotos and L. stenophylla Benth. (s. str., which occurs from southern Queensland to northern New South Wales) share two diagnostic character states that are absent or extremely rare in other Australian Lobelioideae. In both species, the two ventral staminal filaments are broad and thickened distally, and narrow and attenuate proximally (Fig. 1C). InL. leucotos these features are more accentuated in functionally male flowers than in functionally female flowers. The two ventral anthers in both species also lack penicillate hairs at the apex, though each have a single apical seta (Fig. ID). This feature is otherwise known only in Hypsela tridens E.Wimm. Lobelia leucotos differs from L. stenophylla in a number of important floral features set out in the following synopsis: L. leucotos'. Flowers functionally unisexual; corolla lobes white on inner surface, subequal in width or occasionally the upper pair slightly narrower; corolla tube split to within 0.8-1.5 mm from its base; hypanthium densely puberulous externally; seed alveolae predominantly elongate. L. stenophylla'. Flowers bisexual; corolla lobes white, blue or mauvish on inner surface, the upper pair less than half the width of the lower 3 lobes; corolla tube split to within 2^1 mm from its base; hypanthium glabrous or rarely sparsely puberulous externally; seed alveolae predominantly + isodiametric. Lobelia leucotos occurs in coastal and inland locations between the latitudes of c. 16°S to c. 21°S, whilst L. stenophylla occurs predominantly in near-coastal areas and has a more southerly distribution between c. 20°S and c. 32°S. Specimens of Lobelia leucotos have previously been determined as Lobelia quadrangularis R.Br., Pratiapurpurascens (R.Br.) E.Wimm. or P. puberula Benth. All those three species differ from Lobelia leucotos in having penicillate hairs subtending the seta at the apex of the ventral two anthers, and in having all staminal filaments 708 Austrobaileya 5(4): 705-710 (2000) Fig. 1. Lobelia leucotos: A. Habit, x 1. B. Functionally male flower, x 8.C. Androecium of functionally male flower showing anther tube, two ventral staminal filaments and one of three dorsal staminal filaments, x 10. D. Anther tube orifice of functionally male flower, x 40. E. Fruit, x 6. F. Seed, x 50.G. Seed ornamentation showing elongate alveolae, x c. 400 A-G - drawn from cultivated material originating from type locality, J. Clarkson s.n. Albrecht, Lobelioideae evenly textured and tapering more or less gradually from apex to base. L. quadrangnlaris also differs from L. leucotos in having bisexual flowers with blue to mauve corollas and anther tubes with short fine hairs on the dorsal exterior surface. P. purpurascens also differs from L. leucotos in having glabrous or almost glabrous hypanthia, the upper corolla lobes markedly narrower than the lower lobes, and larger seeds >0.7 mm rather than< 0.6 mm long. P. puberula also differs from L. leucotos in having more deeply split corolla tubes split to <0.7 mm rather than 0.8—1.5 mm from the base and indehiscent rather than dehiscent fruit. Specimens of L. leucotos show considerable variation in leaf size, shape and prominence of marginal toothing. Corolla size and plant indumentum, on the other hand, exhibit low variability within the species. Very few ripe fruit of this species have been preserved in herbarium specimens. In those studied, the narrow summit of the fruit expands to 0.5-1.5 mm above the distal edge of the hypanthium and separates into two valves when fully mature. The calyx lobes persist and remain erect, often obscuring the summit of the fruit (Fig. IE). This cryptic dehiscence is similar to that found in L. darlingensis (E.Wimm.)Albr. (Albrecht, 1994). Conservation status: This taxon is not considered rare or threatened. Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from Greek leucon-, white-, and Otion, auricle or little ear, in reference to the upper corolla lobes in this species, which bear some resemblance to erect rabbit ears. 709 Acknowledgements I am most grateful to John Clarkson for collecting live material of Lobelia leucotos and for providing information on habitat and collecting localities; to Peter Jobson for his generous help with fieldwork; to the nursery staff of the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, and Alice Springs Desert Park for their attentive care of cultivated plants; to Neville Walsh for the Latin diagnosis; to Philip Short and Don Foreman for checking types at K and BM for me; to Clyde Dunlop for comments on the manuscript; to the Directors of BRI, NSW, SYD and MEL for loans and access to their collections; and to Sally Mumford for preparing the illustration. References Albrecht, D.E. (1994). A new combination in Lobelia L. (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae). Telopea 5: 791-792. Albrecht, D.E. (1999). Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae. In N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle (eds). Flora of Victoria 4: 563-578. Port Melbourne: Inkata Press. Bentham, G. (1868). (Pratia in Campanulaceae, Flora Australiensis: a Description of the Plants of the Australian Territory ) 4: 133. London: L. Reeve & Co. Toelken, H.R. (1986). Campanulaceae - Pratia. In J.P Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds). Flora of South Australia III: 1374-1376. Adelaide: South Australian Government Printing Division. Willis, J.H. (1973). A Handbook to Plants in Victoria 2: 630. Carlton: Melbourne University Press. Chamaesyce ophiolitica (Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered species endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland Paul I. Forster Summary Forster, Paul .1. Chamaesyce ophiolitica P.I.Forst. (Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered species endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4):711—714 (2000). The new species Chamaesyce ophiolitica is described and illustrated. Information is provided on its distribution, habitat and conservation status. Its affinities are with the C. drummondii complex. C. ophiolitica is restricted to serpentine soils north of Rockhampton in central Queensland. The species is known from three extant localities and fulfils the criteria to be listed as an Endangered species. Keywords: Chamaesyce ophiolitica, Euphorbiaceae, serpentine. Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Introduction Revisions of the Australian species of Chamaesyce S.F.Gray and Euphorbia L. were undertaken by Hassall (1977a), although only the latter was formally published (Hassall 1977b). New combinations in Chamaesyce were published by Hassall (1976) and for some additional Queensland species by Forster & Henderson (1995) to enable use of the generic name in the most recent census of Queensland plants (Forster & Henderson 1997). Unfortunately no overall revision of the Australian species of Chamaesyce has been published. The species that is the subject of this short paper was first collected in 1920 by Bill Francis at the Warren State Farm north of Rockhampton and his specimen was annotated by Hassall as being of affinity to Chamaesyce petala (Ewart & L.R.Kerr) P.I.Forst. & R.J.F.Hend., a species that occurs in northern Australia in the Northern Territory. Apart from a collection in 1960, this plant was only really brought to attention with a number of collections in the late 1980’s that coincided with an increase in attention to the floristics and vegetation communities that occur on serpentine soils and rocks in central Queensland (Batianoff & Specht 1992; Batianoff etal. 1990,1991,1997,2000). At least eighteen species of plants are endemic to the serpentine vegetation of central Queensland with a number of these being of significance for conservation and listed as rare or threatened taxa (Batianoff et al. 2000). The species described here has been rarely collected and is directly threatened by changes to the serpentine landscape due to mining and agriculture. It is formally named in this paper to expedite efforts to ensure its conservation and to draw attention to an otherwise obscure existence. Taxonomy Chamaesyce ophiolitica P.I.Forst., sp. nov., a Chamaesyce petala (Ewart & L.R.Kerr) P.I.Forst. & R.J.F.Hend. folii lamina cordato-elliptica usque obovata (adversum laminam oblongam), cyathii bracteis truncatis usque oblongo- truncatis (adversum bracteas spathulatas), stipulis infirme evolutis et sparse ramosis (adversum stipulas bene evolutas et valde fimbriatas) et seminibus multo majoribus (1.7-1.8 mm longis x 1- 1.1 mm latis x 1 - 1.1 mm crassis contra circa 1 x 0.7 x 0.7 mm) differt. Typus: Queensland. Port Curtis District: west of Canoona, 1 March 1994, P.I.Forster PIF15042 ScA.RBean (holo: BRI; iso: AD, DNA, MEL). Accepted for publication 31 May 2000 712 Herbaceous annual, monoecious, of prostrate habit and up to 5 cm high and 20 cm across, with white latex. Stems branching divaricately, lower stems up to 2 mm diameter, upper leaf¬ bearing stems up to 1 mm diameter, glabrous or with sparse to dense erect trichomes to 0.3 mm long; interpetiolar stipules deeply divaricate to subulate, 0.4-0.8 mm long, glabrous. Leaves discolorous; petioles 0.8-1 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, channelled on top, glabrous or with sparse trichomes; lamina cordate-elliptic to obovate, often unequal at base, 2-12 mm long, 1.3-11 mm wide, glabrous, or with scattered to sparse trichomes on upper surface and sparse to dense trichomes on the lower surface, glaucous blue-green above, paler below; margins entire or very weakly serrulate; apex acute to rounded; base unequal, cordate to lobate. Cyathia solitary or occasionally paired; peduncles 0.2-1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered to dense trichomes. Cyathium 2-2.5 mm diameter; bracts 4 or 5, truncate to oblong-truncate, irregularly fimbriate, 0.4-0.8 mm long, 0.9-1 mm wide, white; glands 4 or 5, elliptic to oblong-reniform, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, green; trichomes sparse to dense and up to 0.5 mm long. Male flowers: filament 1.5-1.7 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide, flattened, anther reniform, c. 0.4 mm long and 0.3 mm wide. Female flower: ovary trilobed, up to 1 mm long and 1.2 mm diameter, with dense trichomes; styles 3,0.5-1 mm long, bilobed for 0.2-0.5 mm with the tips recurved, with sparse trichomes. Fruit trilobed, c. 3 mm long and 3 mm diameter, with dense trichomes. Seeds obconical-trigonous, 1.7-1.8 mm long, 1-1.1 mm wide and 1-1.1 mm thick, fissure 1.5- 1.6 mm long, pale brown. Fig. 1. Other specimens examined. Queensland. Port Curtis District South Percy Island, 50 km NE of Arthur Point, Shoalwater Bay, Oct 1989, Batianoff 11422 et al. (BRI); W of Canoona, Jan 1988, Forster PIF3393 (BRI); Warren State Farm, Mar 1920, Francis AQ202944 (BRI); On Rockhampton - Marlborough road. May 1960, Johnson 1720 (BRI); Mt Wheeler, Rockhampton, Jan 1989, Specht 3 & Reeves (BRI). Notes: Chamaesyce ophiolitica is compared to C. petala which appears to be the most similar species on morphological characters. C. ophiolitica differs from C. petala in the leaves being cordate-elliptic to obovate (versus oblong), the cyathial bracts more truncate to Austrobaileya 5(4): 711 - 714 (2000) oblong-truncate (versus spathulate), the poorly developed stipules are little-branched (versus well developed stipules that are fimbriate) and much larger seeds (1.7-1.8x1- 1.1 x l-l.l mm versus c. 1 x 0.7 x 0.7 mm). A comparison may also be made to the widespread C. drummondii (Boiss.) D.C.Hassall which differs in the oblong leaves, well developed stipules (0.8-2 mm long), poorly developed stipules with an uneven margin and smaller seeds (c. 1 x 0.7 x 0.7 mm). The whole species complex which includes Chamaesyce drummondii is in need of a critical biosystematic revision. This was undertaken in part by Hassall (1977a) but is now in need of updating. The distribution of C. ophiolitica is allopatric to that of C. petala and it is perhaps more likely that the new species is derived from the widespread C. drummondii. There is some interesting variation in the limited material to hand of C. ophiolitica. Within the same population it is possible to obtain individuals that are either glabrous or with dense coverage of trichomes on the foliage and some floral parts. These individuals appear to grow in close proximity to one another and further study is required to ascertain whether this is a simple case of a single character switch or is correlated with more fundamental differences. Serpentine soils present a relatively severe environment for plants and it has been demonstrated elsewhere that morphologically distinct races of the same species can coexist and maintain their distinctive nature over time (Rajakaruna & Bohm 1999). Distribution: Chamaesyce ophiolitica has been collected from four localities in central Queensland north of Rockhampton. However, only three of these collections occurred within the last 40 years. Habitat: This new species is restricted to upper slopes and sides of low ridges on soils derived from serpentine rocks and occurs in stony situations in open woodland dominated by tree species such as Eucalyptus fibrosa subsp. (Glen Geddes M.I.Brooker 10230) and Corymbia xanthope (A.R.Bean & Brooker) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson . These serpentine Forster, Chamaesyce ophiolitica 713 Fig. 1. Chamaesyce ophiolitica. A. habit of flowering shoot, x 2. B. undersurface of glabrous leaf. *4. C. undersurface of pubescent leaf. x8. D. cyathium from above.x 16. E. cyathium and fruit from side. x8. F. female flower from side. xl6. G. cyathium with cyathial bracts and glands removed showing male flowers. xi6. H. face view of fruit. x8. I. side view of seed. xl6. J. ventral view of seed. xl6. All from Forster 15042 (BRI). Del. W. Smith. 714 Austrobaileya 5(4): 711 - 714 (2000) landscapes cover c. 1000 km 2 in central Queensland (Batianoff et al. 2000). Conservation Status: Chamaesyce ophiolitica is currently known from only three localities, one (South Percy Island) that is National Park. Using the IUCN Red List categories this species can be classified as Endangered on the criteria - B. Extent of occurrence estimated to be less than 5000 km 2 or area of occupancy estimated to be less than 500 km 2 , and estimates indicating any two of the following: 1. Severely fragmented or known to exist at no more than five locations. 2. Continuing decline, inferred, observed or projected, in any of the following: (a) extent of occurrence, (b) area of occupancy, (c) area, extent and/or quality of habitat, (d) number of locations or subpopulations. C. Population estimated to number less than 2500 mature individuals and either: 1. An estimated continuing decline of at least 20% within 5 years or 2 generations, whichever is longer. C. ophiolitica is a very insignificant annual herb and it is likely that further populations may be found. As yet, the effects of fire and other disturbances on its ecology are unknown. It should be noted that the vegetation on serpentine soils has now been intensively studied (work of Batianoff and collaborators) and that this species has been shown to be sparsely distributed in the area. A relevant comparison may be made with the recently described Bursaria reevesii L.Cayzer & M.D.Crisp, a small shrub that is only known from a handful of localities on the serpentine (Cayzeretal. 1999). Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the occurrence of this species on soils derived from serpentine. Acknowledgements Thanks to Will Smith for the illustrations, to George Batianoff for the latest information on the serpentine vegetation of central Queensland and to Peter Bostock for translation of the diagnosis into Latin and for comments on the manuscript. References Batianoff, G.N., Reeves, R.D. & Specht, R.L. (1990). Stackhousia tryonii Bailey. A nickle- accumulating serpentinite endemic species of central Queensland. Australian Journal of Botany 38: 121-130. Batianoff, G.N., Specht, R.L. & Reeves, R.D. (1991). The serpentinite flora of the humid subtropics of eastern Australia. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 101: 137-157. Batianoff, G.N., Reeves, R.D. & Specht, R.L. (1997). The effects of serpentine on vegetation structure, species diversity and endemism in Central Queensland. In T.Jaffre et al. (eds.) The Ecology of Ultramafic and Metalliferous Areas. “Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Serpentine Ecology”, Noumea, New Caledonia, July 31-August 5, 1995. Noumea: Center ORSTOM, BP A5, 98848. Batianoff, G.N., Neldner, V.J. & Singh, S. (2000). Vascular plant census and floristic analysis of serpentine landscapes in central Queensland. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 109:1-30. Cayzer, L.W., Crisp, M.D. & Telford, I.R.H. (1999). Bursaria (Pittosporaceae): a morphometric analysis and revision. Australian Systematic Botany 12: 117-143. Forster, P.I. & Henderson, R.J.F. (1995). New combinations in Chamaesyce (Euphorbiaceae) from Queensland, Australia. Novon 5: 323-324. Forster, P.I. & Henderson, R.J.F. (1997). Euphorbiaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.) Queensland Plants Names & Distribution , pp. 69-76. Brisbane: Department of Environment. Hassall, D.C. (1976). Numerical and cytotaxonomic evidence for generic delimitation in Australian Euphorbieae. Australian Journal of Botany 24: 633-640. Hassall, D C. (1977a). Systematic studies in Australian Euphorbieae (Euphorbiaceae). Ph D thesis, University of Queensland. Hassall, D.C. (1977b). The genus Euphorbia in Australia. Australian Journal of Botany 25: 429-453. Rajakaruna, N. & Bohm, B.A. (1999). The edaphic factor and patterns of variation in Lasthenia californica (Asteraceae). American Journal of Botany 86: 1576-1596. Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and critically endangered species from south-east Queensland Paul I. Forster Summary Forster, Paul.I. (2000). Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and critically endangered species from south-east Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4): 715-720. Clausena smyrelliana is described and illustrated. Information is provided on its distribution, habitat, phenology and conservation status. The species is currently known from one extant individual in the wild and a conservation status of Endangered is recommended. Keywords: Clausena, Clausena brevistyla, Clausena smyrelliana, Rutaceae P I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia Introduction In 1992 Greg Smyrell, then of Maryborough, brought to my attention a single individual of a small Rutaceous tree that he had encountered in a remnant patch of littoral microphyll vineforest near Dundowran north of Hervey Bay in south-east Queensland. Subsequent collections of flowers and fruit led to the conclusion that this individual could be classified in the genus Clausena and the material was allocated a code name, segregated in the holdings at BRI in November 1995 and listed in the census of plants for Queensland (Forster 1997). All of this material was sent on loan to NSW in 1996 for examination by D.J.Mabberley who has prepared an account of this group of Rutaceae for the Flora of Australia. On return of this loaned material in 1997, some of the specimens were redetermined as Micromelum minutum (G.Forst.) Wight & Arn. and one as Anacardiaceae indeterminate. Admittedly the Clausena species does resemble Euroschinus falcata Hook.f. superficially, and examination of the BRI holdings of this species did reveal a further collection of Clausena. However, if a more than cursory examination of material is made, then the Rutaceous nature of the material (obvious oil glands in the foliage) is evident. A monograph of the genus Clausena Burm.f. has been recently published wherein some fifteen species were recognised with C. brevistyla Oliver native to Australia (Molino Accepted for publication 7 April 2000 1994). Only C. brevistyla var. brevistyla was considered to occur in Queensland, with both C. brevistyla var. brevistyla and C. brevistyla \M.papuana (Lauterb.) J.F.Molino considered to occur in New Guinea and parts of Indonesia. The Queensland distribution of C. brevistyla var. brevistyla is from the tip of Cape York south to the Goodnight Scrub National Park west of Booyal. The other species of Clausena grow in Africa, mainland Asia and other parts of Malesia. Clausena brevistyla was included in Clausena section Clausena together with C. excavata Burm.f. from Malesia and Asia, C. kanpurensis J.F.Molino from India, C. harmandiana (Pierre) Pierre ex Guillaumin from south-east Asia, C. lansium (Lour.) Skeels from southern China and C. poilanei J.F.Molino from Vietnam. Several species of Clausena have economic significance. Clausena lansium (“Wampi”) from southern China is commonly cultivated for the large edible faiit. Some species such as C. anisata (Willd.) Hook.f. ex Benth. from Africa and C. heptaphylla (Roxb.) Wight & Arn. ex Steudel from India have aromatic foliage rich in essential oils (Lockwood 1984; Okunade & Olaifa 1987). The foliage and roots of C. anisata are also used for a range of folk remedies (Coates Palgrave 1977; Beentje 1994). Other species such as C. sanki (Perrottet) J.F.Molino are also occasionally cultivated (as C. anisum-olens : Merrill 1912; Madulid 1995). In Queensland there are records of cultivated plants of C. lansium , but otherwise no additional species have been recorded. 716 Examination of the essential oils of the leaves of the Clausena species from Dundowran revealed similarities to the oils found in Clausena brevistyla as found in Queensland, and total dissimilarity to that found in Micromelum minutum (J.J.Brophy unpubl.). The leaf essential oils of both Clausena brevistyla and the species from Dundowran are predominately monoterpenoid in content with less than 10% of sequiterpenes, whereas that of Micromelum minutum is predominately sequiterpenoid in content with less than 10% of monoterpenes. The Clausena species from Dundowran (Voucher: P.I.Forster PIF17928) has a leaf essential oil mainly composed of alpha-pinenene (73%), beta- caryophyllene (9%) and caryophyllene oxide (4%). Clausena brevistyla (Vouchers: PI.Forster PIF25985, PIF21850, PIF25006 respectively) has a leaf essential oil composed mainly of alpha-pinene (67-73%), beta-pinene (5-13%), beta-caryophyllene (4-7%), bicyclogermacrene (2-3%), or 3-carene (7-31 %) and limonene (56-84%), or purely alpha-pinene (91%). Seedlings of the Clausena species from Dundowran are reputedly dissimilar to those of Clausena brevistyla (G.Smyrell pers. comm. 1995) with the two taxa easily distinguished on leaf characters. While it was obvious that an additional species of Clausena was represented, it was also necessary to determine if more than a single individual was extant and to collect adequate material of flowers and fruit to enable comparison with the taxa enumerated by Molino (1994). Visits during 1999 and 2000 to both Mon Repos Conservation Park (last sighting 1984) and the Baffle Creek district (last sighting 1920) were unsuccessful in relocating populations of the Clausena, however, these historical records reinforce the existence of this taxon in natural vegetation at more than a single locality. Nearly all of the suitable vegetation type (Regional ecosystem 12.2.2.: Mixed microphy 11/ notophyll rainforest on Quaternary coastal dunes and beaches) in these areas has been destroyed for housing or agriculture and is considered as endangered (Young & Dillewaard 1999). A relatively intensive survey of this Austrobaileya 5(4): 715-720 (2000) vegetation type and similar vegetation on basalt has been undertaken in the Bundaberg area and around Hervey Bay (mostly unpublished since the compilation of Forster et al. 1991) and the Clausena has not been located in any of the fifteen additional localities examined. The recent collection of flowering material of the Clausena at the Dundowran locality has enabled its status to be assessed. Based on the keys and sectional descriptions of Molino (1994), this material can be placed in Clausena section Clausena. It does not appear to correspond to any of the six described species in this section and is formally described herein. Clausena smyrelliana PI Forst. sp. nov.; Clausenae brevistylae affinis, foliolis superne nitidis marginibus integris (adversum foliola obscure viridia marginibus dentatis usque crenatis), floribus 5-meris (adversum flores 4- rare 5-meros), alabastris oblongis (adversum alabastra globosa), petalis lanceolatis (adversum petala ovata usque lanceolato-ovata) et staminibus 10 (adversum 6 vel 8 rare 10) differt.Typus: Queensland. Wide Bay District: Dundowran, 8 Nov 1999, P.I.Forster PIF25182 (holo: BRI [1 sheet + spirit]; iso: A, K, F, MEF, QRS). Shrub or small tree to 4 m high. Bark smooth, greenish-brown with irregular longitudinal strips of cream-yellow lenticels; blaze yellowish with strong citrus-scent; wood yellow-straw. Feaves alternate, pinnate; rachis up to 170 mm long; leaflets 6-10, alternate, conspicuously dotted with oil glands and with a slight citrus- like scent when crushed, petiolules 4—7 mm long, yellow to pink; blades elliptic or ovate, often unequal, 20-100 mm long, 10-68 mm wide, glossy above, dull and somewhat glaucous below; lateral veins 7-9 per side of midrib and visible on both surfaces, interlateral veins more visible below; apex acute-retuse or acuminate- retuse, rarely mucronate; base obtuse to oblique; margin entire, glandular, glabrous. Inflorescences a terminal panicle, up to 90 mm long. Flowers 5-merous, c. 10 mm long and 10 mm in diameter; pedicels 3-4 mm long, 0.8-1 Forster, Clausena Smyrelliana mm in diameter, with conspicuous oil glands and dense uniseriate trichomes; calyx 5 lobed, 1.1-1.5 mm long, irregularly ciliate; petals 5, imbricate in bud, lanceolate and strongly recurved, 7-7.5 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, glabrous, cream. Stamens 10, filaments dilated basally, 4-6 mm long; anthers c. 1 mm long and 1 mm wide, longitudinally dehiscent; style c. 6 mm long and 1.2 mm in diameter with an obtuse tip; gynophore well developed, but not markedly distinct from the ovary, c. 1 mm long and 1 mm diameter; ovary 4-5 locular, c. 1 mm long and 1 mm in diameter, ovules 2 per locule. Fruits baccate, depressed-globose, soft-fleshy, 8-9 mm long, 10-11 mm in diameter, white, with conspicuous oil-glands. Fig. 1. Other specimens examined. Queensland. Port Curtis Creek District: Baffle Creek District, Apr 1920, C.T. White AQ152118 (BRI). Wide Bay District: Dundowran, Oct 1995, Forster PIF17928 & Smyrell (BRI); ditto, Jan 2000, Forster PIF25307 (BRI, MEL, QRS); ditto. May 1992, Smyrell AQ542962 (BRI); ditto, Nov 1992, Smyrell AQ563892 (BRI); ditto, Sep 1991, Telford 11337 (BRI; BISH, CANB, NSW n.v.[distributed as Euroschinus falcata ]); Mon Repos Environmental Park [now Conservation Park] s.dat. [71984], Randall 409 (BRI). Notes: Clausena smyrelliana is compared to C. brevistyla , the only other species in this genus in Australia. The two species are easily distinguished by the dentate-margined, dull green foliage of the latter and the entire- margined glossy green foliage of the former. Other differences include C. smyrelliana having yellow to pink petiolules, 5-merous flowers, oblong buds, lanceolate petals and 10 stamens, whereas C. brevistyla has green petiolules, 4-merous flowers (although 5 have been rarely noted by Molino 1994), globose buds, ovate to lanceolate-ovate petals and (6) 8 (10) stamens. Clausena smyrelliana may possibly be confused with Micromelum minutum and this species is present in two of the localities that the former has been recorded from. M. minutum has dull green foliage with irregularly crenate margins to the leaflets, yellowish lateral nerves on the underside of the leaf, linear-subulate filaments and on maturity has orange-red hard-fleshy, ovoid fruit, whereas C. smyrelliana has glossy green foliage with entire margins to the leaflets, green 717 lateral nerves on the underside of the leaf, basally dilated filaments and on maturity has white, soft-fleshy, depressed-globose fruit. C. smyrelliana may also be confused with Euroschinus falcata Hook.f. (Anacardiaceae); however, the former has conspicuous oil glands in the leaf which are lacking in the latter. The single individual of C. smyrelliana at Dundowran has flowered and fruited profusely nearly every year since 1992 (G Smyrell pers. comm. 1999 & pers. obs.). The fruits contain viable seeds and many hundreds of seedlings have been propagated from these. The seedlings produce saplings that are indistinguishable from the parent tree, although their own potential viability is as yet unknown. Presumably this species is bird dispersed and why it is not more common both at Dundowran and throughout the species range is a mystery. Perhaps it is one of these species that requires an exceptionally wet year for seedlings to establish, as this also seems to be the case for Alectryon ramiflorus where recruitment in the wild is infrequent. Most of the 1990’s were drought effected in south-east Queensland and may have influenced the establishment of seedlings of many vineforest plants. Distribution: Three localities have been recorded for Clausena smyrelliana , over a longitudinal distance of 110 km between Baffle Creek in the north and Dundowran in the south. Only the Dundowran locality is currently known to have an extant population. Habitat: Clausena smyrelliana grows in littoral microphyll vineforest within close proximity to the sea (100-200 m distance). The canopy of the vineforest at the type locality is uneven, but more or less closed with no emergents. Common canopy species include Alectryon coriaceus, Argyrodendron sp. (Kin Kin W.D.Francis AQ81198), Cleistanthus cunninghamii , Diospyros fasciculosa and Sterculia quadrifida. Phenology: Clausena smyrelliana has been recorded in flower from November to January and ripe fruits have been collected in May. Conservation Status: Clausena smyrelliana may be regarded as critically endangered under the IUCN categories ofA. Population reduction 718 Austrobaileya 5(4): 715-720 (2000) Fig. 1. Clausena smyrelliana. A. branch with immature fruit. x0.4. B. undersurface of leaf showing lateral and interlateral venation. x0.8. C. flower from side, x 4. D. bud from side, x 4. E. stamen, x 8. F. upper part of pedicel, calyx and gynostegium. x8. G cross-section of gynophore and ovary showing ovules, x 8. H. fruit from side, x 3. I, fruit from above, x 3. J. cross-section of immature fruit showing 5 locules. x 4. A & J from Forster PIF25307 (BRI); B from Forster 17928 & Smyrell (BRI); C-G from Forster PIF25182 (BRI); H & I from Smyrell AQ542962 (BRI). Del. W. Smith. Forster, Clausena Smyrelliana in the form of either of the following: 1. An observed, estimated, inferred or suspected reduction of at least 80% over the last 10 years or three generations, whichever is the longer, based on (and specifying any of the following: (C) a decline in area of occupancy, extent of occurrence and/or quality of habitat. B. Extent of occurrence estimated to be less than 100 km 2 or area of occupancy estimated to be less than 10 km 2 , and estimates indicating any two of the following: 1. Severely fragmented or known to exist at only a single location. D. Population estimated to number less than 50 individuals. It is recommended that the conservation coding of Endangered is given to this species and that a Recovery Program is initiated to conserve the species. Clausena smyrelliana may be the most threatened vascular plant species in Queensland at this time. At least two other rainforest species in south-east Queensland are in similar, although less dire straits. Alectryon ramiflorus S.T.Reynolds from the Childers area (slightly inland from the localities for C. smyrelliana) is known from 37 trees in the wild (Barry & Young 1997) and Acronychia littoralis T.Hartley & J.B.Williams from littoral rainforest further south, is known from less than 20 trees in the wild in Queensland (W.McDonald, pers. comm. Feb 2000). In both instances, concerted searches in recent years have added further localities and individuals to the known populations of both these species. It would be worthwhile to search for further individuals of C. smyrelliana throughout the known range of the species, and perhaps further to the north around Deepwater and Eurimbula National Parks where similar vegetation is still extant. Etymology: The species is named for Greg Smyrell, an enthusiastic amateur botanist with a long standing interest in rainforest conservation, who brought this species to attention. 719 Economic Uses: The leaf essential oil of Clausena smyrelliana is unlikely to have economic potential (J.J. Brophy pers. comm. Jan 2000). Clausena smyrelliana is an attractive shrub or small tree and has potential as a garden plant, especially because of the prolonged fruiting period. Acknowledgements Thanks to Greg Smyrell for persisting with his belief in the validity of this species, Maureen Schmitt for assistance in the surveys around Bundaberg, Mon Repos and Baffle Creek, Peter Bostock for comments on the manuscript and translation of the diagnosis into Latin, Will Smith for the illustrations, Aileen Wood for some French translation and Joe Brophy for unpublished data on the leaf essential oils. References Barry, S.J. & Young, P.A.R. (1997). Species Recovery Plan. Alectryon ramiflorus S.Reynolds Sapindaceae. Unpublished Report, Queensland Department of Environment. Beentje, H.J. (1994). Kenya Trees, Shrubs and Lianas. Nairobi: National Museums of Kenya. Coates Palgrave, K. (1977). Trees of Southern Africa. Cape Town/Johannesburg: C.Struik Publishers. Forster, PI. (1997). Rutaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson (ed.) Queensland Plants Names and Distribution , pp. 184-188. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment. Forster, PI., Bostock, P.D., Bird, L.H. & Bean, A.R. (1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium. Lockwood, G.B. (1984). The essential oil from leaves of Clausena heptaphylla. Fitoterapia 55: 123— 124. Madulid, D.A. (1995). A Pictorial Cyclopedia of Philippine Ornamental Plants. Manila: Bookmark. Merrill, E.D. (1912). A Flora of Manila. Manila: Bureau of Printing. Austrobaileya 5(4): 715-720 (2000) 720 Molino, J.F. (1994). Revision du genre Clausena Burm.f. (Rutaceae). Bulletin du Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle 4 e series. Section B Adansonia 16: 105-153. Okunade, A.L. & Olaifa, J.I. (1987). Estragole: an acute toxic principle from the volatile oil of the leaves of Clausena anisata. Journal of Natural Products 50: 990-991. Young, P.A.R. & Dillewaard, H.A. (1999). Southeast Queensland. In P.S.Sattler & R.D.Williams (eds.). The Conservation Status of Queensland’s Bioregional Ecosystems , Chapter 12. Brisbane: Environmental Protection Agency. The first botanical record for Australia John F. P. Windolf Summary Windolf J.F.P. (2000). The first botanical record for Australia. Austrobaileya 5(4): 721-723. Notes on the first identification and written record of a botanical species, Ximenia americana, in the Commonwealth of Australia on 21st September 1606, probably at Long Island, Torres Strait, as well as the historical background of the circumstances of its notation. Key words: Prado, Ximenia americana , Torres Strait, Queensland, Australia J.F.P. Windolf, 53 Pandanus Avenue, Coolum Beach, Queensland, 4573, Australia Introduction Throughout the botanical world the initial record of a particular species in any defined geographical or ecological region is a matter of some importance, from both the scientific and historical point of view. When such an event relates to the first record of any kind for an entire continent it takes on a much more significant role. Australia is fortunate in that many of the log books and diaries of early European expeditions to this continent have been preserved, and that their writers were men of sufficient intellect to take a genuine interest in the area’s natural science and to record what they saw. Historical background The first proven European sighting of what is now known as Australia was made by the Dutchman Willem Jansz and his crew in March 1606 on the west coast of Cape York Peninsula. Although a map relating to their activities is still in existence, and we know from secondary sources that they landed in several places and explored a considerable section of coastline, there is no known contemporary written account of the expedition (Sharp 1963:17 & Whittaker et. al. 1975:196), and it is necessary to examine subsequent voyages to determine who was the first to leave a record of his exploits in the Australian region. Some six months after Jansz, in September 1606, the Spanish navigator Luis Vaez de Torres Accepted for publication 31 May 2000 traversed the strait separating Australia and New Guinea, now named in his honour. Torres was originally the second-in-command to Pedro Fernandez de Quiros in what is generally referred to as the 1606 Spanish South Seas Expedition. The prime purpose of the expedition was to continue the search for the supposed southern continent then believed to exist in the South Pacific. After crossing the Pacific from Callao, Peru, and spending some time in Espiritu Santo, Vanuatu, the fleet became separated. Quiros returned to Acapulco, Mexico, in the San Pedro y San Pablo while Torres set out for Manila in the Philippines with the other two ships, the San Pedro and a smaller vessel called Los Tres Reyes, during which time he sailed along the south coast of New Guinea, discovering the strait now named after him in the process. There are two extant manuscripts describing this section of the expedition: a formal letter thatTorres wrote to King Philip III of Spain soon after his arrival in Manila on 22 May 1607, and an extensive relation penned by an entretenido, or “gentleman volunteer”, named Don Diego de Prado y Tovar (Don Diego de Prado y Tovar orig. ms.. Stevens 1930 & Windolf in prep.) who was on board the San Pedro during this period, and it is in this account that we find the first record of an identifiable botanical species from what is now Australia. Prado had no known officially designated capacity on board, but he was an astute observer of many aspects of the natural world, and made numerous notes on his observations. 722 Dating and location of the observation The expedition had entered what is now Australian territory on or about 11 September 1606 (Gregorian dating). They spent the next three weeks finding a way through the maze of islands, reefs and sandbars that fill Torres Strait before exiting into theArafura Sea on 4 October 1606. This dating is based on the date in Peru carried westward without any correction for crossing the International Date Line, and as such is one day behind Australian Eastern Standard Time (AEST). It can be independently verified due to an eclipse of the moon, which Prado recorded. The details of this eclipse have been calculated, and it occurred on 16 September GMT, or 15 September Ship Time (Kelly 1966:255). It is a relatively simple matter to assign dates to their day-to-day activities at this time in relation to this eclipse, and we find that the relevant botanical discovery took place in the late afternoon of Thursday 21 September 1606AEST. Several researchers have attempted to plot the expedition’s route through the strait, but due to a variety of reasons no universal consensus has been arrived at. Prado named the island concerned Isla de Vulcan (Volcan) Quemado, because of the amount of pumice stone that they saw there, the English translation of the Spanish name being “Island of Extinct Volcano”. (Stevens 1930:163 & Windolf in prep.). Unbeknown to them, this pumice had nothing to do with the geology of the island itself, having been borne there on ocean currents. The best known attempt to identify individual islands is that by Brett Hilder (Hilder 1980), who thought that Volcan Quemado was probably Long Island (Hilder 1980:81). However, because of the topographical similarities between many of the islands in central Torres Strait, and the often less than comprehensive description of their appearance given by Prado, the present author considers that the exact identification ofVolcan Quemado remains unresolved. Identification of the general area, however, presents no problem, and there is no doubt that the site of the observation is well within the boundaries of the State of Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(4): 721-723 (2000) The species The species noted by Prado is identified as Ximenia americana L. It is widespread in tropical regions (Willis 1973:1232) and in the Americas is often referred to as the Nicaraguan Plum. This is an important point in its identification when relying on Prado’s own words describing the plant: ...hallamos...muchos arboles de siruelas que llaman de nicaragua, son de grande guesco y poco carne. (Prado, orig. ms. & Stevens 1930:162). This is translated as: “...we found...many plum trees that are named after Nicaragua: they have large stones and little flesh.” (Windolf in prep.). Ximenia americana is a scrambly shrub or small tree up to 5 m tall, the fruit being a typical plum-like, pyriform or globular drupe, yellow in colour. On islands, and near the coast, it tends to grow on sand dunes and in forests on the landward side of mangroves (George 1984:15-16).Longlsland(10 02’S 142 51’E) itself is generally low and swampy, but heavily wooded. The main island lies on the northwestern end of the Long Island Reefs complex and there are a number of small mangrove-covered islets along the northern and northeastern sides of the reefs (NP15 1973:233). The species has been collected from three islands in Torres Strait (Dauan, Yorke and Murray) in modern times as well as from numerous localities in tropical Queensland and New Guinea (Pers. comm. Queensland Herbarium). The fruit is considered edible, but is reported as sometimes being purgative. It contains appreciable quantities of oil rich in ximenic acid (George 1984:16). Cribb states that the fat extracted from the seeds is used as a substitute for ghee in parts of India (Cribb 1982:46). It is not known whether it was used for this purpose in the Americas, or whether the Torres Strait Islanders or Australian Aborigines used it as a food source. 723 Windolf, First Botanical Record for Australia The genus is named after Francisco Ximenes, a Spanish naturalist who wrote extensively on the subject of medicinal plants in the early sixteen-hundreds. This species is relatively common in tropical America and Prado was probably familiar with it there. Given the confidence of his statement, the correlation between his description and the actual appearance of the fruit, and the ecological and geographical affinity with sites where Ximenia americana is known to occur, there seems no reason to question the correctness of his identification. Conclusions It is considered proven that the first recorded identification of any botanical species in the Commonwealth of Australia was that of Ximenia americana L., made by Don Diego de Prado y Tovar on Thursday 21 September 1606 AEST (Gregorian dating) in Torres Strait, possibly on Long Island, in the botanical district of Cook, Queensland. Acknowledgements Acknowledgement is due to the Director and staff of the Queensland Herbarium and to Philip Sharpe for providing details of Ximenia americana , and to my dear wife Frances for her reading of the text and useful suggestions. References Admiralty Chart 2321. Torres Strait and Approaches. Cribb, A.B. & J.W. (1981). Useful Wild Plants in Australia. Sydney: Collins. George, Alexander S (Ed.). (1984). Flora of Australia. Volume 22. Canberra: Aust. Gov. Pub. Serv. Heeres, J.E. (1899). The Part Borne by the Dutch in the Discovery of Australia 1606-1765. London. Hilder, Brett. (1980). The Voyage of Torres. Brisbane: University of Qld. Press. Kelly, Celsus O.F.M. (1966). LaAustrialia del Espiritu Santo. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni. Press. NP15. (1973). Australia Pilot. Volume III. Sixth Edition. Hydrographic Department. Taunton. Prado y Tovar, Don Diego de. Relacion Summaria de Don Diego de Prado y Tovar. Original Manuscript, Safe l/73a, Mitchell Library, Sydney. Sharp, A. (1963). Discovery of Australia. Oxford Uni. Press. Stevens, Henry N. (ed.) and Barwick (trans.). (1930). New Light on the Discovery of Australia as revealed by the Journal of Don Diego de Prado y Tovar. Hakluyt Soc. Ser. II, no. 64. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni. Press. Willis, J.C. (1973). (Revised by Airy Shaw). A Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni. Press. Whittaker, J.L., Gash, N.G., Hookey, J.F., Lacey, R.J. (1975). Documents and Readings in New Guinea History. Prehistory to 1889. Brisbane: The Jacaranda Press. Windolf, John F. P. (in prep). The Life and Travels of Don Diego de Prado y Tovar. Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst., an unusual epiphytic asclepiad from New Guinea Paul I. Forster Summary Forster, PI. (2000). Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) PI.Frost., an unusaul epiphytic asclepiad from New Guinea. Austrobaileya 5(4):725-728. An amplified description and illustrations are provided for Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst.. The first collection in over 60 years is reported from a new locality in Chimbu Province in Papua New Guinea. Keywords: Dischidia torricellensis, Asclepiadaceae, New Guinea. P I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia Introduction Many of the Asclepiadaceae that occur in Papuasia are poorly known, having been collected only once or not more than a few times. At least 192 species are considered to naturally occur in the region, with some 164 endemic species (Forster 1996). A great number of these have yet to be adequately illustrated and patterns of variation remain to be rigorously documented for nearly every single species. One such poorly known species is Dischidia torricellensis{ Schltr.) P.I.Forst. last collected in 1939 (Forster 1990). Much of the early documentation of the asclepiad flora of New Guinea was undertaken by the remarkable Rudolf Schlechter (Nicholas 1992). Many of the plants that he found and later described are still only known from his original collections or have been rarely collected since. Schlechter went to the then German New Guinea to search for sources of rubber or rubber substitutes, but spent much of his time collecting plant specimens, particularly of Orchidaceae, but also of other plants including Asclepiadaceae. InApril 1902 Schlechter was in the Torricelli Mountains of northeastern New Guinea (now in Madang Province of Papua New Guinea). His collection numbered 14445 represented an unusual epiphytic subshrub and he subsequently described it as the new genus and species Accepted for publication 7 April 2000 Spathidolepis torricellensis Schltr. (Schlechter 1905). Schlechter considered his new plant to be allied to Dischidia but differing in the small coronal lobes and thin, leathery leaves. In more recent times I came to examine his work and this particular species and made the conclusion that S. torricellensis could be adequately accommodated within Dischidia R.Br. (Forster 1990). There is considerable variation in Dischidia s.l. and while there are recent regional accounts for the Malay Peninsula (Rintz 1980) and Australia (Forster & Liddle 1996), there is no monograph available for the group. Despite this, the basic patterns of morphological variation are reasonably well known. Perhaps having overlooked the transfer of Spathidolepis into Dischidia , Johns (1995) listed Spathidolepis as being one of two endemic genera of Asclepiadaceae present in New Guinea. Dischidia torricellensis is an unusual species within Dischidia for a number of reasons. Firstly the leaves are herbaceous (Fig. 1 A), whereas most species have fleshy to succulent leaves. Secondly the corolla lobes are distinctive in the way the edges are strongly reflexed (Fig. 1C). Thirdly the pollinaria are not typical for the majority of Dischidia species in the + unwinged nature of the caudicles (Fig. IF); however, at least one other species (D. superba Rintz) also has this feature (Rintz 1979). 726 A recent (1997) excellent collection (including spirit material) of D. torricellensis has enabled re-examination of the floral structure (Fig. 1) and prompted the present contribution. Data from this collection have confirmed my previous conclusions as to the generic placement of this species but have enabled a few additional observations to be made. Firstly the staminal corona lobes of D. torricellensis are not particularly small (as mentioned by Schlechter 1905), but can be quite well developed and markedly fleshy structures (Fig. 1D,E). They are not similar to the staminal corona lobes found in many species of Dischidia that are generally membranous and with incurved upper lobes (e.g. D. bengalensis Colebr. or D. subulata Warb.). On the other hand they are somewhat similar, albeit fleshier, to those illustrated forD. parvifolia Ridl. from Malaysia (Rintz 1980). Many species of Dischidia have very poorly developed staminal coronal lobes (e.g. D. imbricata (Blume) Steud.), thus demonstrating that there is not only considerable variation in this feature, but that it varies from being virtually non-existent to well developed. Such a gradation is repeated in other asclepiad groups (e.g. Marsdenia R.Br. s.l. Forster 1995; or various Stapelieae) and can be interpreted as being more useful at the specific level rather than generic. Rintz (1980) has quite clearly illustrated that there is a complete gradation from those species where the staminal coronal lobes are poorly developed to those where the lobes are prominent and often incurved, hence Schlechter’s justification for recognition of Spathidolepis on the basis of the small coronal lobes is unwarranted. Dischidia torricellensis also is unusual within the genus in not being an obvious climber or twiner. In the previous description (Forster 1990) it was stated that the species was a ‘liana’, presumably based on the “small root climber” label data of Brass 12915. The collection of Takeuchi 11736 dispels this notion. This species seems to have a habit akin to that found in some species of the closely allied genus Hoya R.Br. where a small number Austrobaileya 5(4): 725-728 (2000) of species have either pendent non-twining stems, or erect, non-twining stems as opposed to the majority that are twiners (Forster et al. 1998) or in the allied MicholitziaN .E.Br. from south-east Asia (Goyder & Kent 1994). The arrangement of the hairs in the corolla tube ofD. torricellensis fits the pattern of Group C (corolla throat only pubescent) of Rintz (1980). Whether or not Rintz’s groups based on the arrangement of hairs on the corolla are natural remains to be seen. Certainly in terms of foliage and pollinaria, D. torricellensis does not closely resemble the Malayan species of Rintz’s Group C and its position within the genus must be viewed as being isolated. These hairs are antrorse near the corolla mouth but retrorse just above the staminal column. In D. torricellensis , these hairs effectively block access to the staminal column and nectar source at the base. This arrangement tends to indicate that a specialised pollination syndrome is involved and that D. torricellensis is similar to the majority of Dischidia species in this respect. Pauw (1998) has recently speculated that this type of asclepiad flower (a closed tube with access restricted by hairs) is adapted to bird pollination, based on this syndrome being observed in the morphologically similar flowers of Microloma species from southern Africa. To date there are no available observations on the pollinators of any species of Dischidia. Similar sized, but open mouth campanulate flowers in Marsdenia cymulosa Benth. are visited and possibly pollinated by small chloropid flies (Forster 1992) and perhaps similar sized insects, rather than birds pollinate flowers of Dischidia. Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst., Austrobaileya 3: 288 ( 1 990). Spathidolepis torricellensis Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtrage FI. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 356 (1905). Type: Papua New Guinea [Kaiser-Wilhemsland]. Madang Province: Torricelli- Gebirges, April 1902 , R.Schlechter 14445 (lecto: K (photo atBRI!); isolecto: BO!), fide Forster (1994: 515). Forster, Dischidia torricellensis Epiphytic subshrub, branches up to 50 cm long and with white latex; indumentum on foliage comprising simple, uniseriate trichomes. Stems cylindrical, up to 3 mm diameter, with antrorse indumentum; internodes up to 90 cm long. Leaves petiolate, herbaceous, lanceolate- elliptic, 3-9 cm long, 1-3.2 cm wide; apex caudate to cuspidate, obtuse at tip; base cuneate; lateral venation comprising 16 to 18 veins per side of the midrib, largely indistinct, interlateral venation reticulate and largely indistinct; upper surface medium green, midrib sunken, glabrous; lower surface glaucescent, midrib raised, glabrous or with scattered, antrorse indumentum on margins and midrib; colleters 2 at lamina base. Inflorescence persistent, an umbelliform raceme up to 8 mm long; bracts triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with sparse indumentum; peduncle up to 10 mm long and 2 mm diameter. Flowers urceolate, (3) 4-5.5 mm long, (2) 4-5 mm diameter at base and (2.5) 3-4.5 mm diameter at mouth; pedicels 2-4 mm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, with sparse to dense indumentum; sepals oblong to obtuse-ovate, 0.7-2 mm long, 0.9—1 mm wide, ciliate and with 1 or 2 glands at base of each sinus. Corolla fleshy, green when immature, white at anthesis; tube (2) 3.5^1 mm long, (2) 4-5 mm diameter, externally glabrous or minutely papillose, internally glabrous or with a few isolated hairs; lobes erect, triangular- ovate, fused for two-thirds of length, each strongly jointed in middle and with margins strongly reflexed, 1.8-2 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide, externally glabrous, internally with dense hairs to 1 mm long blocking entrance to tube. Staminal corona (1) 2-2.5 mm long, (2) 3-3.5 mm diameter, attached at bottom of staminal column and comprising 5 separate lobes; each lobe spathulate-obovate and recurved or winged towards base on either side, the entire lobe (0.75) 2-2.5 mm long, (0.75) 1.5-1.7 mm wide, the wings (0.3) 0.4—0.6 mm wide. Staminal column 1.5-2 mm long, 1-2 mm diameter; anther appendages oblong-obtuse, 0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide; fissure between anther wings 0.6-0.8 mm long. Style-head oblong-conical, 0.7-0.8 mm long; ovaries 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous. Pollinaria c. 0.6 mm long and 0.4 mm wide; polliniaheld erect, oblong, 0.35-0.4 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, yellow; corpusculum 727 oblong, 0.2-0.3 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide; caudicles somewhat winged near pollinia, 0.15- 0.18 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide. Follicles fusiform (immature), 110-120 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter, glabrous. Fig. 1. Specimens examined: West Papua. Jayapura: 6 km SW of Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River [3° 28’S, 139° 08’E], Feb 1939, Brass 12915 (BRI; A n.v.); Rouffaer River [not localised], Sep 1926, Docters van Leeuwen 10275 (BO, L). Papua New Guinea. Chimbu Province: Crater Mountain Wildlife Management area, east of Haia Village, 6°43’S, 145° 00’E, Mar 1997, Takeuchi 11736 (BRI; LAE n.v.). Typification: Schlechter’s original collection of this plant would have been deposited at B although he did not specify this (Schlechter 1905, 1913). This particular specimen is not extant having been destroyed in the firebombing of B in World War II. A duplicate of his number 14445 present at K was selected as lectotype and a further duplicate at BO as an isolectotype for the name (Forster 1994). Further duplicates of this number have not been located in the herbariaA, CANB, L, MEL, NSW, SING, WRCL where some New Guinean Schlechter material is extant. Distribution: Dischidia torricellensis has now been recorded from four places. Three of these collections predate 1940. One of these is obscure and the type locality is very broadly defined. The Takeuchi collection confirms the continued existence of this species in the wild after an interval of 60 years and extends the range considerably eastwards. It is not inconceivable that this species has a broad distribution in suitable habitats between 700 and 1200 m over much of upland New Guinea. Habitat: This plant has been collected from midmontane rainforest at altitudes between 700 and 1200 m. It occurs as an epiphyte on branches. Acknowledgements Thanks to Wayne Takeuchi for the specimens, Peter Bruyns for the illustrations and Peter Bostock for comments on the manuscript. Various herbaria have allowed access to collections in situ or on loan over an extended period of time. 728 Austrobaileya 5(4): 725-728 (2000) References Forster, P.I. (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2. Austrobaileya 3: 273-289. Forster, P.I. (1992). Insects associated with the flowers of Marsdenia cymulosa Benth. (Asclepiadaceae) and their possible role in pollination. Australian Entomological Magazine 19: 45-47. Goyder, D.J. & Kent, D.H. (1994). Micholitzia obcordata N.E.Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) reinstated. Asklepios 62: 13-19. Johns, R.J. (1995). Malesia - an introduction. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 12: 52-62. Nicholas, A. (1992). The Asclepiadaceous works of Rudolf F. Schlechter (1872-1925). Willdenowia 22: 215-264. Forster, P.I. (1994). Type collections of Asclepiadaceae at Herbarium Bogoriense (BO). Australian Systematic Botany 7: 507-519. Forster, P.I. (1995). Circumscription of Marsdenia (Asclepiadaceae - Marsdenieae) with a revision of the genus in Australia and Papuasia. Australian Systematic Botany 8: 703-933. Forster, P.I. (1996). A checklist of the Asclepiadaceae of Papuasia. Science in New Guinea 22: 15- 22 . Forster, P.I. & Liddle, D.J. (1996). Dischidia and Hoya (Asclepiadaceae). In A.G.Wilson (ed.). Flora of Australia 28: 231-240. CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne. Forster, PI., Liddle, D.J. & Liddle, I.M. (1998). Diversity in the genus Hoya (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae). Aloe 35: 44-48. Pauw, A. (1998). Pollen transfer on birds’ tongues. Nature 394: 731-732. Rintz, R.E. (1979). Three new species of Asclepiadaceae from Peninsular Malaya. Blumea 25: 225-231. Rintz, R.E. (1980). The peninsular Malayan species of Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae). Blumea 26: 81- 126. Schlechter, R. (1905). Asclepiadaceae. In K. Schumann & K. Lauterbach, Nachtrage zilr Flora der Deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Siidsee. Leipzig: Gebruder Borntrager. Schlechter, R. (1913). Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbucher fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164. Fig. 1. Dischidia torricellensis . A, flowering branch. B, bud. C, side view of flower. D, side view of dissected flower. E, side view of staminal column and staminal corona with one corona-lobe removed. F, pollinarium. Scale bars: A, 10 mm; B, C, 1 mm (at B); D, 1 mm; E, 0.5 mm (at B); F, 0.25 mm (at D). All from Takeuchi 11736 (BRI). Del. P.V.Bruyns. Austrobaileya 5(4): 729 (2000) Note Cryptolepis papillata P.I.Forst. & Sarcolobus porcatus P.I.Forst. (Asclepiadaceae), newly recorded from West Papua Systematic collection of the flora of the Birds Head Peninsula ofWest Papua on the island of New Guinea is currently being undertaken by staff of the National Herbarium of the Netherlands, Leiden branch and the Herbarium Bogoriense( Veldkampetal. 1997). Amongst a number of Asclepiadaceae sent for routine identification are two collections that represent the first records for those particular species from West Papua. As both species have been rarely collected it is felt worthwhile to formally document these records. Cryptolepis papillataP.I.Forst., Austrobaileya 3:277(1990). West Papua. Birds Head Peninsula, surroundings of Ayawasi, 1°09’S, 132° 29’E, Sep 1995, Ave 4059 (BRI; L n.v.). Previously known from Papua New Guinea in Morobe Province. This new collection extends the known range considerably westward. Three species of Cryptolepis (C. papillata , C. perakensis (Gamble) P.I.Forst., C. lancifolia P.I.Forst.) have now been recorded for West Papua (Forster 1990, 1991a, 1993a, 1996). Sarcolobus porcatusP.I.Forst., Austrobaileya 3:353(1991). West Papua. Birds Head Peninsula,surroundings of Ayawasi, 1°09’S, 132°29’E, Mar 1996, Ridsdale 2321 (BRI; L n.v). Previously known from Papua New Guinea in Morobe Province. This new collection extends the range considerably westward. Four species of Sarcolobus ( S. porcatus , S. retusus, K.Schum., S. secamonoides(Sch\tr.)V.l.¥orst., S. vittatus P.I.Forst.) have now been recorded for West Papua (Forster 1990, 1991b, 1993b, 1996). Acknowledgement Thanks to M. Polak (L) for sending the material for identification. References Forster, P.I. (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2. Austrobaileya 3: 273-289. Forster, P.I. (1991a). Cryptolepis lancifolia (Asclepiadaceae: Periplocoideae), a new species from West Papua. Blumea 35: 381-383. Forster, P.I. (1991b). A taxonomic revision of Sarcolobus R.Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) in Australia and Papuasia. Austrobaileya 3: 335-360. Forster, PI. (1993a). Conspectus of Cryptolepis R.Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Periplocoideae) in Malesia. Austrobaileya 4: 67-73. Forster, P.I. (1993b). Additional records for some species of Finlaysonia Wallich, Gymnanthera R.Br, Heterostemma Wight & Arn. and Sarcolobus R.Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Melanesia and Papuasia. Austrobaileya 4: 129-130. Forster, P.I. (1996). A checklist of the Asclepiadaceae of Papuasia. Science in New Guinea 22: 15- 22 . Veldkamp, J.F., Roos, M.C. & Rifai, M.A. (eds.) (1997). Expeditions and other fieldwork. Flora Malesia Bulletin 12(2): 37-39. P.LForster Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong, Queensland 4060 Austrobaileya 5(4): 731 (2000) Note A new combination in Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) for Australia As a result of the publication of Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution (Henderson 1997), it has come to our attention that there is a nomenclatural problem regarding the eastern and northern Australian species recorded therein under Rubiaceae as Morinda acutifolia F.Muell. George Bentham (1867) published the name Coprosma acutifolia for material collected by Goodwin and Dallachy at Durandoo, New South Wales, and sent to him in 1856 by Ferdinand Mueller in Melbourne. This material had been labelled Coprosma acutifolia by Mueller. Unfortunately, by 1867 the name Coprosma acutifolia had already been published by Joseph Hooker for a different species of Coprosma from New Zealand (Hooker 1857). Thus, Mueller’s name, when published by Bentham, was a later homonym and hence illegitimate under Article 53.1 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN) (Greuter et al. 1994). Mueller was aware of the problem with the binomen Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. for he published (Mueller 1869) a brief note on this and provided the new name Coprosma canthoides F.Muell. for the Australian species concerned. However, he apparently overlooked this note and combination when he named this species in Morinda as M. acutifolia F.Muell. (Mueller 1875). There he cited the name Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. as a synonym but did not mention C. canthoides F.Muell. By including Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. (as ‘F.M. in Bentham’), worn. illeg., in his protologue, Mueller is taken as providing a new name for the species dating from 1875 (ICBN Art.58.3) but the type of his name is the type of Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. (ICBN Art.7.3). As the type of Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. is automatically the type of C. canthoides F.Muell. (ICBN Art.7.3), and is also the type of Morinda acutifolia F.Muell., according to Article 52.1 of the ICBN, Mueller in 1875 published an illegitimate name which is to be rejected. The name that Mueller ought to have provided for the species he circumscribed as Morinda acutifolia is M. canthoides. Accordingly, the necessary new combination is now provided. Morinda canthoides (F.Muell.) Halford & R.J.F.Hend. comb. nov. Coprosma canthoides F.Muell., Fragm. 7:45 (1869); Coprosma acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 429 (1867), worn, illeg. non Hook.f., J. Linn. Soc. 1: 128 (1857); Morinda acutifolia F.Muell., Fragm 9:179 (1875), nom. illeg. Type: [Australia, New South Wales.] Durandoo, undated, Hb. F. Mueller (holo: K n.v.\ BRI, photo). References Bentham, G (1867) Coprosma. In Flora Australiensis 3:429-430. London: L. Reeve & Co. Greuter, W., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Chaloner, W.G., Demoulin, V., Hawksworth, D.L., Jorgensen, P.M., Nicolson, D.H., Silva, PC., Trehane, P. & McNeill, J. 1994. International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Tokyo Code). Regmim Vegetabile 131. Konigstein, Germany: Koeltz Scientific Books. Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) 1997. Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution. Brisbane; Department of Environment. Hooker, J.D. 1857. On the Botany of Raoul Island, one of the Kermadec group in the South Pacific Ocean. J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 1:125-129. Mueller, F. 1869. Fragmentia Phytographiae Australiae 7:45. Melbourne: Victorian Government. Mueller, F. 1875. Fragmentia Phytographiae Australiae 9:179. Melbourne: Victorian Government. Accepted for publication 8 October 2000 David A. Halford and Rodney J. F. Henderson, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha,Toowong, Qld 4066,Australia Note Austrobaileya 5(4): 733-734 (2000) A new combination inProstantheraLabiM. (Lamiaceae) In 1904, F.M. Bailey named Hemigenia clotteniana , based on a specimen from “Herberton” (Bailey 1904). He gave a detailed description of the plant, including the following “leaves opposite, simple, or on the branchlets often in threes, 6 to 9 lines [12-18 mm] long, scarcely exceeding 2 lines [4 mm] in width” and later “calyx 2-lipped, lips entire; upper one deep purple, about 4 lines [8 mm] long”. An examination of the type showed that it possesses 4 perfect stamens, each with 2 anther cells. In the following year (Bailey 1905), he described Prostanthera atroviolacea, again from “Herberton”. His description included the following “leaves opposite, not exceeding 1 inch [25 mm] long and 2 lines [4 mm] broad” and later “calyx silky-hairy, the upper lip 5 lines [10 mm] long,... deep-violet outside”. Bailey did not compare P. atroviolacea with H. clotteniana , saying merely that “the nearest ally of this plant \P atroviolacea] appears to be P. lithospermoides”. Between the years 1905 and 1999, only one collection of either ‘species’ was added to the Queensland Herbarium. That specimen, collected by Michael Lockyer in 1974, was identified as Prostanthera atroviolacea. In April 1999, K.R. McDonald sent to BRI two labiaceous specimens, collected from the rocky hills west of Ravenshoe. The process of identifying these specimens led to a closer examination of Hemigenia clotteniana and Prostanthera atroviolacea , and it was soon realised that the two are synonymous. There is some variation in the stamens; some flowers have two perfect stamens while others have four. This may have prompted Bailey to place his two collections into different genera. The correct genus is undoubtedly Prostanthera , because the stamens always have two perfect cells, and the calyx is 2-lobed. Hence, a new combination is necessary, as follows: Prostanthera clotteniana (F.M.Bailey) ARBeancomb. nov. Hemigenia clotteniana F.M.Bailey, Queensl. Agric. J. 15: 493 (1904). Type: Herberton, undated, J. Stirling (holo: BRI). Prostanthera atroviolacea F.M.Bailey, Queensl. Agric. J. 16: 190 (1905). Type: Herberton, undated, R.C. Ringrose (holo: BRI), syn. nov. Illustration: F.M. Bailey, Comprehensive Cat. ofQldPl.p. 393(1913). Additional specimens examined: Queensland. North Kennedy District: W of Ravenshoe, Dec 1974, Lockyer s.n. (BRI); TR245 W of Ravenshoe, Apr 1999, McDonald 22, 32 (BRI); TR 245 near Ravenshoe, May 1999, Thompson & McDonald (BRI). Conservation status: H. clotteniana was listed as presumed extinct (X) on the schedules of the Queensland Conservation Act, while P. atroviolacea was listed as rare (R). A re¬ assessment of the conservation status of Prostanthera clotteniana is now obviously necessary. It is known only from a few rocky hilltops in State Forest near Ravenshoe. Three stands are known with 1,7 and 1 individuals in each (K. McDonald pers. comm.). Applying the criteria of the IUCN (Anon. 1994), a category of‘critically endangered’ is proposed (Criterion D). Acknowledgements I am grateful to Keith McDonald whose dogged efforts to debunk the ‘X’ status of Hemigenia clotteniana have finally paid off. Accepted for publication 10 March 2000 Austrobaileya 5(4): 733-734 734 References Anonymous (1994). IUCN Red List Categories. International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources: Switzerland. Bailey, F.M. (1904). Contributions to the Flora of Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal 15: 491-5. Bailey, F.M. (1905). Contributions to the Flora of Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal 16: 189-93. A.R. Bean Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong, Queensland 4066 Austrobaileya 5(4): 735-736 (2000) Note A new combination in Corymbia ‘section Politaria’: C. citriodora subsp. variegata (Myrtaceae). Introduction Hill and Johnson (1995) informally established Corymbia section ‘ Politaria ’ to comprise four species: Corymbia citriodora (lemon-scented gum), C. maculata (spotted gum), C. henryi (large-leaved spotted gum) and C. variegata (spotted gum). However, a recent study by McDonald et al. (2000) has shown that the taxonomic status of C. variegata warrants reappraisal. They presented evidence that C. citriodora and C. variegata could not be distinguished by either allozymes or morphology. They found that the main attribute distinguishing them was leaf oil composition (citronellal is the main leaf oil in C. citriodora and a-pinene in C. variegata ). The two ‘species’ were thus considered to represent a single taxon comprising two chemotypes. Following field and herbarium studies (particularly by ARB) we concur with McDonald et al. (2000) and here formally subsume C. variegata under C. citriodora at subspecies rank. This will continue to allow a distinction between the two entities, while more accurately reflecting the closer relationship of C. variegata to C. citriodora than to C. macidata. Most phytogeographical references on eucalypts, e.g. Blakely (1934), Boland et al., (1984), Chippendale (1988), Brooker et al. (1997) and Brooker and Kleinig (1999), treated C. citriodora subsp. variegata as the northern extension of C. maculata ., although Chippendale (l.c.) lists Eucalyptus variegata as a synonym of E. citriodora. The presence of lemon-scented leaf oils, rather than morphological attributes, appears to have preoccupied the taxonomic approach of these authors. This is despite the findings of Maiden (1920), McKern (1954) and Larsen (1965), who also considered the two represented a single taxon comprising two chemotypes. Accepted for publication 14 July 2000 McDonald et al. (2000) also concluded that the two other ‘Politaria’ species, C. maculata (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S. Johnson and C. henryi (S.T.Blake) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, represented vicariads as they were genetically and morphologically allied, while genetically distinct from the C. citriodora-C.variegata alliance. However, we consider that little would be gained by a change to infraspecific rank for these species as their relationship is well established and the nomenclatural change unnecessarily disruptive. Taxonomy Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson subsp. variegata (F.Muell.) A.R.Bean & M.W.McDonald comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus variegata F.Muell., J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 88 (1859); Corymbia variegata (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6: 389 (1995). Type: Queensland. Burnett River, 1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL; iso: K). Corymbia citriodora subsp. variegata extends south of the Springsure-Maryborough region in Queensland to near Coffs Harbour in New South Wales and has foliage that lacks a lemon scent when crushed. C.citriodora subsp. citriodora extends north from the Springsure- Maryborough region in central eastern Queensland to the Atherton Tableland in north Queensland and has lemon-scented foliage when crushed. Further details on the two taxa (as C. citriodora and C. variegata) are given in Hill and Johnson (1995). Within C.citriodora subsp. citriodora , McDonald et al. (2000) also noted morphological differences between northern populations (Mt Janet south to the White Mountains region) and southern populations (Mackay region south to the Springsure- 736 Maryborough region). The northern form differs in having narrower and more densely hairy juvenile leaves, narrower adult leaves and Austrobaileya 5(4): 735-736 (2000) bark with fewer mottles compared to the southern form. The taxonomic significance of these differences requires further study. Key to taxa in Corymbia ‘section Politaria’ 1 Adult leaves broad-lanceolate to lanceolate, to 4.5 cm wide . 2 Adult leaves narrow-lanceolate, to 2.8 cm wide. 3 2 Juvenile leaves to 9.0 cm wide, fruit to 2 x 1.5 cm (from near Grafton, NSW to the Brisbane region, Qld) Juvenile leaves to 5.5 cm wide, fruit to 1.4 x 1.1 cm (fromTaree to Eden inNSW and Mottle Range, Vic.). 3 Leaves lemon-scented (N of Maryborough-Springsure to Atherton Tableland, Qld). C. citriodora subsp. citriodora Leaves not lemon-scented (S of Maryborugh-Springsure to NW of Coffs Harbour, NSW). C. citriodora subsp. variegata . . C. henryi C. maculata Acknowledgements Ian Brooker and Andrew Slee provided useful comments on a draft of this paper. References Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Eucalypts. Sydney: The Worker Trustees Boland, D. J., Brooker, M.I.H., Chippendale, G.M., Hall, N., Hyland, B.PM., Johnston, R.D., Kleinig, D.A. and Turner, J.D. (1984). Forest Trees of Australia , 4 th . edition. Melbourne: Nelson- CSIRO. Brooker, M.I.H. and Kleinig, D.A. (1999). Field Guide to Eucalypts, South-eastern Australia. Volume 1. Second Edition. Melbourne: Bloomings Books. Brooker, M.I.H., Connors, J.R. and Slee, A.V (1997). EUCLID: Eucalypts of South-eastern Australia. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research. Melbourne: CSIRO. Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora (Myrtaceae), Flora of Australia 19, Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. Hill, K.D. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1995). Systematic studies in the eucalypts. 7. A revision of the bloodwoods, genus Corymbia (Myrtaceae). Telopea 6: 185-504. Larsen, E. (1965). A study of the variability of Eucalyptus maculata Hook, and E. citriodora Hook. Australian Forestry and Timber Bureau Leaflet No. 95, Canberra. Maiden, J.H. (1920). A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus. Volume 5: 90. Sydney: Government Printer. McDonald, M.W., Butcher, P.A., Bell, J.C. and Larmour, J.S. (2000). Intra- and interspecific allozyme variation in eucalypts from the spotted gum group, Corymbia section Politaria (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 13: 491-507. McKern, H.H.G, Spie, M.C. and Willis, J.L. (1954). The essential oils of Eucalyptus maculata Hooker. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 88: 15-21. MW. McDonald CSIRO, Forestry and Forest Products, Australian Tree Seed Centre, PO Box E4008, Kingston, Canberra,ACT, 2604,Australia; email: maurice.mcdonald@ffp.csiro.au A.RBean Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong, Queensland, 4066,Australia; email: tony.bean@env.qld.gov.au Index of new names published in Austrobaileya 5(4) Apatophyllum flavovirens A.R.Bean & Jessup, sp. nov. . 693 Apatophyllum teretifolium A.R.Bean & Jessup, sp. nov .693 Chamaesyce ophiolitica RI.Forst., sp. nov. .711 Clausena smyrelliana RI.Forst., sp. nov .716 Corymbia citriodora subsp. variegata (F.Muell.) A.R.Bean & M.W.McDonald, comb, et stat. nov . 735 Eucalyptus provecta A.R.Bean, sp. nov .681 Eucalyptus tardecidens (L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill) A.R.Bean comb, et stat. nov .683 Flindersiapimenteliana forma oppositifolia (F.Muell.) K.D.Scott, W.K.Harris & J.Playford, comb, et stat. nov .668 Homoranthus cor acinus A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .687 Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis W.K.Harris & W. J.McDonald, subsp. nov. .699 Lobelia leucotos Albr., sp. nov . 706 Morinda canthoides (F.Muell.) Halford & R. J.F.Hend., comb, nov .731 Prostanthera clotteniana (F.M.Bailey) A.R.Bean, comb, nov .733 Stylidium sect. Alsinoida(MMbr.) A.R.Bean, comb, et stat. nov .634 Stylidium sect. Biloba A.R.Bean, sect, nov .631 Stylidium sect. Tenella (Benth.) A.R.Bean, comb, et stat. nov. .619 Stylidium sect. Uniflora A.R.Bean, sect, nov .613 Stylidium accedens A.R.Bean, sp. nov .605 Stylidium aquaticum A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .622 Stylidium confertum A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .625 Stylidium divergens A.R.Bean, sp. nov .604 Stylidium ensatum A.R.Bean, sp. nov . 603 Stylidium longissimum A.R.Bean, sp. nov . 629 Stylidium oviflorum A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .624 Stylidium stenophyllum A.R.Bean, sp. nov. . 612 Wahlenbergia celata RI.Forst., sp. nov. .661 737 Referees consulted for Volume 5 Acceptance of papers has depended on the outcome of review by referees. Apart from a few who did not wish to be listed those consulted during the past four years are listed below. Several were consulted on more than one occasion. Sincere thanks are extended to all these people whose expertise has helped to maintain journal standards. Barker, R.M. Bean,A.R. Bergstrom, D. Bostock, P. Brooker, M.I.H. Bruhl, J. J. Jones, D.L. Jordaan, M. Keighery, G J. Kodela, PG Clayton, W.D. Conn, B. J. Cowie, ID. Craven, L.A. Cribb, P. J. Crisp, M.D. Lavarack, PS. Lepschi, B. J. Lyne,A.M. Makinson, R.O. May, T. Morrison, D.A. Dawson, J.W. Dixon, D. Dunlop, C.R Duretto, M.F. Panetta, F.D. Pedley, L. Playford, J. Eggli, U. Quinn, F.C. Fensham, R. J. Forster, PI. Reynolds, S.T. Schrire, B. George, A. S. Goyder, D. J. Gross, C.L. Guymer, GP. Simon, B.K. Short, PS. Snow, N. Toelken, H.R. Harden, G J. Harris,W.K. Henderson, R. J.F. Hill, K.D. Holland,A.E. Hunter, J.T. Hyland, B.P.M. Weiller, C.M. Welzen, van PC. Weston, PH. Wiecek, B. Wilson, Peter G. Jacobs, S.W.L. Jessup, L.W. 738 Notes for Authors Austrobaileya publishes original papers in systematic botany and related fields. Preference will be given to papers relating to the flora of Queensland or tropical Australia. All papers are refereed and the editorial committee reserves the right to reject papers. Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate to The Editor, Austrobaileya , Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld4068, Australia. They must be double-spaced typewrit¬ ten, with 2.5 cm margins in the first instance. After refereeing, the corrected manuscript should be submitted on an MSDOS disk as an unformatted ASCII file (DOS Text F ile F ormat), and in your word processing package format, or as a Rich Text Format file. Manuscripts may be e-mailed to the editor as an attached file (Laurie.Jessup@env.qld.gov.au). All illustrations should be submitted with the text. One set of proofs will be sent to authors. For style and layout the most recent number of Austrobaileya should be followed, particularly in the use of subheadings for distribution, etymology, etc. A detailed guide may be obtained from the editor. Papers must be concise and illustrations should make economical use of available space. Where possible illustrations should be submitted in a size suitable for reproduction without reduction in size. The maximum size of a printed illustration isl3.5cmxl8.5 cm. Do not put lettering on the illustration but indicate separately on a photocopy or overlay. Illustrations should be cited in the text. Typed captions should be supplied on a separate page with the text and also adhered to the overlay or photocopy of the illustration. All illustrations, both line drawings and photographs are to be numbered as figures in a common sequence. Published illustrations remain the property of the Queensland Herbarium. Tables should be as simple as possible. Long and/or complicated tables should be avoided. The tables should be numbered consecutively and each should be cited in the text. StandardAbbreviations Titles of journals cited in the nomenclatural sections of the text should be abbreviated according to Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum (Hunt Botanical Library, 1968) while names of books should be abbreviated in accordance with F.A. Stafleu and R.S. Cowan, Taxonomic Literature , edn 2 (W. Junk, 1976-1988). In the ‘References’ section the titles of both journals and books should be given in full. All entries in the ‘References’ are to be referred to in the narrative text and all references to papers or books in narrative text are to be included in the ‘References’ section. Author abbreviations should follow the Draft Index of Author Abbreviations compiled at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (HMSO, 1980). Acronyms used for herbaria cited in the text should be in accordance with P.K. Holmgren, N.H. Holmgren and L.C. Barrett (eds), Index HerbariorumPart 1: The Herbaria of the World. New York: New York Botanical Garden (1990). Other abbreviations which may be used in citing specimens are S.F. (State Forest), S.F.R. (State ForestReserve),L.A. (Logging Area), T.R. (Timber Reserve) and an AQ number. This number refers to the computerised collection number situated on the sheet and/or on the label of specimens housed in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). It is distinct from the BRI number which is a framed sheet number associated with the name ‘Queensland Herbarium Brisbane’, stamped on the sheet. Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Index New names are in bold, all others are in italics. Page numbers in bold refer to the principal description, those in italics refer to an illustration. Pages 369-404 do not exist in Volume 5 due to a pagination error. A Acacia Miller 193, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 313, 316 sect. Phyllodineae DC., 307 sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche 313, 318 sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche 310 abbatiana Pedley 307, 313 arbiana Pedley 307 , 308, argyrotricha Pedley 307, 310 , 311 armillata 311, 312 barakulensis Pedley 307, 308 , 309 burbidgeae Pedley 308, 309 burdekensis Pedley 307, 313 , 314,318 calyculata A.Cunn. ex Benth. 315, 319, 320 concurrens Pedley 317, 320 conferta A. Cunn. ex Benth. 307, 308 convallium Pedley 307, 312 , 313 crassa Pedley 318, 320 cretata Pedley 307, 318 cunninghamii Hook. 158, 317 faucium Pedley 307, 314 , 315, 318 filipes Pedley 307, 315 fodinalis Pedley 307, 316 , 318 gittinsii Pedley 308, 309 glaucescens var. leiocalyx Domin 317 gnidium Benth. 308 granitica Maiden 313 harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth. 137, 138, 356, 671, 672 hendersonii Pedley 307, 309 ingramii Tindale 167 johannis Pedley 307, 311 , 312 johnsonii Pedley 309, 310 julifera Benth. subsp. julifera 500 lacertensis Pedley 307, 316 , 317 legnota Pedley 311, 312 leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley 307, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317,318,320 subsp. herveyensis 317 subsp. leiocalyx 317 leptostachya Benth. 313, 314, 319 longispicata Benth. 318, 320 subsp. velutina Pedley 307, 320 ommatosperma (Pedley) Pedley 311, 312 pilligaensis Maiden 309 platycarpa F. Muell. 312, 313 proiantha Pedley 307, 318 resinicostata Pedley 309 rigens 311 rubricola Pedley 307, 309 , 310 scopularum Pedley 307, 319 , scopulorum Pedley 587 sericata Cunn. ex Benth. 312, 313 shirleyi Maiden 251, 696 solenota Pedley 307, 319 , 320 sp. (Barakula L.A. Neilsen 15) 308 sp. (Blackdown Tableland R.J. Henderson+ HI 199) 309 sp. (Inglewood A.R.Bean 1115) 310 sp. (Mt Abbot A.R.Bean 4873) 313 sp. (Mt Mulligan J.R.Clarkson 8217) 311 sp. (Norwich Park J.Martin AQ349851) 316 sp. (Ropers Peak P.I.Forster PIF7209) 307 sp. (Torrens Creek C.T.White 8725) 314 sp. aff. A. gonoclada 317 spirorbis subsp. solandri (Benth.) Pedley 319 storyi Tindale 309 tingoorensis Pedley 307, 320 tropica Tindale 316, 317 Acanthocereus (A.Berger) Britton & Rose 671 Acanthus ilicifolius L. 652 Acmena smithii (Poir.) Merrill & Perry 536 Acronychia littoralis T.Hartley & J.B.Williams 719 Acrotriche R.Br. 163 Adelia resinosa Blanco 486 Aegiceras corniculatum (L.) Blanco 146 Aeschynomene arborea L. 223 Agaricus cantharellus Schwein. 554 conicus Schaeff. 539 niveus Scop. 549 pratensis Pers. 545 virgineus Wulfen: Fr. 549 var. niveus (Scop.) Fr. 549 Aglaia sp. 55 Albrecht, David. A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae 705 Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell.Arg. 488 Alectryon coriaceus 719 ramiflorus S.T.Reynolds 717, 719 reticulatus Radik. 342 Aleurites J.R.Forst. & GForst. 117 Allium L. 345 Allosyncarpia ternata S.T.Blake 187 Alnus 668 Aloaceae 118 Aloe maculata 113, 118 Alysicarpus Necker ex Desv. 235 sect. Desmodiopsis Schindl. 209, 226 campylocaulos (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Schindl. 226, 233 cheelii C.A.Gardner 209, 222, 260 parviflorus Dalzell 235 Amanoa faginea Baill. 411 ovata auct. non (Decne.) Baill. 407 tomentosa (Blume) Baill. 413 Anatherum Beauv. 503 fulvibarbe (Trin.) Keng 503, 525, 528 muricatum (Retz.) Beauv. 522, 528 zizanioides (L.) Hitchc. & Chase 522, 528 Andropogon L. 503 subgen. Chrysopogon (Trin.) Hack. 506 subsp. echinulatus (Steud.) Hack 526 acicularis Willd. 509 aciculatus Retz. 509, 528 anias Llanos 512, 528 argutus Nees ex Steud. 523, 528 aristulatus Hochst. ex Hack. 518, 528 breviaristatus Steud. 518 echinulatus Nees ex Steud. 526, elongatus (R. Br.) Spreng. 525, var.filipes Hack. 513 festucoides Presl 512, fulvibarbis Trin. 525, fulvus Spreng. 514 fiiscus Presl 527, gryllus auct. non L. 518, gryllus L. 524, 525, 579, 580 gryllus L. subsp. echinulatus (Nees ex Steud.) Cope 526 var. philippinensis Merr. 517, intermedins 527 javanicus Steud. 510, javanicus L. sect. Vetiveria (Bory) Thouars ex Benth. 506 javanicus L. subgen. Vetiveria (Bory) Benth. ex Hack. 506 lawsonii Hook.f. 515, leptanthus Steud. 527, montanum Roxb. 514 monticola Schult. & Schult. f. 514, var. genuinus Hack. 514, var. trinii (Steud.) Hook.f. 520, muricatus Retz. 522, var. aristatus Buse 512, nardus Blanco 522, nemoralis Balansa 517, nigritanus Benth. 526, pallidus 579 serrulatum Link 520 sprengelii Kunth 514, squarrosus auct. non L.f. 512, 522, squarrosus L.f. 523 var. chrysopogonoides Hack. 523, var. genuinus auct. non Hack. 522, var. nigritanus (Benth.) Hack. 526, var. nigritanus auct. non Hack. 512, strictus Host. 527 subtilis Steud. 520, subulatus Presl 510, trinii Steud. 520, var. genuinus Hack. 520, villosulus Nees ex Steud. 527, wightianus Nees ex Steud. 518, zizanioides (L.) Urban 522, zizanioides auct. non Urban 512, Angophora costata (Gaertn.) Britten 536 Anthurium Schott. 3 Apatophyllum McGillivray 691, 692, 696 constablei McGillivray 692, 693, 696 flavovirens A.R.Bean & Jessup 691, 692, 693, 695, 696 macgillivrayi R.J.Cranfield & N.S.Lander 696 olsenii McGillivray 692, 693, 696, 697 sp. (Bull Creek A. R. Bean 2225) 693 sp. (Expedition Range E.J. Thompson AQ440723) 693 teretifolium A.R.Bean & Jessup 692, 693, 694, 696 Aphelandra R.Br. 652 sinclairiana Nees 652, 653 Aphyllodium (DC.) Gagnep. 209, 210, 211, 212, 219, 225 australiense (Schindl.) Ohashi 216, 219 biarticulatum (L.) Gagnep. 210,211,212,215, 216, 217, 233 glossocarpum Pedley 209,210,211,213, 214, 215, 217, 219 hispidum (Schindl.) Ohashi 217 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) latifolium Pedley 209, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217 novoguineense (Schindl.) Ohashi 210, 214,217,219 parvifolium Pedley 209, 211, 212, 213, 217 schindleri Pedley 209, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 217, 219 sp. (Lockerbie L. J. Brass 18464) 213 stylosanthoides Pedley 209, 212, 215, 216, 217 Apiaceae 145 Araucaria cunninghamii Aiton ex D. Don 110, 342, 408, 422 Archidendropsis thozetiana (F.Muell.) I.C.Nielsen 101, 422 Argyrodendron F.Muell. 110, 719 Aristolochia elegans Mast. 35 Asclepiadaceae 53, 59 Asteromyrtus Schauer 175 Astrebla F.Muell. ex Benth. 234, 242 Astrotricha DC. 63, 65, 66 subg. Hexocenia Domin 63, 64, 65 biddulphiana F.Muell. 64, 65, 66 brachyandra A.R Bean 63, 65, 66, 67, 69 cordata A.R.Bean 63, 64, 66 floccosa 68 glabra Domin 64, 66 intermedia A.R.Bean 63, 64 latifolia Benth. 64, 68, 69 ledifolia var. glabriflora F.M. Bailey 66 longifolia Benth. 64, 66, 68 var. glabrescens 66 pauciflora A.R.Bean 64, 66 pterocarpa Benth. 63, 64 roddii Makinson 63, 65 umbrosa A.R.Bean 63, 64, 66, 67, 68 Austrobuxus Miq. 9 Austrosteenisia R.Geesink 79, 80 blackii (F.Muell.) R.Geesink 81, 83, 85,87, 89 var. astipella D.J.Dixon 79, 85, 86, 87 var. blackii 79, 84, 85 glabristyla Jessup 79, 80, 81, 87, 89, 90 mollitricha D.J.Dixon 79, 81, 87, 88, 89 stipidaris (C.T.White) Jessup 79, 81, 52,83 B Babingtonia F.Muell. 157, 158, 170 angusta A.R.Bean 157, 159, 162,163, 165, 171 behrii 159 bidwillii A.RBean 157, 158, 160, 161,167, 168, 171 brachypoda A.RBean 157, 158, 159, 168, 169, 170, 171 collina A.RBean 157, 159, 160, 161, 162,163, 166, 167, 168, 171 crassa A.RBean 157, 159, 160, 166,167, 170, 171 crenulata 158 cunninghamii 158 densifolia (Sm.) F.Muell. 159, 500 granitica 159 jncunda 159 leratii (Schltr.) A.R.Bean 160 odontocalyx 159 papillosa A.R.Bean 157, 158, 159, 169,170, 171 pluriflora (F.Muell.) A.R.Bean 157, 158, 159, 163, 165, 166, 171 procera (J.W.Dawson) A.R.Bean 160 prominens 159 silvestris 159 similis A.R.Bean 157, 159, 161, 162, 163, 165, 166, 168, 171 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) sp. (Atherton A.R. Bean 5707) 163 sp. (Comet P. Rowland AQ634382) 168 sp. (Townsville A.R. Bean 3424) 169 sp. (Yatala P. Grimshaw+ G525) 162 sp. (Yurol A.R. Bean 6803) 161 squarriilosa 159 tozerensis A.R.Bean 158, 169, 170 virgata (J.R.Forst. & GForst.) F.Muell. 157, 158, 159, 160, 170 virgata var. parvula 157 Backhousia kingii Guymer 35, 338, 422 myrtifolia Hook. f. & Harv. 536 Baeckea L. 157, 170, 499 obtusifolia Brongn. & Gris, 160 parvula (Labill.) DC., 160 parvula var. latifolia Brongn. & Gris 160 sp. “Clarence River” 164, 165 virgata (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Andrews 157, 160, 170 var. /?arv?//aF.M.Bailey 161 var. polyandra Maiden & E.Betche 170 Baloghia inophylla (G Forst.) P.S.Green 14 marmorata C.T. White 342 Banksia L.f. 153, 351 aemula 350 integrifolia L.f. 166 spp. 66 Barklya syringifolia F. Muell. 101, 338, 422 Barleria L. 657 Baumea rubiginosa 349 Bean, A.R. & Jessup L.W. Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivaray (Celastraceae) from Queensland 691 Bean, A.R. (2000). Homoranthus coracinus 687 Bean, A.R. A conspectus of Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland, including two new species 63 Bean, A.R. A new combination in Prostanthera Labill. (Lamiaceae) 733 Bean, A.R. A revision of Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage (Myrtaceae) and its allies 679 Bean, A.R. A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia 39 Bean, A.R. A revision of Stylidium sect. Debilia Mildbr., S. sect. Floodia Mildbr. and S. sect. Lanata A.R.Bean (Stylidiaceae) 427 Bean, A.R. A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex G.Don) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae) 589 Bean, A.R. A revision of the Babingtonia virgata (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) F.Muell. complex (Myrtaceae) in Australia 157 Bean, A.R. Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland 687 Bean, A.R. Lilaeopsis brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from Queensland, Australia 145 Bean, A.R. Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland 149 Bean, A.R. Notes on Eucalyptus ser.Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) andother ‘Ash group’ eucalypts 125 Bean, A.R. Ochrosperma obovatum (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland 499 Bean, A.R. Two new species of StylidiumWilld. (Stylidiaceae) from north Queensland 323 Bergia L. 629 Bertrandia astatogala (Heim) Heim 550 Bertya opponens (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Guymer 36 pedicellata F.Muell. 36, 308 Blechum pyramidatum 652 Boronia Sm. 263, 275, 350 sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl. 272, 275, 277, 284, 287,291,295 ser. Valvatae Benth. 275 alulata Sol. ex Benth. 288, 291 amabilis 273 artemesiifolia F.Muell. 292 bella Duretto 275, 282, 283, 284, 285, 287, 288, 295 bowmanii F. Muell. 273, 296, 297 chartacea P.H.Weston 278 duiganiae Duretto 273, 286, 290, 292, 294, 295, 587 eriantha 274 excelsa Duretto 282, 274, 275, 283, 284, 285, 287, 288, 295 foetida Duretto 275, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 295 forsteri Duretto 274, 276, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282 glabra (Maiden & Betche) Cheel 274, 278, 282, 295 granitica 274 hoipolloi Duretto 273, 278, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292 jensziae Duretto 275, 282, 283, 284, 285, 287, 288, 295 keysii Domin 273, 274, 277, 295 lanceolata F.Muell. 274, 293, 294, 295 lanuginosa White 291,292 ledifolia (Vent.) DC. 273, 275, 277, 295 var. rosmarinifolia (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth. 275 obovata 273, 294 odorata Duretto 273, 274, 277, 278, 281, 284, 285, 287, 288, 290, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296 palasepala Duretto 276, 278, 279, 280,257 quinkanensis Duretto 286, 288, 290, 291, 292 repanda 274 rosmarinifolia A. Cunn. ex Endl. 263, 274, 275, 276, 211, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 284, 285, 287 var. albiflora Cheel 277 ruppii Cheel 295 sp. (Hinchinbrook Island S.L. Everist 7786) 282 sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R. Telford CBG7702560) 287 sp. (Massy Creek R.G. Coveny+ 7174) 295 sp. (Mt Mulligan J.R. Clarkson 1) 291 sp. (Mt Walsh PI. Forster+ PIF17253) 286 sp. (Mt Windsor Tableland P.I. Forsterf PIF15225) 285 sp. (Robinson Gorge P.I. ForsterL PIF 11235) 281 splendida Duretto 274, 276, 278, 279, 281 squamipetala Duretto 273, 286, 295, 296, 297 ternata Endl. 295 viridiflora Duretto 291 Bothriochloa bladhii (Retz.) S.T. Blake 527, Bridelia Willd. 405, 406, 411, 414 erapensis S.Dressier 409, 410 exalt at a F.Muell. 405, 407,406,407,408,413, 414, 418 faginea (Baill.) F.Muell. ex Benth. 406, 411 finalis P.I.Forst. 405, 407, 408, 409,410, 414, 419 glabrifolia Merr. 413, 415 insulana Hance 405, 406, 407, 410, 411, 414, 419 lancifolia Roxb. 413 leichhardtii Baill. ex Muell.Arg. 405, 406, 407, 408, 411, 412, 414, 419 var. glabrata Domin 411 melanthesoides var. australiensis Gehrm. 411, 412 minutiflora Hook.f. 410, 411 ovata Decne. 406 ovata auct. non Decne. 413 var. exaltata (F.Muell.) Muell.Arg. 407 penangiana Hook.f. 406, 410, 411 phyllanthoides W.Fitz. 406, 413 scandens (Roxb.) Willd. 406 sp. 408 tomentosa Blume 405, 406, 407, 413,474, 415, 416, 418 var. eriantha Airy Shaw 406, 413 var. glabrata Domin 406 var. glabrescens Benth. 413 var. glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw 406, 413 var. lancifolia Muell.Arg. 413 var. ovoidea Benth. 413 var. tomentosa 406 var. trichadenia Muell.Arg. 406, 413 Briedelia 406 Bryaceae351 Bryophyllum Salisb. 114, 115 Brynm billardieri Schwaegr. 351 Bursaria reevesii L.Cayzer & M.D.Crisp 714 C Cactoblastis cactorum 672 Caesalpinia L. 97, 101 brachycarpa (Benth.) Hattink 101 erythrocarpa Pedley 98 , 99, 100 hymenocarpa 98 nitens (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley 97, 98, 99 scortechinii (F.Muell.) Hattink 98, 99, 101 subtropica Pedley 98, 101 traceyi Pedley 97, 98, 99 , 100 Caleana minor R. Br. 75 Callicoma serratifolia Andrews 163 Callistemon sieberi DC. 167 sp. 308 Calycacanthus K.Schum. 651, 652, 653, 656, 658 magnusianus K.Schum. 652, 653 Calytrix mimiana Craven 615 Camarophyllopsis Herink 535, 537, 539,542,562, 563 subgen. Hodophilus (R. Heim) Bon 562 kearneyi A.M.Young 535, 538, 542, 545, 562, 563 phaeophylla (Romag.) Arnolds 563 schulzeri (Bres.) Herink. 542 Camarophyllus (Fr.) Kummer 539 apricosa sensu Fuhrer & Robinson 546 aurantiopallens Horak 545 lilacinus (Cleland & Cheel) Horak 535, 547 niveus (Scop.) Wunsche 549 pratensis (Pers.: Fr.) Kummer. 545 virgineus (Wulfen: Fr.) Kummer 549 Camphoromyrtus pluriflora F.Muell. 157, 165 Campylopus introflexus (Hedw.) Brid. 350 Canaca Guillaumin 9 Candollea alsinoides 634 anisata (Willd.) Hook.f. ex Benth. 715 capillaris (R.Br.) F.Muell. 620 diffusa (R.Br.) F.Muell. 627 eriorhiza (R.Br.) F.Muell. 323, 451 fissiloba (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 597, 622, 623, 624, 625 floodii (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 433 floribunda (R.Br.) F.Muell. 444 lobuliflora (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 608 muscicola (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 602 pachyrrhiza (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 610, 612 pedunculata (R.Br.) F.Muell. 618 schizantha (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 609 tenerrima 636 trichopoda (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 613, 615 uliginosa (Sw. ex Willd.) F.Muell. 599 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Canscora diffusa 629 Cansora drummondii 711, 712 Cantharellaceae 548 Cantharellus 548 lilacinus Cleland & Cheel 547 Canthium Lam. 353, 358, 360 microphyllum F.Muell. 357, 358 sp. (Massy Creek P.I. Forster+ PIF10568) 358 vacciniifolium F.Muell. 353, 354, 355, 357, 358 Capillipedium Stapf 503 leucotrichum (A. Camus) Schmid ex Veldk. 527, parviflorum (R. Br.) Stapf. 527, Capparis arborea (F.Muell.) Maiden 107, 110, 111 ‘laurifolia ’ 108 nobilis var. pubescens Benth. 107, 108, 110 velutina P.I.Forst. 107, 109, 111 Casearia sp. 55 Cassytha L. 345, 346, 347 glabella R.Br. 345, 346 melantha R.Br. 345, 346 panicidata R.Br. 345 pubescens R.Br. 345, 347 Castanospermum australe A.Cunn. & Fraser ex Hook. 26 Casuarina L. 179, 351 cristata 671, 672 Centrophorum Trin. 506 Centrostemma Decne. 57 multiflorum Blume 57 Ceratopetalum apetalum D. Don 536, 563 Cereus Miller 671 hildmannianus 671, 672 jamacaru 674, 675 penmanus Mill. 671,672, 676 uruguayanus Ritt. ex Kiesl 671, 672, 674,675, 676 Chalcoelytrum Lunell 506 Chamaeraphis muricata (Retz.) Merr. 522, squarrosa (Retz.) Merr. 522 Chamaesyce S.F.Gray. 711 drummondii (Boiss.)D.C.Hassall 711,712 ophiolitica PLForst. 711, 712, 713, 714 petala (Ewart & L.R.Kerr) P.I.Forst. & RJ.F.Henderson 711, 712 Choricarpia subargentea (C.T.White)L.A.S.Johnson 338, 422 Choriceras Baillon 9 tricorne Benth. 26 Chrysopogon Trin. 503,505, 506, 508, 516, 525, 526, 579 sect. Rhaphis (Lour.) Roberty 506 sect. Vetiveria (Bory) Roberty 506 acicularis Duthie 509 aciculatus (Retz.) Trin. 505, 508, 509, 526, var. longifolius Buse 510 argutus (Steud.) Trin. ex B.D. Jackson 504, 523 benthamianus Henr. 524, 525, 579 bomeensis Henr. 505, 508, 510, 511 calcaratus (Hack.) Henr. 524 celebicus Veldk. 504, 508, 511 chinense Trin. 506 coll inns Ridl. 518, 519 echinulatus (Nees ex Steud.) Wats. 524,526 elongatus (R. Br.) Benth. 504, 525 elongatus auct. non Benth. 516 var . filipes Benth. 513 fa/lax S.T. Blake 504, 525, 524, 579 festucoides (Presl) Veldk. 505, 507, 508, 512, 513, 523,526 filipes (Benth.) Reeder 504, 506, 509, 513, 514, 515, 517 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) var. arundinaceus Reeder 513 fulvibarbis (Trin.) Veldk. 504, 525 fidvus (Spreng.) Chiov. 505, 507, 514, 515, 519, 520 subvar. montanus (Trin.) Roberty 514 subvar. serrulatus (Trin.) Roberty 520 fulvns auct. non Chiov. 520 fuscus (Presl) Trin. ex Steud. 527 glabratus Trin. 524 gryllus (L.) Trin. 505, 506, 522, 524,525, 579, 580 grylliis auct. non Trin. 517, 521, 524 subsp. echinulatus (Nees ex Steud) Cope 504, 526 subsp. pallidas (R.Br.) Domin 580 subvar. pilosus Domin 580 var. pallidas (R.Br.) Benth. 524 intercedens Veldk. 504, 505, 509, 515 javaniciim 510 latifolius S.T. Blake 504 lawsonii (Hook.f.) Veldk. 504, 505, 507, 511, 512, 515 leucotrichus A. Camus 527 micrantherus Veldk 504, 509, 516, 517, 525 montanus Trin. 514 var. serrulatus (Trin.) Stapf 520 monticola (Schult. & J.H. Schult.) Haines 514 nemoralis (Balansa) Holttum 504,507, 508, 509, 511, 512, 517, 518, 525 nigritanus (Benth.) Veldk. 513, 526, nodulibarbis (Steud.) Henr. 504 oliganthus Veldk. 504, 505, 513, 514, 515, 516, 526, orientalis (Desv.) A. Camus 506, 507, 508, 514, 515, 518, 519, 520, 521, pallidus (R.Br.) Trin. ex Steud. 524, 580 pauciflorus Vasey 526 perlaxus Bor 507, 519, philippinensis (Merr.) Henr. 517, 518, rigidus (B.K. Simon) Veldk. 504, 505, 527, serridatus Trin. 507, 508, 514, 515,519, 520, 522, settfolius Stapf 505 sinensis Rendle 518, squarrosa (L.f.) Merr. 522 strictus (Nees) Jackson 527, subtilis (Steud.) Miq. 505, 509, 520,521, 522, subulatus (Presl) Trin. ex Steud. 510, sylvaticus C.E. Hubb. 504, 505, 513, 514 tadulingamii Sreekumar 505 tenuiculmis Henr. 505, 509, 511, 521, 522, 525, trinii (Steud.) Watson 520, trivialis (Lour.) Walker-Amott & Nees 509 verticillatus var. orientalis (Desv.) 518 villosulus (Steud.) Watson 527 wightianus (Nees ex Steud.) Thw. 518 zeylanicus (Steud.) Thw. 504 zizanioides (L.) Roberty 504, 506, 507, 508, 512, 518, 522, 523, 526, var. fulvibarbis (Trin.) Roberty 525 var. nigritanus (Benth.) Roberty 526 var. nigritanus auct. non Roberty 512 Clausena Burm.f. 715, 716 anisata (Willd.) Hook.f. ex Benth 715 anisum-olens 716 brevistyla Oliver 715, 716, 717 var. brevistyla 715 var. papuana (Lauterb.) J.F.Molino 715 excavata Burm.f 715 harmandiana (Pierre) Pierre ex Guillaumin 715 heptaphylla (Roxb.) Wight & Arn. 715, 719 kanpurensis J.F.Molino 715 lansium (Lour.) Skeels. 715, 716 poilanei J.F.Molino 715 sanki (Perrottet) J.F.Molino 716 smyrelliana PI.Forst. 715, 716,717 ,718, 719 Cleistanthus Hook.f. ex Planch. 405 cunninghamii 717 peninsularis Airy Shaw 410 Clifford, H. Trevor, The seedling of Cassytha glabella R.Br. 345 Coccoceras Miq. 457 Codariocalyx Hassk. 210, 235 motorius (Houtt.) Ohashi 226 Codiaeum variegatum 26 Commelina L. 629 Conospermum sphacelatum Hook. 663 Cooktownia D.L. Jones 74 robertsii D.L. Jones 71, 74, 75, 76, 77 Coprosma J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.731 acutifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. 731 canthoides F.Muell. 731 Cordemoya Baill. 457 Corymbia K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson735 ‘section Politaria’ 736 citriodora (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 662, 735 subsp. citriodorai F. MuelI.)A. R. Bean & M.W.McDonald 735, 736 confertiflora 527 subsp. variegata 735, 736 bunites (Brooker & A.R.Bean) K.D.Hill & L.A.S. Johnson 309 hendersonii 696 henryi (S.T.Blake) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 735, 736 maculata (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 735, 736 spp 332 trachyphloia (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill &L.A.S.Johnson 308 variegata (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 735 watsoniana (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson 662 xanthope 712 Crantzia lineata (Michx.) Nutt. 145 Crassula L. 115 Crassulaceae 114 Croton mollissimus Geisel. 473, 475 paniculatus Lam. 478 philippense Lam. 480 repandus Willd. 484 ricinoides Pers. 457, 473, 475 Cryptanthus Otto & A. Dietr. 3 Cryptocarya foetida R.T. Baker 342 Cryptocentrum Benth. 4 Cryptolepis 729 lancifolia PI.Forst. 729 papillata PI.Forst. 729 perakensis (Gamble)P.I.Forst. 729 Cuphophyllus 540, 548, 553 Cyclophyllum Hook.f. 353, 354, 355 Cyperus dijformis L. 150 D Dacrydium Sol. ex G.Forst. 181 Dalibarda repens L. 39 Daniel, Thomas F. Chromosome numbers of some Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea 651 Darwinia Rudge 687 Dendrocnide Miq. 121, 123 corallodesme 123 cordata (Warb. ex H.J.Winkl.) Chew 121, 122, 123 cordifolia (L.S.Sm.) B.R.Jackes & M.Hurley 121,122, 123 excelsa 123 moroides 121, 122, 123 photinophvlla (Kunth) Chew 121, 123 Dendrolobium Benth. 209, 210, 219,225, 256, 257 arbuscula (Domin) Ohashi 220,222, 224, 225 cheelii (C.A. Gardner) Pedley 209, 220, 221, 222, 223 hayatae Ohashi 221 multiflorum Pedley 209, 220, 221, 224, 225 polyneurum (S.T. Blake)Pedley 209, 219, 220, 221,222 polyneurum (S.T.Blake) Ohashi 587 quinquepetalum (Blanco) Merr. 224, 225 stipatum S.T. Blake 219, 220, 221, 222, 223 triangulare (Retz.) Schindl. 222, 224 umbellatum (L.) Benth. 219,220,221,222,223,224,225 f. hirsutum (DC.) Ohashi 209, 223, 224 var. hirsutum (DC.) Pedley 223 var. umbellatuni 223 Derris Lour. 79 trifoliata var. macrocarpa Domin 79 Desmodiopsis Desv. 209, 210, 217, 225, 226,234, 235, 246, 259 campylocaulon 234 muelleri 234 Desmodium 226 subsp. acutifoliolum Verde. 250 sect Desmodiopsis (Schindl.) Pedley 209, 226, 227 sect. Dollinera (Endl.) Schindl. 221 sect Heteroloma Benth. 227, 233 sect. Nicolsonia (DC.) Benth. 227, 246 sect Oxytes (Schindl.) Ohashi 227 sect Sagotia (Duchass. & Walpers.)Benth. 227, 246 sect Stenostachys Schindl. 209, 226 ser. Arillata Pedley 209, 226, 227 ser. Sagotia (Duchass. & Walpers) Pedley 226, 227 ser. Stenostachys (Schindl.) Pedley 209, 226, 227, 260 subg. Acanthocladum Pedley 225, 227 subg. Hanslia (Schindl.) Ohashi 226 subg. Oxytes 234 subg. Phyllodium (Desv.) Baker 256 subg. Sagotia (Duchass. & Walpers)Baker 227,246 acanthocladum F. Muell. 209, 226, 227, 228, 231, 233 ancistrocarpum (Ledebour) DC. 256 archboldianum E.G. Baker 247 biarticulatum (L.) F. Muell. 216, 233 biarticulatum var. australiense (Schindl.) Meeuwen 216 var. caudatum 218 brachypodum A. Gray 227, 228, 233, 234 brownii Schindl. 227, 229, 238, 239, 240 campylocaulon F. Muell. ex Benth. 226, 227, 228, 233, 234, 235 canum Schinz & Thellung 255 clavitricha 237 dependens Blume exMiq. 231 deplanchei Harms 234 dietrichiae Domin 252 filiforme Zollinger & Moritzi 209, 226, 227, 229, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 243, 244 flagellare Benth. 227, 229, 240, 241, 243 frutescens Schindl. 255 gangeticum (L.) DC. 227, 230, 249 glareosum Pedley 209, 227, 229, 238, 242, 243 gunnii Benth. ex J.D. Hook. 227, 231, 251, 252, 253 hannii Schindl. 227, 229, 238, 241, 242, 243 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) heterocarpon (L.) DC. 227, 230, 246, 247, 248, 256 heterocarpon (L.) DC. var. heterocarpon 246 var. strigosum Meeuwen 246 heterophyllum (Willd.) DC. 227, 229, 235, 236 incanum DC., Prodr. 226, 227, 230, 255 indigotinum Harms. & K. Schum. 233 intortum (Mill.) Urban 226, 227, 228, 255 limense Hook. 255 macrocarpum Domin 227, 231, 250, 251 megaphyllum 257 microphyllum (Thunb. ex Murray) DC. 209, 226, 227, 228, 235 muelleri Benth. 227, 229, 238, 239, 241, 242, 243 var. minus 246 nemorosum F. Muell. ex Benth. 227, 230, 247, 248 subvar. eboracense Schindl. 247 subvar. whitfordii Schindl. 209, 248 var. nemorosum 248 var. novoguineense Kaneh. & Hatus. 247 var. simplex Schindl. 247 var. whitfordii (Schindl.) Ohashi 248 neurocarpum Benth. 238, 240 var. gracile Benth. 240 var. queenslandicum Domin 238 novae-hollandiae Domin 216 f. latifolium Domin 216 var. caudatum Domin 214 var. novae-hollandiae 218 ormocarpoides DC., 227, 231 ospriostreblum Chiov. 253 parvifolium 235 pilosiusculum DC. 255 polycarpon (Poir.) DC. 246 polyneurum S.T.Blake 209 procumbens (Mill.) Hitchc. 253 pryonii DC. 249 pulchellum (L.) Benth. 257 pullenii Pedley 209, 227, 229, 237, 238, 239, 243, 244 purpureum (Miller) Fawcett & Rendle 253 pycnostachyum Benth. 234 pycnotrichum Pedley 209, 227, 229, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242 quinquepetalum 225 rhytidophyllum F.Muell. ex Benth. 227, 231, 234, 249, 250, 251 sandwicense 255 scorpiurus (Sw.) Desv. 225, 227, 228, 233 spartioides DC., Prodr. 252 strigillosum Schindl. 227, 230, 247 tenax Schindl. 227,231,250 tiwiense Pedley 209, 227, 230, 248 tortuosum (Sw.) DC., 226, 227, 228, 253 trichocaulon DC. 246 trichostachyum Benth. 227, 229, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242 triflorum (L.) DC. 209, 226, 227, 229, 235 umbellatum var. hirsutum DC. 209, 223 uncinatum (Jacq.) DC. 226, 227, 228, 255 unifoliolatum (Merr.) Steen. 233 var. caudatum Domin 218 varians (Labill.) G Don 231, 234, 250, 253 var. angustifolium Benth. 252 var. gunnii (Benth. ex J.D. Hook.) Benth. 251 velutinum (Willd.) DC. 227, 230, 249 var. velutinum 249 whitfordii (Schindl.) Pedley 209, 247 Desmondiastrum A. Pramanik & Thoth. 234 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Deuteromallotus Pax & K.Hoffm. 457 Dicerma DC. 209,210, 211, 217,219 sect. Aphyllodium 211 sect. Phyllodium (Desv.) Benth. 256 acanthocladum F.Muell. 231 biarticulatum (L.) DC. 211,216,217 f. australiense Schindl. 219 f. longibracteatum Schindl. 213 ,219 f. plumosum Schindl, 214,219 subsp. australiense Schindl. 214, 216 subsp. biarticulatum 217 var. australiense Schindl. 214, 216 var. biarticulatum 217 var. collettii Schindl. 218 hispidum 217 novoguineense 217 ,219 pulchellum (L.) DC. 257 Dichanthium Willemet 242, 243 Dicliptera Juss. 656 Dicranaceae 350 Diectomis fastigiata 521 Dillwynia J.E.Smith 93 trifoliata Roth 93 Diospyros fasciculosa 717 Diplachne P.Beauv. 137, 299 parviflora (R. Br.) Benth. 300 reptatrix (L.) Druce 300 Dipteracanthus Nees 657 Dischidia R.Br. 53, 725, 726 bengalensis 726 imbricata 726 parvifolia 726 sub ul at a 726 superba Rintz 725 torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst. 725, 726, 727, 728 Dissiliaria F.Muell. 9, 10 baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill. 9, 11, 12, 13, 14 indistincta P.I.Forst. 9, 10, 11, 12, 17, 18, 19, laxinervis Airy Shaw 9, 10, 11, 14, 16, 17, 19, 21 muelleri Baill. 9, 10, 11, 21, 22, 21, 25, 26 surculosa P.I.Forst. 9, 10, 11, 22, 24, 25, 26 tricornis Benth. 26 tuckeri P.I.Forst. 9, 10, 11, 19, 20, 21 Ditrichaceae 350 Ditrichum difficile (Dub.) Fleisch. 350, 351 Dixon, D.J. A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink (Fabaceae: Millettieae) 79 Dodonaea filifolia Hook. 308 spp. 500 Dollinera Endl. 221 Droogmansia De Wild. 259 Drosera L. 601, 619 Duretto, Marco F. Boronia sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl. (Rutaceae) in Queensland, Australia 263 E Ecbolium Kurz 653 Echidnopsis malum (Lavranos) Bruyns 55 Echinocroton F.Muell. 458 claoxyloides F.Muell. 457, 458, 460 Echinolobium biarticulatum 216 Echinopsis Zucc. 671 multiplex (Pfeiff.) Zucc. 671 Echinus Lour. 458 claoxyloides (F.Muell.) Baill. 460 var. cordata Baill. 457, 460 var. cordatus 463 var. ficifolia Baill. 457, 468 mollissimus (Geisel.) Baill. 473 nesophilus (Muell.Arg.) Baill. 475, 476 philippensis (Lam.) Baill. 480 trisulcus Lour. 458 Elytraria imbricata (Vahl) Pers. 654 Empodisma L.A.S.Johnson & Cutler 349 Epilobium tonkinense H.Lev. 628 Eranthemum L. 657 Eremophila debilis (Andrews) Chinnock 706 Eriocaulon L. 601, 629 Eriorhizum 324 Eucalyptus L’Herit. 125, 175,200 ser. Buxeales Blakely 679 ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely 125, 126, 130 subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, M 126 subser. Strictinae L.D.Pryor & L.A.S.Johnson 125, 134 acmenoides Schauer 68 andrewsii Maiden 125, 126, 127, 128, 130, 134 subsp. andrewsii 125 subsp. campanulata (R.T.Baker & H.G.S.) 125, 128 apothalassica L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 662 approximans Maiden 125, 134 subsp. codonocarpa Blakely & McKie 134 bicolor 680 var. xanthophylla Blakely 680 camaldulensis 625 campanulata R.T.Baker & H.G.Sm. 125, 126,128, 129, 130 chloroclada (Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 150 chlorophylla Brooker & Done 679 clarksoniana 443 cloeziana F.Muell. 65, 68 codonocarpa Blakely & McKie 125, 134 consideniana Maiden 126, 127 crebra F. Muell 251, 316 cullenii 625 dealbata Cunn. ex Schauer 65 decorticans 696 fibrosa F.Muell. 662, 712 grandis W.Hill ex Maiden 44 gummifera (Gaertn.) Hochr. 166 haemastoma 126, 133 var. capitata Maiden 132 var. inophloia C.T.White 130 var. micrantha (DC.) Benth. 132 var. sclerophylla Blakely 132 intermedia R.T.Baker 161 largeana Blakely 679 largiflorens F.Muell. 679 var. xanthophylla (Blakely) Cameron 680 melanophloia F.Muell. 65 mensalis L.A.S. Johnson & K.D. Hill 309 micrantha DC. 132 var. signata (F.Muell.) Blakely 132 microcodon L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 125, 134 microcorys F.Muell. 48 microtheca F.Muell. 679 miniata A. Cunn. ex Schauer 193, 216 montivaga A. R. Bean 125, 126, 130, 131, 132 multicaulis Blakely, 126, 127 nesophila Blakely 328 normantonensis Maiden & Cambage 679, 680, 681, 682, 685 olida L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 125, 126, 129, 130 persistens L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 680, 682, 683, 685 subsp. tardecidens L.A.S.Johnson 683 phoenicea F. Muell. 193, 328 pilularis Sm. 68, 536 polycarpa F.Muell. 437 provecta A.R.Bean 679, 680,681, 682, 685 ptychocarpa F.Muell. 437 racemosa 125, 125, 126, 132, 133 racemosa var. signata (F.Muell.) R.D.Johnst. & Marryatt 132 remota Blakely 126, 127 resinifera Sm. 161 rossii R.T.Baker & H.GSm., 126, 133, 134 rummeryi Maiden 679 saligna 48 sclerophylla (Blakely)L.A.S.Johnson & Blaxell 132, 133 sieberi L.A.S.Johnson 126, 127, 166 signata F.Muell. 132, 133 sphaerocarpa L.A.S. Johnson & Blaxell 309 spp. 66, 68, 332, 609 stockeri D.J.Carr & S.GM.Carr 328 suffulgens L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill 65 tardecidens (L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill) A.R.Bean. 679, 680, 682, 683, 685 tectifica F.Muell. 679 tenuipes (Maiden & Blakely)Blakely & C.T.White 500, 663 tetrodonta F. Muell. 193, 216, 328, 443 trachyphloia F.Muell. 65, 688 variegata F.Muell. 735 watsoniana F.Muell. subsp. watsoniana 500 lucasii Blakely 679 Euonymus globularis Ding Hou 691 Euphorbia L. 711 Euphorbiaceae 9, 29, 115 Eupomatia lanrina 586 Euroschinus falcata Hook.f. 715, 717 Everistia S.T.Reynolds & RJ.F.Hend. 353,354 vacciniifolia (F.Muell.) S.T.Reynolds & RJ.F.Hend. 353, 354, 355, 356, 358 f. crassa S.T.Reynolds & RJ.F.Hend. 353, 356,357, 358 f. vacciniifolia 356 var. nervosa S.T.Reynolds & RJ.F.Hend. 353, 356, 357, 358, 359 var. vacciniifolia 356, 358, 359 Excoecaria agallocha L. 146 Fasciculochloa B.K. Simon & C.M. Weiller 583 sparshottiorum B.K. Simon & C.M.Weiller 583 Fenzlia Benth. 173,174 bennigseniana (Volk.) Burret 181 microphylla (Benth.) Domin 194 obtnsa Endl. 174, 182, 196 obtusa var. microphylla Benth. 174, 194 phebalioides W. Fitzg., 198 retusa Endl., 174, 198 Ficus albipila (Miq.) King, 24 Finlaysonia Wallich. 729 Flindersia R.Br. 667, 668 oppositifolia (F.Muell.) Hartley & Jessup 667, 668 pimenteliana F.Muell. 667, 668, 669 forma oppositifolia (F.Muell.)K. D. Scott, W.K.Harris & J.Playford 668 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) unifoliata Hartley 668 Fontainea Heckel 29, 37 australis Jessup & Guymer 37 borealis P.I.Forst. 29, 30, 31 fugax P.I.Forst. 29, 34, 35, 36, 37 oraria Jessup & Guymer 37 pancheri (Baillon) Heckel 29 picrosperma C.T.White 29, 30, 32, 34, 37 rostrata Jessup & Guymer 34, 35, 37 subpapuana P.I.Forst. 29, 32, 33, 34 venosa Jessup & Guymer 37 Forster, PI. Cryptolepis papillata P.I.Forst. & Sarcolobus porcatus P.I.Forst. (Asclepiadaceae), newly recorded from West Papua 729 Forster, Paul I. & Schmeider, Miriam. Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence in Queensland, Australia 671 Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Bridelia Willd. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia 405 Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Dissiliaria F.Muell. ex. Baill. (Euphorbiaceae) 9 Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia 457 Forster, Paul I. Capparis ve/«r/'na(Capparaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland 107 Forster, Paul I. Chamaesyce ophiolitica.( Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered species endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland 711 Forster, Paul I. Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and critically endangered species from south-east Queensland 715 Forster, Paul I. Marsdenia jensenii (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae ), a new species from north-eastern Queensland 59 Forster, Paul I. Notes on the naturalised Flora of Queensland, 3 113 Forster, Paul I. Peperomia hunteriana (Piperaceae), a new species from the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern Queensland 573 Forster, Paul I. Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst., an unusual epiphytic asclepiad from New Guinea. 725 Forster, Paul I. Three new species of Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae) from Australia and Papua New Guinea 29 Forster, Paul I. Typification and application of the name Macrozamia macleayi Miq. (Zamiaceae) 577 Forster, Paul I. Wahlengergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from central Queensland 661 Forster, Paul I. Liddle David J. and Liddle, Iris M. Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new genus and species from Papua New Guinea 53 Forstera bellidifolia Hook. 591 Fraxinus L. 668 Frullania rostrata (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) J.D.Hook. & Tayl. 351 Frullaniaceae 351 Genoplesium apostasioides 75 Gentiana L. 668 Gliophorus chromolimoneus (G Stevenson) Horak 554 graminicolor Horak 556 pallidus Horak 535, 556, 557, 558 viridis (G Stevenson) Horak 560 Glochidion ferdinandi (Mull. Arg.) F. M. Bailey 536 Glossostigma diandrum (L.) Kuntze 150 Gramen aciculatum Rumph 510, Graptopetalum Rose 114, 115 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) paraguayense (N.E.Br.) Walther 113, 114 Graptophyllum Nees 651, 653, 654, 655 pictum (L.) Griff. 55, 651, 652, 653, 654, 655 Grevillea longistyla 696 pteridifolia 637 Grewia breviflora Benth. 491 Guioa Cav. 103, 104 crenifoliola Merr. & Perry 103, 104 pteropoda Radik. 103, 104 sarcopterifructa Welzen 104 Gunnessia pepo P.I.Forst. 55 Gymnanthera R.Br. 729 Gymnoschoenus sphaerocephalus (R.Br.) Hook.f. 50 Gymnosporia (Wight & Am.) Hook.f. 691, 692 emarginata 692 inermis Merr. & Perry 692 senegalensis 692 H Habenaria Willd. 73, 75, 331, 334, 335 divaricata R.S.Rogers & C.T.White 335 elongata R.Br. 335 harroldii D.L.Jones 335 hymenophylla Schltr. 335 macraithii Lavarack 335 ochroleuca R.Br. 331, 332, 334 praecox Lavarack & Dockrill 331, 332, 333, 334, 335 propinquior Rchb.f. 331, 334, 335 rumphii (Brongn.) Lindl. 335 triplonema Schltr. 335 xanthantha F.Muell 334, 335 Halford, D.A. Oldenlandia gibsonii (Rubiaceae: Hedyotideae), a new species from south east Queensland 337 Halford, David A. & Henderson, R. J.F. A new combination in Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) for Australia 731 Hanslia Schindl. 231 adhaerens (Poir.) Schindl. 231 Haplostichanthus sp. 26 Harmogia 157 virgata (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Schauer 160 Harris, Wayne K. & McDonald, William J. Jasmimim domatiigerum subsp. australis (Oleaceae), a new subspecies from North Queensland 699 Harris, Wayne K. and Holmes Glenn, Jasmimim jenniae (Oleaceae), new species from south eastern Queensland 341 Harrisia Britton 671 Hedraianthera porphyropetala F.Muell. 691 Hedysarum L. 210, 249 adhaerens Poir. 231 ancistrocarpum Ledebour 256 biarticulatum L. 211, 216, 217 , 219 canum Gmel. 255 diphyllum 247 gangeticum L. 249 heterocarpon L. 246 heterophyllum Willd. 236 incanum Sw. 255 intortum Mill, 255 lutescens Poir. 211 microphyllum Thunb. ex Murray 235 polycarpon Poir. 246 pulchellum L. 211, 247,258 purpureum Miller 253 scorpiurus Swartz 233 tortuosum Sw. 253 triflorum L. 236 tuberculosum Labill. 246 umbellatum 223, 247 uncinatum Jacq. 255 various Labill. 252 Hemigenia clotteniana F.M.Bailey 733 Henderson, Rod. In defence of Chrysopogon fallax S.T. Blake (Poaceae) 579 Hibbertia exutiacies N.A.Wakef. 500 Hodophilus foetens (Phill.) R. Heim 562 Holcus elongatus R. Br. 525, gryllus (L.) R. Br. 524, 579, 580 gryllus auct. non R.Br. 524, pallidus 579 zizanioides (L.) Kuntze ex Stuckert 522, Holland, A.E. A new species and a new combination in Rutidosis (Gnaphalieae:Angianthinae: Asteraceae) 565 Holland, A.E. Rothia indica subsp. australis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae: Crotalarieae), a new subspecies occuring in Australia. 93 Holographis Nees 652 Holtzea Schindl. 219 umbellata Schindl. 219,222 Homoranthus A.Cunn. ex Schauer 687 coracinus A.R.Bean 687, 688, 689 darwinioides 687, 689 porteri 689 zeteticorum Craven & S.RJones 688 Hoya R.Br. 53,55, 57 heuschkeliana Kloppenburg 55 multiflora Blume 57 telosmoides Omlor 55 Humidicutis 540 Hydrocybe 554 Hygrocybe (Fr.) Rummer 535, 537, 539, 540, 557, 562 subgen. Cuphophyllus Donk 545 subgen. Humidicutis 542 subgen. Humidicutis Singer 560 subgen. Hygrocybe 541, 549 subgen. Pseudohygrocybe 541 subgen. Pseudohygrocybe M. Bon. 550 anomala A.M.Young 541, 543, 544, 545, 551, 552, 553 var. anomala 551 var. ianthinomarginata, A. M. Young 535, 551, 552 apricosa Horak 546 astatogala (Heim) Heinemann 541, 544, 550 aurantiopallens (Horak) A. M. Young 541, 544, 545, 546 aurantipes A. M. Young 538, 541, 544,553 austropratensis A. M. Young 535, 541, 544, 545, 546, 547 batesii A. M. Young 535, 538, 556, 557, 558 cantharellus (Schwein.) Murrill 541, 544,554 cheelii A. M. Young 535, 541, 543, 547 chromolimonea (G. Stevenson) May & Wood 542, 543, 554 coccinea{ Schaeff.: Fr.) Rummer 550 conica (Schaeff.: Fr.) Rummer 549 constrictospora Arnolds 562 erythrocala A. M. Young 542, 543, 544, 555 graminicolor (Horak) May & Wood 535, 538, 542, 543, 556, 557, 558,560 iropus Young 538 kula Grgurinovic 542, 544, 558 lanecovensis A. M. Young 535, 542, 543, 544, 558, 559 lewellinae (Ralchbrenner) A.M.Young 542, 543, 560 lilacina (C. Laest. ex P. Rarst.) M.Moser 547 mavis (G. Stevenson) Horak 561 miniata (Fr.: Fr.) Kummer 538, 558 nivea 549 pallida (A. H. Smith) Singer 556 pallida (Horak) A. M. Young 556 pratensis (Pers.: Fr.) Murrill 547 psittacina sensu Shepherd and Totterdell 560 reesiae 541, 543, 548 rodwayi (Massee) A. M. Young 549 rosella Horak 561 sp. LC1 541, 544, 561, 562 stevensoniae May & Wood 542, 543, 560 virginea (Wulfen: Fr.)Orton & Watling 538, 540, 545, 549 viridis Capelari & Maziero 560 Hygrocybeae{ Schaeff.:Fr.) Kuhner 535, 539 Hygrophoraceae 535, 537, 538, 539, 564 Hygrophoreae P. Henn. 539 Hygrophorus Fr. 539 aurantius Murrill sensu G Stevenson 545 cantharelhis (Schwein.) Fr. 554 chromolimonens G. Stevenson 554 conica Fr. 550 involutus G. Stevenson 549 marginatus Peck 560 niveus (Scop.) Fr. 549 psittacinus sensu Cleland and Cheel 560 virgineus (Wulfen: Fr.) Fr. 549 viridis G Stevenson 560 viridis sensu Young 556 Hylocereus 671 Hypoestes Sol. exR.Br. 651, 655, 658 aristata 656 floribunda R.Br. 652, 653, 655 var. neoguineensis R.M. Barker 655 Hypsela tridens E.Wimm. 707 Hypsophila oppositifolia F.Muell. 668 I Iseilema spp. 234 J Jackes, B.R. and Hurley, M. Anew combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in north Queensland 121 Jadunia Lindau 651, 656 biroi (Lindau & K.Schum.) Lindau 652,653, 656 Jasminum L. 117, 341, 699 sect. Trifoliolata 700 aemulum R.Br. 342 var. brassii PS.Green 341, 342 calcareum F.Muell. 341, 344, 699 dallachii 344, 700 didymum 344, 699, 700, 701 subsp. didymum 701 subsp. lineare (R.Br.) P.S.Green 341, 699 subsp. racemosum 701 domatiigerum Lingelsh. subsp. australis W.K.Harris & W.J.McDonald. 699,700 subsp. domatiigerum 700 gilgianum 700 jenniae W.K. Harris & G Holmes 341, 342, 343, 344 mesneyi Hance 113, 117 simplicifolium 344 sp. 342 Jatropha L. 115, 118 curcas L. 115 gossypifolia L. 115 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) podagrica Hook. 113, 115 Jones, David L. Cooktownia robertsii, a remarkable new genus and species of Orchidaceae from Australia 7 Justicia L. 653 K Kalanchoe Adans.114, 115, 118 lateritia 113, 114 Kania Schlechter 174, 182 hirsutula (F.Muell.) A. J. Scott 181 Kudirra-pullu Rheede 510, Kunstleria Prain 79 blackii (F.Muell.) Polhill 83 stipularis (C.T.White) Polhill 80, 81 Kunzea ambigua (Sm.) Druce 166 ericoides (A.Rich.) Joy Thomps. 166, 170 compacta (Steph.) Grolle 351 L Lankesteria Lindl 657 Lantana camara L. 423 Laportea cor difolia L.S.Sm., 121, 122 Lavarack, Peter S. and Dockrill, Alick W.A. new species of Habenaria Willd. (Orchidaceae) from North Queensland 331 Lejeunea flava (Sw.) Nees subsp. orientalis Schust. 351 Lejeuneaceae 351 Lepidagathis Willd. 651, 656, 657 royenii Bremek. 652, 653, 656 formosensis C.B.Clarke ex Hayata 656 Lepidoziaceae 351 Lepironia articulata 349, 350 Leptochloa PBeauv. 5, 137, 141, 299, 300, 301 ciliolata (Jedw.) S.T.Blake 4, 302 decipiens (R.Br.) Stapf ex Maiden 4 digitata 301 divaricatissima 138, 302 dubia (Nees) Kunth 3, 301 fusca (L.) Kunth 299 subsp. fusca 300, 302 subsp. muelleri (Benth.) N. Snow 300, 301 subsp. uninervia 299, 300, 301, 302, 305 gigantea (Launert) T. A. Cope & N. Snow 300 ligulata Lazarides 2, 137, 138, 301, 303 mucronata 302 neesii 301 panicea subsp. brachiata 302 subsp. panicea 301, 303 peacockii (Maiden & Betche) Domin 4, 138, 141 southwoodii N. Snow & B.K.Simon 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 301, 302 Leptospermum 349 brachyandrum (F.Muell.) Druce 170 lamellatum Joy Thomps. 688 parvulum Labill. 160 petersonii F.M.Bailey 167 sericatum Lindl. 500, 663 virgatum J.R.Forst. & G. Forst. 157, 160 Leucobryum candidum (PBeauv.) Wils. 350 Leucopogon flexifolius R.Br. 688 Lilaeopsis Greene 145, 146 australica 145 brisbanica A.R.Bean 145, 146, 147 chinensis (L.) Kuntze 145 fistulosa A.W.Hill 145, 146 novae-zealandiae (Gand.) A.W.Hill 145, 146, 148 polyantha (Gand.) H.Eichler 145, 146 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Lindernia 629 Lithomyrtus F.Muell. 173, 174, 175, 178, 182, 183, 185 cordata (A.J. Scott) N.Snow & Guymer 180, 183, 184, 185, 193 densifolia N.Snow & Guymer 185, 186, 189, 188, 192, 193 dunlopii N.Snow & Guymer 184, 186, 188, 189, 194 grandifolia N.Snow & Guymer 183, 188, 189 hypoleuca N.Snow & Guymer 174, 182, 183, 184, 190, 191, 192, 198 kakaduensis N.Snow & Guymer 183, 193, 183, 193, 192, 190 linariifolia N.Snow & Guymer 174, 183, 189, 190, 192, 193 microphylla (Benth.) N.Snow & Guymer 184, 192, 194, 195, 196 obtusa (Endl.) N.Snow & Guymer 174, 183, 184, 185, 189, 194, 195, 196 repens N.Snow & Guymer 183, 195, 197, 198 retusa (Endl.) N.Snow & Guymer 183, 184, 185, 193, 197, 198, 199 Lobelia darlingensis (E.Wimm.) Albr. 709 leucotos Albr. 705, 706, 707, 709 quadrangularis R.Br. 707, 709 stenophylla Benth. 706, 707 Lobelioideae 705 Logania cordifolia Hook. 663 Lonchocarpus blackii (F.Muell.) Benth. 83 nesiotes 79, 83 stipularis C.T.White 79, 81 Longetia 9 Lophocereus schottii (Englem.) Britt. & Rose 676 Lophostemon confertus (R.Br.) Peter G.Wilson & J.T. Waterhouse 342 suaveolens (Gaertn.) Peter GWilson & J.T. Waterhouse 161 Lysicarpus angustifolius (Hook.) Druce 663 Mackaya 653 Macromitrium aurescens Hainpe 351 Macrozamia 577 johnsonii D.L. Jones & K.D. Hill 363 johnsonii F.Muell 363 Incida L.A.S.Johnson 577 macleayi Miq. 577 miquelii 577 moorei D.L.Jones and K.D.Hill 363 Madangia P.I.Forst., D.J.Liddle & I.M.Liddle 53, 55 inflata P.I.Forst., D.J.Liddle & I.M.Liddle 53, 54, 55, 56, 57 Mallotus Lour. 457,458 angustifolius Benth. 457, 470 claoxyloides (F.Muell.) Muell.Arg. 457, 460, 461 , 462, 463, 470, 472, 493 f. grossedentata Domin 468 var. angustifolia F.M.Bailey 457 var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy 460, 463 var .ficifolius (Baill.) Benth. 468, 470 var. glabratus Domin 460 var. macrophylla Benth. 463, 468 cochinchinensis Lour. 458, 478 derbyensis W.Fitzg. 491 didymochryseus Airy Shaw 457, 467 didymochryseus auct. non Airy Shaw 465 discolor F.Muell. ex Benth. 457, 458, 460, 463, 464, 465, 493 dispersus P.I.Forst. 457, 458, 460, 465, 466, 467, 495 ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & K.Hoffm. 460, 463, 468, 469, 470, 494 floribundus (Blume) Muell.Arg. 489 megadontus P.I.Forst. 458, 460, 470, 471, 472, 495 mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw 459, 473, 474, 475, 494 muricatus var. walkerae (Hook.f) Pax & K.Hoffm. 486 nesophilus Muell.Arg. 458, 460, 465, 475, 476, 477, 478, 491,495 oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell.Arg. 491 paniculatus (Lam.) Muell.Arg. 460, 478, 479, 480, 491, 496 philippensis (Lam.) Muell.Arg. 458, 460, 480, 481,496 polyadenos F.Muell. 460, 481, 482, 483, 491, 493 pycnostachys F.Muell. 473, 475 repandus (Willd.) Muell.Arg. 459, 484, 485, 497 resinosus (Blanco) Merr. 458, 460, 486, 487, 488, 497 ricinoides (Pers.) Muell.Arg. 473, 475 sp. 470, 488 surculosus P.I.Forst. 459, 488, 489, 490, 495 tiliifolius (Blume) Muell.Arg. 476, 480, 489, 491 walkerae Hook.f. 486 zippelii (Hassk.) F.Muell. 457 Mammillaria 671 Manihot Mill. 115, 116 esculenta Crantz 113, 115, 116 flabellifolia 116 glaziovii Muell.Arg. 113, 116, 117 grahamii Hook. 113, 115, 116 Maniltoa psilogyne Harms 55 Marsdenia 59, 726 Marsdenia cymulosa 726 hemiptera H.Rch. 59, 61 jensenii P.I.Forst. 59, 60, 61 Maytenus Molina 691, 692 cunninghamii 692 disperma 692 emarginata 692 fasciculiflora Jessup 692 silvestris 692 McDonald, Bill reviewer. Australian Tropical Rainforest Trees and Shrubs by B.P.M.Hyland, T. Whiffin, B.Gray, R.W. Elick, &A.J. Ford 585 McDonald, M.W. & Bean, A.R. A new combination in Corymbia section “ Politaria C. citriodora subsp. variegata (Myrtaceae) 735 Mecopus Benn. 210 Meibomia acanthoclada (F. Muell.) Kuntze 231 campylocaulon (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Kuntze 234 filiformis (Zoll. & Moritzi) Kuntze 238 flagellaris (Benth.) Kuntze 240 gangetica (L.) Kuntze 249 heterocarpa (L.) Kuntze 246 heterophylla (Willd.) Kuntze 236 intorta (Mill.) Blake 255 microphylla (Thunb.) Kuntze 235 muelleri (Benth.) Kuntze 242 nemorosa (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Kuntze 247 neurocarpa (Benth.) Kuntze 238 pulchella (L) . Kuntze 258 tortuosa (Sw.) Kuntze 253 trichostachya (Benth.) Kuntze 237 triflora (L.) Kuntze 236 uncinata (Jacq.) Kuntze 255 varians (Labill.) Kuntze 252 velutina Willd. 249 Melaleuca L. 157, 163, 175,214,216,238,351, 601, 610 citrolens Barlow 328 leucadendra 450, 633, 635 nervosa 443 quinquinervia 349, 635 spp. 437, 592,617, 637 thymifolia Sm. 500 virgata (J.R.Forst. & GForst.) L.f. 160 viridiflora 431,434,443 viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn. 328, 332, 603, 609, 619, 620, 622, 625, 627, 629 Mezoneuron 97 brachycarpum 101 Micholitzia 726 Micraira subulifolia 625 Microcarpaea R.Br. 149 agonis A.R.Bean 149, 150, 151 minima 15, 149 muscosa 149 Microloma 726 Micromelum minutum 715, 716, 717 Micromyrtus leptocalyx 696 Millettia 83 blackii F.Muell. 83 Mitrasacme oasena Dunlop 663 Morinda L. 731 acutifolia F.Muell. 731 canthoides (F.Muell.) Halford & R.J.F.Hend. 731 Myristica bicuhyba 345 Myrtaceae 125, 157, 173, 207, 499 Myrtastrum Burret 175 Myrtella F.Muell. 173, 174, 175, 177, 178,183,202, 206, 207 sect. Eufenzlia Burret. 174 beccarii F.Muell. 178,179, 180 bennigseniana (Volk.) Diels 179, 180, 181 cordata A.J. Scott 174, 184, 185 hirsutula F.Muell. 174, 182 microphylla (Benth.) A. J. Scott 194 obtusa (Endl.) A. J. Scott, 196 phebalioides (W. Fitzg.) A.J. Scott, 198 retusa ( Endl.) A. J. Scott 198 rostrata Lauterb., 181 N Neomyrtus Burret 175 Neotrewia Pax & K.Hoffm. 457 Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook, f.) Oerst. 538 Nyctocereus 671 O Ochrosperma Trudgen 499, 500 adpressum 499, 500 citriodorum 499, 500 lineare 499, 500 obovatum A.R.Bean 499, 500, 501 oligomerum 499, 500 sulcatum 499, 500 Octospermum Airy Shaw 457 Odontonema 653 Oldenlandia L.337 gibsonii Halford 337, 338, 339 polyclada (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 337, 338 sp. (Wietalaba N.Gibson 1344) 337 Ole a paniculata R.Br. 342 Oleaceae 117, 341 Oplonia 653 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Opuntia Miller 671 stricta 672 tomentosa 671 Orthotrichaceae 351 Ougeinia Benth. 210 P Paederota minima J.Konig ex Retz. 149 Pandanus spiralis R.Br. 437 spp. 609, 637 Panicnm hians 583 Parasorghum (Snowden) Garber 505 Pedley, Les Desmodium Desv. (Fabaceae) and related genera in Australia: a taxonomic revision 209 Pedley, Les Notes on Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) chiefly from northern Australia 307 Pedley, Les Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae) in Australia 97 Peperomia Ruiz. & Pav. 573, 574 bellendenkerensis Domin 573, 574 blanda (Jacq.) Knuth 573, 574 enervis C.DC. et F.Muell. 573, 574 hunteriana PI.Forst. 573, 574, 575 leptostachya Hook. & Arn. 573 pellucida 574 tetraphylla 574 Peplidium 149 Pereskia 671 Peristrophe 656 Peristylus 73, 75, 335 banfieldii (F.M. Bailey) Lavarack 335 candidus J.J.Sm. 335 tradescantifolius (Rchb.f.) Kores 335 Persicaria 118 capitata (Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don) H.Gross 113, 118 Petalostigma banksii Britten & S.Moore 328 Phalaris zizanioides L. 522, Phebalium glandulosum Hook. 308 Phyllodium 209, 210, 211, 220, 225, 256 hackeri Pedley 209,256, 257 insigne 257 lutescens 211 pulchellum (L.) Desv. 211, 256, 257, 259 var. pulchellum 257 var. glabrius Pedley 209, 257, 258, 587 var. pulchellum 258 sp. (Montalbion H.S.McKee 9430) 256 sp. A 258 Pilidiostigma recurvum (C.T.White) A.J.Scott 26 Pittosporum sp. 55 undulatum Vent. 536 Platanthera 73 papuana Schltr. 74, 75 Poaceae 503, 579 Polemoniaceae 174 Pollinia Spreng. 506 fulva Spreng. 514 gryllus (L.) Spreng. 525, pallida 579 Polyalthia sp. 55 Polygonaceae 118 Pomaderris clivicola E.M.Ross 36 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre 26 Popowia sp. 55 Prainea hackeri 256 insigne (Prain) Schindl. 256 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Pratia pedunculata (R.Br.) Benth.705, 706 puberula Benth 705, 706, 707, 709 purpurascens (R.Br.) E.Wimm. 706, 707,709 Premna lignum-vitae (A. Cunn. ex Schauer) W. Piep. 342 Prostanthera Labill. 733 atroviolacea F.M.Bailey 733 clotteniana (F.M.Bailey) A.R.Bean 733 lithospermoides 733 Psammomoya Diels & Loes. 691 Pseudarthria Wight & Am. 210 Pseuderanthemum 653, 654 Psendohygrocybe 540, 553 Pseudoraphis spinescens (R. Br.) Vickery 523 Psidium L. 174 Psydrax Gaertn. 353, 354, 355 lamprophylla (F.Muell.) Bridson 353 Pterolobium 101 nitens F.Muell. ex Benth. 97, 99, 101 Pultenaea 349 Pycnospora 211,235 Pyrostria Comm, ex Juss. 353 R Racosperma 312 Razisea 653 Reynolds, S.T. and Henderson, R.J.F. Vanguerieae A. Rich, ex Dum. (Rubiaceae) in Australia, 1. Everistia S.T.Reynolds & R.J.F.Hend. 353 Rhaphis Lour. 503, 506 acicularis (Retz.) Desv. 509 aciculatus (Retz.) Honda 509 argnta Nees 523 echimdata Nees 526, elongatus (R. Br.) Chase 525, elongatus auct. non Chase 516, var. filipes (Benth.) Keng 503, 513, javanica Nees 510, orientalis Desv. 518, stricta Nees 527, trivialis Lour. 506, 509, zizanioides (L.) Roberty 522, subvar. fulvibarbis (Trin.) Roberty 525, var. aciculata (Retz.) Roberty 509, var. nigritana (Benth.) Roberty 526, Rhinacanthus Nees 653 Rhodamnia Jack 421, 423 angustifolia N.Snow & Guymer 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426 costata A.J. Scott 423 dumicola Guymer & Jessup 342, 423 glandulosa 568, 572 maideniana C.T.White 423 whiteana Guymer & Jessup 423 Rhynchosia 241 Rhynchospora pterochaeta F.Muell. 706 Riccia cartilaginosa Steph. 351 Ricciaceae 351 Rinorea horneri (Korth.) O.Kuntze 55 Rockinghamia Airy Shaw 457 Rotala ilecebroides 629 mexicana Cham. & Schltdl. 150, 151 occultiflora Koehne 150, 151 Rothia Pers. 93 hirsuta (Guill. & Perr.) Baker 96 indica (L.) Druce 93, 96 indica subsp. australis A.E. Holland 93, 94, 95 subsp. indica 94 lotoides 93 trifoliata (Roth) Pers. 93 Rottlera oblongifolia Miq. 491 Rottlera Roxb. 458 tiliifolia Blume 489, 491 tinctoria Roxb. 458 Rubiaceae 353 Rubus L. 39, 50 subg. Cylactis (Focke) Focke 39 subg. Dalibarda (L.) Focke 39, 50 subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean 39, 48 subg. Idaeobatus 48 subg. Malachobatus (Focke)Focke 39,41, 48 subg. Rubus 39 alceifolius Poir. 39, 40, 41, 42 bellobatus 41 capricorni Focke 44, 45 chamaemorus L 50 dalibarda L. 39 dendrocharis (Focke) Focke 42 ellipticus 40 fockeanus Kurz 39 fruticosus 39, 41 gunnianus 39, 40, 49, 50 haskarlii 42 hillii F.Muell. 39, 44, 47 laciniatus 41 lasiococcus Gray 39 moluccanus L. 39, 42, 44, 45 var. alceifolius (Poir.) Kuntze 41 var. austropacificus P.Royen 44 var. moluccanus 39, 40, 44 var. trilobus A.R.Bean 39, 40, 45, 46,47, 48 moorei 40 nebulosus 40 parvifolius L. 41, 48 pedatus Sm. 39 probus 41 queenslandicus 41 rosifolius var. commersonii 41 var. rosifolius 41 rugosus Sm. 39 ursinus 41 x illegitimus Focke 47, 48 x novae-cambriae Gand. 47 x novus Kuntze 39, 41, 47, 48, 50 Ruellia L. 651, 657, 658 macrantha 657 prostrata 657 repens L. 652, 653, 656, 657 tuberosa L. 652, 653, 657 Rutaceae 263 Rutidosis 565, 571 Rutidosis acutiglumis Philipson 567, 571 auricoma F.Muell. 567 crispata 572 glandulosa A.E.Holland 565, 566, 567 helichrysoides DC. 568,567, 570, 571 helichrysoides subsp. acutiglumis (W.R.Philipson) A.E.Holland 565, 568, 569, 570, 571 subsp. helichrysoides 565, 568, 569, 570 heterogama 572 lanata 572 leiolepis 572 leptorhynchoides 572 leucantha 572 murchisonii 565, 567, 568, 572 sp.(Blackdown Tableland K.A.Williams79082) 565 S Saffordiella bennigseniana (Volk.) Merrill 178, 181 Sagotia 226, 234 triflora (L.) Duchass. & Walpers 226, 236 Sankowskya stipularis P.I.Forst. 9, 26 Sarcolobus 729 porcatus P.I.Forst. 729 retusns K.Schum.729 secamonoides (Schltr.) P.I.Forst. 729 vittatus P.I.Forst 729 Sarcopteryx 103, 104 Schoenus 619 Scott, Kirsten D., Harris, Wayne K., Playford, Julia. The identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F. oppositifolia (Rutaceae): Evidence from DNA Sequences 667 Scrophulariaceae 149 Sedum 114, 115 praealtum 113, 114 subsp. praealtum 114 Selenicereus 671 Sharma, I.K., Jones, D.L. & Forster, PI. Contribution of isozymic analysis in differentiating Macrozamia moorei D.L.Jones and K.D.Hill from M.johnsonii F.Muell. (Zamiaceae) 363 Simon, Bryan. Steinchisma hians (Elliott) Nash, the correct name for Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum B.K.Simon & C.M.Weiller 583 Siphonoglossa Oerst. 653 ramosa Oerst. 654 sessilis (Jacq.) Oerst. 654 Snow, Neil and Guymer Gordon P. Rhodamnia angustifolia (Myrtaceae), a new and endangered species from south¬ eastern Queensland 421 Snow, Neil and Guymer, Gordon P. Systematic and cladistic studies of Myrtella F.Muell. and Lithomyrtus F.Muell. (Myrtaceae) 173 Snow, Neil and Simon, Bryan K. Leptochloa southwoodii (Poaceae: Chloridoideae), a new species from south-east Queensland 137 Snow, Neil and Simon, Bryan K. Taxonomic status and Australian distribution of the weedy neotropical grass Leptochloa fusca subsp. uninervia, with an updated key to Australian Leptochloa (Poaceae, Chloridoideae) 299 Snow, Neil. Application of the phylogenetic species concept: A botanical monographic perspective. 1 Sorghum Pers. 505 elongatum (R. Br.) Beauv. 525, fuscum (Presl) Miq. 527, nitidum (Vahl) Pers. 527, zizanioides (L.) Kuntze 522, Spathidolepis 725, 726 torricellensis Schltr. 725, 726 Sphagnaceae 350 Sphagnum australe Mitt. 349, 350, 351 Spokes, T. reviewer. Wildflowers of Southern Western Australia by Margaret G Corrick & Bruce A. Fuhrer 153 Stackhousia tryonii 714 Stapeliopsis neronis Pillans 55 Steinchisma 583 hians (Elliott) Nash 583 Stenandrium Nees 652 Sterculia quadrifida R.Br. 422, 717 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Streblacanthus 653 Strychnos psilosperma F.Muell. 342 Stylidiaceae 323, 589 Stylidium Willd. 323, 427, 428, 589 sect. Alsinoida (Mildbr.) A.R.Bean 598, 634 sect. Andersonia R.Br ex G.Don 589, 592, 597, 598 sect. Biloba A.R.Bean 598, 631 sect. Debiles Mildbr. 323 sect. Debilia Mildbr. 427, 428, 440 sect. Floodia Mildbr. 427, 428, 430, 433 sect. Lanata A.R.Bean (Stylidiaceae) 427, 428, 451 sect. Nitrangium (Endl.) Sonder 589 sect. Sparsifolia Benth. 427 sect. Stylidium 427 sect. Tenella (Benth.) A.R.Bean 591, 598, 619 sect. Tolypangium 427 sect. Uniflora A.R.Bean 598, 613 subg. Alsinoida Mildbr. 589, 591, 634 subg. Alsinoides 428 subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex G.Don) Mildbr. 428, 589, 595, 597 subg. Centridium 428, 595 subg. Tolypangium (Endl.) Mildbr. 427, 428, 595 accedens A.R.Bean 589, 597, 604, 605, 607 adenophorum Lowrie & Kenneally 428, 429, 439, 440, 454 alsinoides R.Br. 589, 634 var. cordifolium Ewart 638 androsaceum 617 aquaticum A.R.Bean 589, 597, 622, 623, 626 austrocapense A.R.Bean 427, 430, 442, 443, 449, 453 barrettorum 428,441, 442 brunonis 598, 599 bryoides F.Muell. 618, 619 candelabrum Lowrie & Kenneally 596, 606, 608, 614 capillare R.Br. 596, 608, 620 clarksonii Lowrie & Kenneally 429, 431,432, 453 claytonioides W.Fitzg. 595, 619 confertum A.R.Bean 589, 597, 625, 630 cordifolium W.Fitzg. 589, 597, 638, 639 costulatum Kenneally & Lowrie 428, 429, 437, 438, 453 curtum Carlquist 618, 619 debile F.Muell. 427,430, 446,447, 448, 450, 451, 455 var. paniculatum Maiden & Betche 446 delicatum A.R.Bean 427, 429, 434, 435, 436, 454 desertorum Carlquist 427, 429, 430, 438, 439, 453 diffusum R.Br. 595, 597, 627 , 629, 630 divergens A.R.Bean 589, 596, 597, 604, 605, 607 dunlopianum Carlquist 589, 595, 632, 633 eglandulosum F.Muell. 323, 427 ensatum A.R.Bean 589, 596,603, 607 ericksoniae J.H.Willis 615, 595, 618, 619 eriorhizum R.Br. 323,324,225, 326, 328, 330, 427, 430, 451 evolutum Carlquist 636 fimbriatum Lowrie & Kenneally 595, 634 fissilobum 622, 623, 624 floodii F.Muell. 427, 429, 433,434, 435, 437, 439, 440, 453 floribundum R.Br. 430, 444, 445, 446, 455 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) fluminense F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis 589, 597, 635, 636 foveolatum A.R.Bean 427, 429, 430,431, 432, 436, 453 graminifolium Sw. 427 humphreysii Carlquist 323 inaequipetalum J.M.Black 430, 445, 446, 454 inconspicuum Slooten 597, 629, 631 irriguum W.Fitzg. 631, 632 javanicum Slooten 597, 637, 638 kunthii Wall, ex DC. 591, 595, 596, 598, 599 laricifolium A. Rich. 427 leiophyllum A.R.Bean 323, 325, 326, 327, 328, 330, 430, 451 leptorrhizum auct. non F.Muell. 440 leptorrhizum F.Muell. 428, 430, 441, 442, 443, 444, 453 var. pilosum Benth. 440 lobuliflorum F.Muell. 608, 596, 609, 612 longissimum A.R Bean 589, 597, 629, 639 mitrasacmoides Carlquist 619, 637 mitrasacmoides F.Muell. 636 mucronatum 429, 433, 454 multiscapum O.Schwarz 430,442,443, 444, 454 muscicola F.Muell. 596, 602, 603 nomination Carlquist 596, 619, 620, 621 omatnm S.T.Blake 430, 450, 451, 455 oviflorum A.R.Bean 589, 597, 624 pachyrrhizum F.Muell. 596, 610, 611, 612, 613, 615 paniculatum (Maiden & Betche) A.R.Bean 427, 430, 446, 447, 449, 450, 455 pedunculatum R.Br. 595, 615, 617, 618, 619 var. ericksoniae (J.H.Willis.) Carlquist 617 perizostera Lowrie & Kenneally 591, 595, 618 prophyllum Lowrie & Kenneally 589, 591, 597, 619, 621, 622 pseudotenellum O.Schwarz 623 qnadrifurcatum F.L.Erickson & J.H.Willis 620 ramosissimum A.R Bean 323, 325, 328, 329, 330,429, 451 reductum Carlquist 631 rivulosnm Lowrie & Kenneally 429, 433, 435, 453 roseum Kurz 628, 629 rotundifolium 595,631, 632 rubriscapum W.Fitzg. 429, 432, 433, 455 schizanthum F.Muell. 590, 596, 609, 610 semipartitum F.Muell. 430,440, 441,452, 454 simulans 596, 603, 604 sinicum Hance 599, 600 sp. 434 stenophyllum A.RBean 589, 596, 612, 613, 614, 615 symonii Carlquist 429, 434, 453 tenellum R.Br. 600 tenellnm Sw. ex Willd. 591, 595, 597, 600, 619, 627, 629 var. minimum C.B.Clarke in Hook 628 tenerrimum F.Muell. 597, 598, 636, 637 tenerum Spreng. 589, 595, 596, 597, 600, 601 trichopodum F.Muell. 595, 613, 616, 617 turbinatum Lowrie & Kenneally 429, 435, 437, 438, 453 uliginosum Sw. ex Willd. 589, 599, 600, 606 velleioides A.R.Bean 427, 430, 448, 449, 450, 454 Stylosanthes 216 Syncarpia 284, 285 glomidifera (Sm.) Nied. 161, 536 T Tabernaemontana aurantiaca Gaud. 55 pandacaqui Lam. 55 Tadehagi Ohashi 210, 225, 258 robustum Pedley 258 triquetrum (L.) Ohashi. 259, 260 triquetrum subsp. triquetrum 259 Tapioca 116 Teliostachya 656 Thunbergia Retz. 657 arnhemica F.Muell. 657 grandiflora Roxb. 652, 653, 657 papuana Bremek. 657 Trewia L. 457 Trifidocanthus unifoliolatus Merr. 233 Triglochin striata Ruiz & Pav. 146 Trigonella indica 93 Triodia mitchellii 696 scariosa N.T.Burb. 500 sp. 609 U Umbelliferae 145 Uromyrtus Burret. 173, 181 rostrata (Lauterb.) N.Snow & Guymer 181 Urticaceae 121 Utricularia 601, 619 V van Welzen, Peter C. Guioa sarcopterifructa (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species 103 VanguerieaeA. Rich. exDum. 353, 354 Veldkamp, J.F. A revision of Chrysopogon Trin. including Vetiveria Bory (Poaceae) in Thailand and Malesia with notes on some other species from Africa and Australia 503 Velleia spathidata 450 Verbesina encelioides (Cav.) Benth. & Hook.f. ex A. Gray 35 Vernicia Lour. 117 fordii (Hemsl.) Airy Shaw, 113, 117 Verticordia oculata 153 ovalifolia 153 Vetiveria Bory 503, 504, 505, 506, 516, 525 arguta (Steud.) C.E. Hubb. 523, elongata (R. Br.) Stapf ex C.E. Hubb. 503, 505, 525, elongata auct. non C.E. Hubb. 516, festucoides (Presl) Ohwi 505, 512, filipes (Benth.) C.E. Hubb. 503, 505, 513, filipes auct. non C.E. Hubb. 516, var. arundinacea (Reeder) Jansen 513, fulvibarbis (Trin.) Stapf 525, intermedia S.T. Blake 503 lawsonii (Hook.f.) Blatter & McCann 513, 515 lawsonii auct. non Blatter & McCann 512, 517 muricata (Retz.) Griseb. 522 nemoralis (Balansa) A. Camus 517, 523 nemoralis auct. non A. Camus 522 nigritana (Benth.) Stapf 505, 526 nigritana auct. non Stapf. 512 odorata auct. non Virey. 522 odoratissima auct. non Bory. 522 odoratissima Bory 506 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) pauciflora S.T. Blake 503, 504, 526 rigida B.K. Simon 527 zizanioides (L.) Nash 504, 505, 522 var. chrysopogonoides (Hack.) A. Camus 523 var. genuine/ A. Camus 513, 522 var. nigritana (Benth.) A. Camus 526 var. tonkinensis A. Camus 522 W Wahlenbergia 661, 662 celata 661, 662, 663 glabra P.J.Sm. 661, 662, 663, 665 islensis P.J.Sm. 661, 662, 663 scopulicola Carolin ex P.J.Sm. 661, 662, 663, 665 Weinmannia 179 Wetria australiensis P.I.Forst. 488 Whyanbeelia Airy Shaw & B.Hyland 9 Windolf, J. A checklist of bryophytes of the wallum habitat of south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales 349 Windolf, John F.P The first botanical record for Australia 721 Wodyetia bifurcata Irvine 26 X Xanthorrhoea 349 johnsonii 443 Ximenia americana L. 721, 722, 723 Xyris 629 Young, A.M. The Hygrocybeae (Fungi,Basidiomycota, Agaricales, Hygrophoraceae) of the Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales 535 Z Zamiaceae 363 Zieria 265 aspalathoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. 308 sp. (Binjour Plateau P.I.Forster 14134) 36 Zoopsis argentea (J.D.Hook. & Tayl.) J.D.Hook. & Tayl. 351 Queensland Herbarium Publications for sale A Key to Australian Grasses by B.K.Simon (1993), 2nd edition 206pp., card cover. Ferns of Queensland by S.B.Andrews (1990), 427pp., illustrated, hard cover. Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley and E.M.Ross. Volume 1 (1983), 545pp., illustrated, card cover Volume 3 (1989), 532 pp., illustrated, hard cover. Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South West Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 4 by D.E.Boyland (1984), 151pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover. Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South Central Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No.3 by V.J.Neldner (1984),291pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover. Vegetation Survey of Queensland: Central Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No.9 by V.J.Neldner (1991), 230pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover. Vascular Plants of Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 11 by V.J.Neldner (1992), 176pp., illustrated, card cover. Vegetation of the Sunshine Coast: Description and Management. Queensland Botany Bulletin No.7 by GN.Batianoff and J.A.Elsol (1989), 107pp., illustrated, including maps, card cover. Vegetation Map and Description, Warwick, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No.8 by P A R/Young and T.J.McDonald (1989), 47pp., illustrated, including a map,card cover. Vegetation Survey and Mapping in Queensland: Its Relevance and Future, and theContribution of the Queensland Herbarium. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 12 by VJ.Neldner (1993), 76pp., card cover. Suburban Weeds, Third edition by H.Kleinschmidt, A.Holland and P.Simpson (1996), 98pp., illustrated, card cover. Poisonous Plants - a field guide by R.M.Dowling and R.A.McKenzie (1993), 175pp., colour illustrations and maps, card cover. The Flora of Girraween and Bald Rock National Parks by Bill McDonald, Colleen Gravatt, Paul Grimshaw and John Williams (1995), 100pp., colour and line drawing illustrations and maps, card cover. Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A.Lebler. Volume 1 (1977) 108pp., illustrated, soft cover. Volume 2 (1981) 83pp., illustrated, soft cover. Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed to Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong Queensland 4066, Australia. Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Contents Application of the phylogenetic species concept: A botanical monographic perspective Snow, Neil. 1 .A taxonomic revision ofDissiliaria F.Muel 1. exBaill. (Euphorbiaceae) Forster,Pauli. 9 Three new species of Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae) from Australia and Papua New Guinea Forster,Pauli. 29 A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia Bean,A.R. 39 Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new genus and species from Papua New Guinea Forster, Paul I., Liddle David J. and Liddle, Iris M. 53 Marsdenia jensenii (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from north-eastern Queensland Forster,Pauli. 59 A conspectus of Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland, including two new species Bean,A.R. 63 Cooktownia robertsii , a remarkable new genus and species of Orchidaceae from Australia Jones, David L. 71 A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink (Fabaceae: Millettieae) Dixon, D J. 79 Rothia indica subsp. australis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae: Crotalarieae), a new subspecies occuring in Australia Holland,A.E. 93 Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae) in Australia Pedley, Les. 97 Guioa sarcopterifucta (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species Van Welzen, Peter C. 103 Capparis velutina (Capparaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland Forster, Pauli. 107 Notes on the naturalised Flora of Queensland, 3 Forster, Pauli. 113 A new combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in north Queensland Jackes, B.R. and Hurley, M. 121 Notes on Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) and other ‘Ash group’ eucalypts Bean,A.R. 125 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) Leptochloa southwoodii (Poaceae: Chloridoideae), a new species from south¬ east Queensland Snow, Neil and Simon, Bryan K. 137 Lilaeopsis brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from Queensland, Australia Bean,A.R. 145 Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland Bean,A.R. 149 Book review. 153 Arevision of theBabingtonia virgata (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) F.Muell. complex (Myrtaceae) in Australia Bean,A.R. 157 Systematic and cladistic studies of MyrtellaY. Muell. and Lithomyrtus F.Muel 1. (Myrtaceae) Snow, Neil and Guymer, Gordon P. 173 Desmodium Desv. ( Fabaceae) and related genera in Australia: a taxonomic revision Pedley, Les . 209 Boronict sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl. (Rutaceae) in Queensland, Australia Duretto, Marco F. 263 Taxonomic status and Australian distribution of the weedy neotropical grass Leptochloa fusca subsp. uninervia, with an updated key to Australian Leptochloa (Poaceae, Chloridoideae) Snow, Neil and Simon, Bryan K. 299 Notes onAcacza(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) chiefly from northernAustralia Pedley, Les . 307 Two new species of Stylidium Willd. (Stylidiaceae) from north Queensland Bean,A.R. 323 A new species of Habenaria Willd. (Orchidaceae) from North Queensland Lavarack, Peter S. and Dockrill,Alick W. . 331 Oldenlandia gibsonii (Rubiaceae: Hedyotideae), a new species from south east Queensland Halford, D.A. 337 Jasminum jenniae (Oleaceae), a new species from southeastern Queensland Harris, Wayne K. and Holmes Glenn. 341 The seedling of Cassytha glabella R.Br. Clifford, H. Trevor. 345 A checklist of bryophytes of the wallum habitat of south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales Windolf, J. 349 VanguerieaeA. Rich. exDum. (Rubiaceae) inAustralia, 1 .Everistia S.T.Reynolds &R.J.F.Hend. Reynolds, S.T. and Henderson, R. J.F. 353 Contribution of isozymic analysis in differentiating Macrozamia moorei D.L. Jones and K.D.Hill from M.johnsoniiF .Muell (Zamiaceae) Sharma, I.K., Jones, D.L. & Forster, PI. 363 Pages 369-404 do not exist in volume 5 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) A taxonomic revision of Bridelia Willd. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia Forster,Pauli. 405 Rhodamnia angustifolia (Myrtaceae), a new and endangered species from south-eastern Queensland Snow, Neil and Guymer Gordon P. 421 A revision of Stylidium sect. Debilia Mildbr., S. sect. Floodia Mildbr. and S. sect. Lanata A.R.Bean (Stylidiaceae) Bean,A.R. 427 A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia Forster,Pauli. 457 Ochrosperma obovatum (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland Bean,A.R. 499 A revision obChrysopogonTxm. including Vetiveria Bory (Poaceae) in Thailand and Malesia with notes on some other species from Africa and Australia Veldkamp, J.F.. 503 The Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Basidiomycota, Agaricales, Hygrophoraceae) of the Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales Young,A.M. 535 Anew species and a new combination inRwrz'<i 0 sA(Gnaphalieae: Angianthinae: Asteraceae) Holland,A.E. 565 Peperomia huntericma (Piperaceae), a new species from the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern Queensland Forster,Pauli. 573 Typification and application of the name Macrozamia macleayi Miq. (Zamiaceae) Forster,Pauli. 577 In defence of Chrysopogon fal 1 ax S.T.Blake (Poaceae) Henderson, Rod. 579 Steinchisma hians (Elliott) Nash, the correct name for Fasciculochloa sparshottiorumB.K .Simon &C.M.Weiller Simon, Bryan. 583 Review Bill McDonald. 585 A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia (R.Br. ex G.Don) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae) Bean,A.R. 589 Chromosome numbers of some Acanthaceae from Papua New Guinea Daniel, Thomas F. 651 Wahlengergia celata (Campanulaceae), a new species from central Queensland Forster,Pauli. 661 The identity of Flindersia pimenteliana and F .oppositifolia (Rutaceae): Evidence from DNA Sequences Scott, Kirsten D., Harris,Wayne K., Playford, Julia. 667 Cereus uruguayanus (Cactaceae) and its naturalised occurrence in Queensland, Australia Forster, Paul I. & Watson, Miriam. 671 Austrobaileya 5(1-4): 1-735 (1997-2000) A revision of Eucalyptus normantonensis Maiden & Cambage (Myrtaceae) and its allies Bean,A.R. 679 Homoranthus coracinus (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland Bean,A.R. 687 Two new species of Apatophyllum McGillivaray (Celastraceae) from Queensland Bean,A.R. & Jessup L.W. 691 Jasminum domatiigerum subsp. australis (Oleaceae), a new subspecies from North Queensland Harris, Wayne K. & McDonald, William J. 699 A new species and lectotypification in Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae Albrecht, David. 705 Chamaesyce ophiolitica. (Euphorbiaceae), a new and endangered species endemic to serpentine vegetation in central Queensland Forster, Paul 1. 711 Clausena smyrelliana (Rutaceae: Aurantioideae), a new and critically endangered species from south-east Queensland Forster,Pauli. 715 The first botanical record for Australia Windolf, John F.P.. 721 Rediscovery of Dischidia torricellensis( Schltr.) PI.Forst., an unusual epiphytic asclepiad from New Guinea Forster, Paul 1. 725 Cryptolepis papillata P.I.Forst. & Sarcolobus porcatus P.I.Forst. (Asclepiadaceae), newly recorded from West Papua Forster, PI. 729 A new combination in Morinda L. (Rubiaceae) for Australia Halford, DavidA. & Henderson, Rodney J.F. 731 A new combination mProstantheraL&biM. (Lamiaceae) Bean,A.R. 733 A new combination in Corymbia section “Politaria”: C. citriodora subsp. variegata (Myrtaceae) McDonald, M.W. & Bean,A.R. 735